V Ca-^vJ^-vV*^ * PEACTIOAL LATIN COMPOSITION". BY WILLIAM C. COLLAR, A.M., HEAD MASTER ROXBURY LATIN SCHOOL. The true test of a practical mastery of Latin is the power to write Latin." BOSTON, U.S.A., AND LONDON: PUBLISHED BY GINN & COMPANY. 1890. ENTERED AT STATIONERS' HALL. Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1889. by WILLIAM C. COLLAR, in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ' TYPOGRAPHY BY J. S. CUSHING & Co., BOSTON, U.S.A. PRESSWORK BY G-INN & Co., BOSTON, U.S.A. PREFACE. FOURTEEN years ago, in a paper on writing Latin read be- fore an association of teachers, I quoted from Ascham's " Schole- master," certain passages, to which, as I then said, I owed the suggestion of a pleasant and helpful method of teaching. I now quote the same passages again, because they strike in a quaint chord the key-notes of this little book : 11 After the childe hath learned perfitlie the eight partes of speach, let him then learne the right joyning togither of sub- stantives with adjectives, the nowne with the verbe, the relative with the antecedent. And in learninge farther hys Syntaxis, by mine advice, he shall not use the common order in common scholes, for making of latines : wherby, the childe commonlie learneth, first, an evill choice of wordes, (and right choice of wordes, saith Caesar, is the foundation of eloquence) than, a wrong placing of wordes : and lastlie, an ill framing of the sentence, with a perverse judgement, both of wordes and sen- tences. These faultes, taking once roote in yougthe, be never, or hardlie, pluckt away in age. Moreover, there is no one thing, that hath more, either dulled the wittes, or taken awaye the will of children from learning, then the care they have, to satisfie their masters, in making of latines. . . . " There is a waie touched in the first booke of Cicero De Oratore, which, wisely brought into scholes, truely taught, and constantly used, would not onely take wholly away this butcher- lie feare in making of latines, but would also, with ease and pleasure, and in short time, as I know by good experience, worke a true choice and placing of wordes, a right ordering of 445510 IV PREFACE. sentences, an easie understandyng of the tonge, a readiness to speake, a facilitieto write, a true judgement, both of his owne, and other mens doinges, what tonge so ever he doth use. " The waie is this. After the three Concordances learned, as I touched before, let the master read unto hym the Epistles of Cicero, gathered togither and chosen out by Sturmius, for the capacitie of children. " First, let him teach the childe, cheerf ullie and plainlie, the cause and matter of the letter: then, let him construe it into Englishe, so oft, as the childe may easilie carie awaie the under- standing of it ; lastlie, parse it over perfitlie. This done thus, let the childe, by and by, both construe and parse it over againe : so, that it may appeare, that the childe douteth in nothing, that his master taught him before. After this, the childe must take a paper booke, and sitting in some place, where no man shall prompe him, by him self, let him translate into Englishe his former lesson. Then shewing it to his master, let the master take from him his latin booke, and pausing an houre, at the least, than let the childe translate his owne Englishe into latin againe, in an other paper booke. When the childe bringeth it, turned into latin, the master must compare it with Tullies booke, and laie them both togither : and w r here the childe doth well, either in chosing, or true placing of Tullies wordes, let the master praise him, and saie here ye do well. For I assure you, there is no such whetstone, to sharpen a good witte and en- courage a will to learninge, as is praise. " But if the childe misse, either in forgetting a worde, or in chaunging a good with a worse, or misordering the sentence, I would not have the master, either froune or chide with him, if the childe have done his diligence, and used no trewandship therein. For I know by good experience, that a childe shall take more profit of two fautes, jentlie warned of, then of foure thinges rightly hitt. For than, the master shall have good occa- sion to saie unto him : Tullie would have used such a worde, not this : Tullie would have placed this word here, not there : would have used this case, this number, this person, this degree, PREFACE. V this gender : he would have used this moode, this tens, this simple, rather than this compound: this adverbe here, not there: he would have ended the sentence with this verbe, not with that nowne or participle. . . . "Whan the Master shall compare Tullies booke with his Scholers translation, let the Master, at the first, lead and teach his scholer, to joyne the Rewles of his Grammer booke, w T ith the examples of his present lesson, untill the Scholer, by him selfe, be hable to fetch out of his Grammer, everie Rewle for everie Example. So, as the Grammer booke be ever in the Scholers hand, and also used of him, as a Dictionarie, for everie present use. This is a lively and perfite waie of teaching of Rewles : where the common waie, used in common Scholes, to read the Grammer alone by it selfe, is tedious for the Master, hard for the Scholer, colde and uncumfortable for them bothe." In these few paragraphs we have a method of teaching out- lined in a clear, firm hand by one of the greatest of school- masters. A method proposed by a great teacher should not in any case be lightly put by; but Ascham adds the testi- mony and support of his own practice; "I know," he says, " by good experience." Still for three hundred years we have neglected the wise words of the old schoolmaster and his straight and simple way, and have gone on beating about the bush, and " making of latines " with the same beggarly results that Ascham saw in his day. Books multiply, ingenious methods abound, teachers grind on with ever more painstaking, but somehow the children do not get ahead as they ought. The processes of education have grown too intricate and mechanical. We have theorized, and systematized, and organized, and di- rected, and refined, until there seems to be little room left for freedom, originality, or spontaneity. It is sometimes well to take a short turn back to first principles, to nature and common sense. This is what Ascham did. The ingenious methods of the masters of his day, which no doubt were supported by ex- cellent arguments, he cast aside ; and while they taught the VI PREFACE. " making of latines," he taught his pupils to write Latin, and to read and understand Latin authors. He appears to have laid firm grasp of the principle that all elementary exercise in writing Latin must be based on a portion, however small, of the ipsissima verba of a Latin author. All the learner's material he must find there, order, words, idioms, constructions ; in this way the learner is compelled to weigh the meanings of words, to mark at- tentively changes of form and turns of expression strange to his own tongue, to remember, to reason, to imitate, to reproduce. It is in this capital point that we seem to have wandered far away from Ascham and from reason. Writing and reading, which should go side by side and hand in hand, we have quite divided and divorced. A boy reads about Themistocles, and " makes latines " about l Balbus.' He reads some moving story of great deeds, and he is set to string such sentences together as, " Hunger is the best sauce." "The constellations are such as they have ever been." "He never sees Caesar without crying out that it is all over with the army." To this we have been brought by the combined influence of tradition and theory. This is the way preceding generations were taught, and so we teach. The one great stone of stumbling to the learner, it is assumed, is Latin construction. At any rate, Latin syntax is supposed to be the one thing supremely important to be known. And yet the field of syntax is vast ; is there not need of system, arrangement, and orderly progression ? But if we look at a page of a Latin author, there is manifestly no principle of orderly pro- gression. Things easy and hard, things strange and common, succeed one another without regularity or coherence. If only a Latin text offered within a moderate compass, and in succession, a copious and varied stock of ablative constructions, another of genitives, another of subjunctives, and so on, one might make shift to use the language of his author for purposes of retransla- tion. Failing of this, there is no help for it but to teach Latin syntax and the writing of Latin in other ways and by other means. Hence the seeming need of manuals, with complete ap- paratus of rules, cautions, notes, vocabularies, and exercises PREFACE. vii exercises composed of sentences each an isolated unit with- out interdependence or relation. This is " a very perfite waie " of muddling a learner, be- cause it effectually breaks all the threads of association. He is still supposed to be studying Latin, but the subject-matter of his study and his mental processes have no relation to those from which he has been diverted. Certain principles are enunciated, certain rules are laid down, certain words are given, and the problem is to form sentences of these words in accordance with the rules. The process is necessarily a mechanical one and the product artificial. What the student has learned from his text, that is, at first hand through direct contact with the living language, cannot be utilized, and so can neither be confirmed nor developed, when subject, ideas, words, relations are all changed. Moreover, this practice takes no account of those half lights, those latent memories, those un- noted observations, those vague associations that move in the train of conscious thought, as one ponders his text, and that are ready to spring up into the consciousness under favoring conditions and become elements of positive knowledge. It is not contended for a moment that writing Latin is an end per se; it is neither a practical necessity to educated men in general, nor is it even, considered relatively, a highly desirable accomplishment. But it will probably be conceded that, while pursued for a higher ulterior purpose, it ought to aid the learner in reading and understanding Latin authors. By the common method it fails to do this, because, as I have said, writing is utterly divorced from reading. It is not the supple- mental study of the same subject from the opposite side, but something different in the deceptive guise of sameness. But the intellectual loss is greater and more serious, because con- tinuity of thought, memory, and association, are all broken, without any compensating gain. The training of the mind, not the imparting of knowledge, is the chief function of education. Given, then, the Latin lan- guage as an instrument of mental training, the question is, how viil PREFACE. can it be best used to accomplish the ends f9r which it is pecu- liarly suited; that is, to induce a patient, cautious, exact, thoughtful habit of mind ? This small book is an attempt to answer that question. But it is not an extemporized answer ; it is the outcome of not a little meditation and of long trial in teaching the elements of Latin. Moreover, theory has been severely tested by practice. With but few exceptions all the exercises have been worked through by two successive classes in my own school from cyclostiled sheets. My break with the traditional method was tentative and slow; but it is final, for it has been forced upon me by the logic of experience. The contrast between the former wearisome labor of teacher and pupils, unrewarded by substantial success, and the interest and cheering progress of later years, leaves in my mind no shadow of doubt. It will be seen that the controlling principle of the exercises is that of continuity. The importance or rather necessity of this principle, obvious though it is, seems to have been hitherto overlooked, at least in exercises of a very elementary character. How can "a true choice and placing of wordes and a right ordering of sentences," the things that Ascham first names, be either taught or learned by any amount of practice in " making of latines," that is, constructing sentences detached and unre- lated ? It is as marked a feature of Latin to interlock sentences grammatically and logically by relative words and by expressive adjustments of order, as it is of modern English to leave such relations un accentuated, often to suggest them merely through juxtaposition. This must be borne in mind in the construction of exercises to be turned into Latin. But I have pressed the principle of continuity into service for another reason not less weighty, for under no other condition was it possible to furnish the learner with matter that would almost certainly engage his interest. Mr. Higginson has written an essay to explain why children hate history. But every schoolmaster can tell why children hate Latin composition. Histories are not necessarily dry; and PREFACE. ix if they are not always true, they are sometimes amusing. But of all juiceless books, void and utterly void of human interest, I know none that match manuals of Latin composition, unless it be manuals of Greek composition. The hill of science must needs be a hard climb, but it may be made a pleasant one. I shall, then, be disappointed if boys and girls do not find a hearty interest in working through this book. If they do, a small aid and incentive to higher education will have been rendered by promoting a kind and method of mental training for which I know no adequate substitute. I am much indebted to two of my colleagues for assistance : to Mr. D. O. S. Lowell for the preparation of the vocabulary to the Latin text, which is wholly his work, and to Miss Caroline O. Stone for many criticisms and suggestions. In her instruc- tion in the class-room Miss Stone subjected the work, while in manuscript, to a very searching test, and again did me the great kindness to read the proof-sheets with the most scrupulous care. WM. C. COLLAR. BOSTON, May 1, 1889. NOTE ON THE USE OF THE BOOK. THE exercises of this book are based on the Latin text in the last part of the volume, and call for a reproduction of the Latin words and constructions, but with many changes of form, and in altered combinations. Whether therefore the exercises are done orally or in writing, the necessary preparation consists in a thorough study of the Latin as to meaning, idioms, and forms. First, the Latin should be read aloud and translated. Indeed, it is assumed that learners will have read in the usual way with a teacher such parts of the Latin as are to be used as a basis for the exercises, and that the special preparation here recommended will be in the main a review. Next, the Latin should be looked over attentively with reference to peculiarities of construction; that is, to points in which the English translation might not suggest the Latin mode of expression. Finally, the learner should make sure that he has a ready, prac- tical mastery of inflections. Here the conjugation of the verbs of the passage studied together with the forming of the participles and infinitives is of prime importance. After such a preparation of the text, the learner may mentally go through the exercise to be turned into Latin, referring to the original only for verification on doubtful or forgotten poiots. In correcting the written themes the Latin text is the authority to appeal to, for nothing is required that is not therein contained either explicitly 'or by implication. Whoever patiently and thoroughly masters this little book may be assured that he has advanced very far on the road to a sound and helpful knowledge of Latin. PART FIRST. THE SEVEN KINaS OF ROME. For the Latin Text, see pages 141-153. ROMULUS. I. Latine Dicenda. 1. There was a king of the Albans. 2. The sons of the king were Numitor and Amulius. 3. Numitor was the elder. 4. Numitor, who had the kingdom, was the elder. 5. The kingdom was left by the king to Numitor. 6. Numitor was driven off by his brother. 7. Amulius drove off his brother Numitor. 8. He deprives Numi- tor of the kingdom. 1 9. The daughter of ISTumitor was Silvia. 10. Her 2 Amulius made a priestess of Vesta. 11. The king makes her a priestess, in order to 3 deprive her of offspring. 12. Nevertheless Silvia gave birth to Romulus and Eemus. 13. Discovering this, 4 Amulius imprisons 5 . the mother. 14. The mother was imprisoned and the children were thrown into the Tiber. 15. The little ones were put into 6 a tub. 16. The twins were left on dry ground. 17. A wolf runs up at the crying 7 of the little ones. NOTES. l Not the genitive. 2 earn. 3 in order to : lit. 4 Dis- covering this : this discovered. 5 imprisons : casts into chains. 6 put into : use impono \vitli the dative. 7 at the crying: to the cries. 2 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. I. L In the same place jyhere they were exposed they found a city. NOTES. x Is ... accustomed ? soletne. 2 attentively observes : use considero. 3 all but recognizes : is not far away but that he may recognize. * those of : omit. 5 See the text of the next chapter. III. Latine Scribenda. The robbers who had seized Remus accused him to * Amulius. So the king handed him over to Numitor for punishment. But when Numitor had attentively ob- served 2 the face of the youth, he all but recognized him ; for the boy closely resembled 3 his mother Silvia. While Numitor was 4 anxious about this circumstance, suddenly Romulus appeared and set his brother free. NOTES. l apud with the ace. 2 when . . . had observed : cum with pluperf. subj. 3 closely resembled: was very like. * Use the present after dum. THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 5 IV. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. Komulus and Kemus were left to perish by Amulius. 2. Romulus and his brother Remus founded a city. 3. In the same place where the city was founded arose a quar- rel. 4. Which of the two gave a name to the new city ? 5. By which of the two was a name given to the new city ? 6. A new name was given by Romulus to the city which had been founded. 7. A quarrel arises as to 1 which one of the two shall give 2 a name to the city. 8. And so the brothers employed divination. 3 9. And so divina- tion was employed by the two brothers. 10. First Remus saw six vultures, then Romulus afterwards saw twelve. 11. Twelve vultures were afterwards seen by Romulus. 2. 1. So he was victor in the augury and named the new city Rome. 2. Romulus, having seen 4 twelve vultures, was victor in the augury. 3. A rampart was the protec- tion of the new city. 4. A palisade was sufficient for the protection of the new city. 5. This palisade Remus jumped over. 5 6. Remus derided the slenderness 6 of the defence and jumped over it. 7. Then Romulus in anger killed his brother. 8. Romulus slew Remus, upbraiding him with these words. 9. "So shall perish 7 whoever else shall leap over my walls." 10. So Romulus possessed the new city alone. NOTES. l as to : omit. 2 Present subjunctive. 8 The noun in Latin should be in the plural. * having seen, etc. : the ablative absolute. 5 jumped over : crossed by a leap. 6 Use angustiae. 7 The passive of interficio. PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. IV. Latine Scribenda. A quarrel arose between 1 Komulus and Eemus, who had founded a city in the same place where Amulius had left them to perish. 2 They could 3 not decide which of the two should give the new city a name, and so they employed divination. 4 Komulus was victor, and the new city was called Rome. For the protection of the city Eomulus made some 5 walls, which Eemus in derision leaped over. 6 Then was Eomulus angry and slew his brother. In this way Eomulus alone got the power. NOTES. l inter with the ace. 2 had left them to perish: had exposed them. 3 could not : were not able : non poterant. 4 See note 3 in the preceding Dicenda. 5 Omit. 6 See note 5 in the preceding Dicenda. V. Latine Dicenda, 1. 1. The semblance of a city rather than a city had been made by Eomulus. 2. To the new city which Eomulus had founded inhabitants were wanting. 3. Near by there was a grove, which Eomulus made a place of refuge. 4. Thither fled many robbers and shepherds. 5. A won- drous number of men flocked thither immediately. 6. The people of the new city lacked wives. 1 7. Eomulus him- self and the people lacked wives. 8. Wives rather than walls were wanting. 9. So ambassadors were sent round to the neighboring tribes. 10. These ambassadors who were sent, sought alliance and intermarriage. 11. The new people lacked alliance and intermarriage. 12. No- where was the embassy kindly listened to. 13. They even added ridicule. THE SEVEN KINGS OF KOME. 7 2. 1. Why was an asylum not opened for women also? 2. For that would be 2 a right of marriage on equal terms. 3 3. Eomulus hid his chagrin and prepared games. 4. Next a show was announced to neighboring tribes. 5. Eomulus, concealing his mortification/ got games ready. 6. He ordered his people to give notice of a show. 7. Then many neighboring men assembled to see the show. 5 8. Through eagerness to see the new city many Sabines especially assembled. 9. With the Sabines came wives and children. 10. When the time for the show came, 6 thither turned the minds and eyes of all. 11. Then Eomulus gave a signal to the Eoman youth. 12. They ran this way and that and seized the maidens. 13. The girls were seized by the Eoman youth. NOTES. * Say, wives were wanting, etc. 2 would be: foret or esset. 3 on equal terms : compar. 4 concealing his mortification : his trouble of mind having been dissembled. 5 to see the show. Imitate the construction of the text, using ad for to. 6 when . . came : either as in the text, or cum . . . venisset. V. Latine Scribeiida. Eomulus, having created 1 the semblance of a city, rather than a city itself, made a grove in the neighbor- hood a place of refuge for robbers and shepherds. These men, however, 2 lacked wives ; and so Eomulus gave notice of a show, that the neighboring tribes might come with their wives and daughters. Many came through eagerness to see the games which Eomulus had prepared. When the eyes of all were turned to the show, Eomulus gave the signal, and 3 the maidens were seized by the robbers and shepherds. 8 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. NOTES. l Do not try to translate literally, but first recast the clause. 2 autem. 3 It is better not to render literally, " gave the signal and." VI. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. There was war immediately between the Romans and the Sabines. 2. War was at once undertaken by the Sabines against the Romans. 3. For their maidens had been seized by the Romans. 4. There was war right off on account of the seizure of the girls who had come to the games. 5. While the Sabines were approaching the new city, they came upon a maiden, Tarpeia. 6. By chance she had gone out beyond the walls of the city to get water. 1 7. It happened that 2 outside the city walls there was water which the girl was seeking. 8. Her father had charge 3 of the Roman citadel. 9. Into this citadel Tarpeia led the Sabines. 10. For Tatius, the Sabine leader, had promised her a gift. 2. 1. He had given her the choice of a gift, if she would lead 4 his army into the citadel. 2. Now 5 the Sabines wore rings and bracelets on their left hands. 3. The rings and bracelets, which 6 the Sabines wore on their left hands, were promised to Tarpeia by the Sabine leaders. 4. Tatius treacherously promised what 7 the Sabines wore ; to wit, rings and bracelets. 5. Tarpeia, having led the Sabines into the citadel, which her father was in charge of, was buried with shields. 6. She was treacher- ously crushed with the shields which the enemy bore. 7. For these, too, they had in their left hands. 8. In this way a speedy punishment requited her infamous THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 9 treason. 9. On account of her wicked treachery she was punished. NOTES. l How could this be expressed otherwise than as in the text ? 2 It happened that : recast, and express by one word. 3 had charge: not the pluperfect. 4 would lead. Say, should have led. 6 autem, but not first. 6 Neuter gender. 7 Use the neuter plural. VI. Latine Scribenda. The Sabines immediately entered upon 1 a war against the Eomans, who had seized the maidens. On their march 2 they came upon a girl outside the walls of Borne, whose father was in charge of the citadel. She treacher- ously conducted the Sabines into the citadel, which her father commanded ; for the choice of a gift had been offered 3 to her by the leader of the enemy. But when she had led 4 the army, she was crushed by the shields of the Sabines, and so a speedy punishment overtook 5 the girl's treason. NOTES. 1 entered upon : took up. 2 on their march : in itinere. 3 The same word as to give. 4 Not the indicative, if you express " when " by cum. 5 Say punished. VII. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. Eomulus and Tatius joined battle in the Eoman forum. 2. The place where they joined battle is now the Eoman forum. 3. Into what place did Eomulus advance to the contest? 4. In the first onset a distinguished Eoman fought most bravely. 5. Amongst the Eomans a very distinguished man advanced to the contest, and fell bravely fighting. 6. At the death of this man, by 10 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. name Hostilius, the Eomans were panic-stricken and took to flight. 1 7. Now the Sabines set up a shout : " Our treacherous hosts are fleeing ! 8. It is one thing to seize maidens, another to fight with men ! 9. Now we know that the enemy are 2 cowards ! 10. We have defeated those cowardly robbers and shepherds ! " 2. 1. Then lifted Eomulus his shield and spear to heaven, and vowed a temple to Jupiter. 2. By chance or by divine interposition the Eoman army halted and the battle was renewed. 3. Then the women who had been seized 3 rushed 4 in amid the darts. 4. The hair of the women who had been seized was all dishevelled. 5. They dared to supplicate, on this side, their fathers, on that, their husbands. 6. Amid the flying weapons they implored peace. 7. And so the fathers and hus- bands were reconciled by the women. NOTES. itook to flight: began to flee. 2 Not the indicative. 3 who had been seized : express by one word. 4 rushed : se Inferebant. VII. Latine Scribenda. Eomulus and Tatius joined battle, and fought most bravely in the place where the Eoman forum is now. But a distinguished man having been killed, the Eomans fled. Then the Sabines cried out, " Fighting with men is a very different thing from seizing maidens." Eomulus, having vowed a temple to Jupiter, renewed the fight; but the women rushed in among the flying weapons and besought their fathers and husbands, so that 1 they were no longer 2 enemies. NOTES. l So that: lit. 2 no longer: noii iam. THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 11 VIII. Latiiie Dicenda. 1. 1. A treaty with Tatius was struck by Romulus. 2. Ta- tius, having struck a treaty with Romulus, was received into the city which Romulus had founded. 3. The Sa- bines, together with 1 Tatius, their king, were received into the new city. 4. But not very long after, Tatius was killed. 5. Then all the power reverted to Romulus. 6. Tatius having been killed, Romulus alone had all the power. 7. Then a hundred of the older men were selected by Romulus. 8. By the advice of those elders whom he had chosen he did everything. 9. All things were done by the advice of those whom he called senators on account of their old age. 10. Three centuries of knights were formed, and the people were distributed into thirty wards. 11. Having formed the centuries of knights, he next distributed the people into wards. 12. When he had distributed the people into wards, 2 he held an as- sembly near Goat Marsh. 13. This assembly he held for the purpose of reviewing his army. 14. The army was reviewed in a plain near Goat Marsh. 2. 1. There a storm arose with great crash and thunder- ing. 2. Great was the crash and the thundering in Goat Marsh, where Romulus was reviewing the army. 3. Amid 3 the crashing and thundering Romulus was taken from sight. 4. It is believed that he ascended 4 to the gods. 5. It is commonly believed that this report gained credit through Proculus. 5 6. A quarrel arose between the commons and the fathers. 7. Then Procu- lus, a man of rank, came forward into the assembly of 12 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. commons and fathers. 8. "I declare/' said he, 6 "on oath, that I saw 7 Romulus ascend to the gods. 9. More- over, I saw him of form more majestic. 10. By me my- self was he seen, when the storm arose. 11. I bid you 8 refrain from quarrels, and cultivate the art of war. 12. The result will be that the Romans will stand forth 9 the masters of all nations." 13. Then on the hill Quirinal they built a temple to Romulus. 14. Him himself they called Quirinus and worshipped as a god. NOTES. l together with : express by one word. 2 When . . . into wards : use a participle. 3 inter. 4 that he ascended : him to have ascended. 5 that this report . . . through Proculus : Proculus to have made faith to this thing. 6 said he : inqiiit. 7 that I saw : me to have seen. 8 I bid you : I bid that you. 9 will stand forth : present subjunctive. VIII. Latine Scribenda. Romulus, after the battle, struck a treaty with Tatius, leader of the Sabines, and 1 shared his throne with him. But Tatius was killed 2 not very long after, and Romulus possessed the power alone. Now, 3 choosing old men, whom he called senators, he did many things by their advice. First, 4 he formed centuries of knights, then he distributed the people into wards ; finally 5 he held an assembly near Goat Marsh and reviewed the army. But he was suddenly removed from the sight of all, amid a great tempest which arose, and perhaps 6 ascended to the gods. For the Romans built a temple in his honor and worshipped him as a god. Moreover, after his dearth, they cultivated the art of war and became the masters of all nations. NOTES. 1 struck a treaty . . . and : use a participle instead of a verb coordinate with shared. 2 Follow the suggestion of note 1. Mam. 4 primum. 5 postremo. 6 forsitan. THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 13 NUMA POMPILIUS. IX. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. The first king of Eome was Romulus, whom * Numa succeeded. 2. A man of famous uprightness and piety was Numa Pompilius. 3. The uprightness and piety of that man were celebrated. 4. He had been summoned to the throne 2 from Cures, a small town of the Sabines. 5. So Numa came from Cures to Rome, where he estab- lished many sacred rites. 6. The sacred rites which Nuina established softened the fierce people. 7. In order to soften 3 the people by religion, he devoted an altar to Vesta. 8. Fire was also given to maidens to be kept up 4 forever on the altar. 9. The fire had to be kept up by maidens. 5 10. To the priest of Jupiter, whom he ap- pointed, he gave a splendid robe and a curule chair. 11. The priest was adorned with a splendid robe and a curule chair. 12. Jupiter himself is said to have been drawn once from the sky by Numa. 13. First mighty thunderbolts were hurled down by Jupiter into the city. 14. Then he himself came down into the Aventine grove. 15. There Jupiter is said to have talked 6 thus with the E/oman king. 2. 1. "I will explain, Numa, by what rites lightning- strokes are 7 to be averted. 2. I promise also sure pledges of power to the Eoman people." 3. Numa joyfully 8 re- ported to the people the promise 9 of Jupiter. 4. The next day all assembled near the royal abode and silently 8 waited. 5. When the sun arose on the following day, 14 PRACTICAL, LATIN COMPOSITION. they saw the sky part. 10 6. Then down from heaven glided a shield, which by Numa was named ancile. 7. Then spoke Numa : " That no one u may carry off this shield by theft, we will make eleven others. 8. They shall be of the same form as 12 this one which has fallen from heaven. 9. Mamurius shall make the shields, for he is a most excellent 13 smith." 10. He chose Mamurius to make 14 the shields, because he was a good workman. 11. Moreover, he chose twelve priests of Mars to guard 15 the shields. 12. So the shields, those pledges of power, were guarded by the priests called Salii. 13. They used to bear 16 them on the calends of March through the city, singing and dancing. 14. By Numa the year was divided into twelve months. 15. By him, too, gates were built to two-faced Janus to be a sign of peace and war. NOTES. * Not the accusative. 2 kingdom. 3 Not the infinitive. 4 The participle must agree with ignis. 5 Dative, because the meaning is, the duty of keeping up was to (existed for) the maidens. 6 locntus esse. 7 sint. 8 Not an adverb. 9 promissum. 10 part : to be parted. n That no one : ne quis. 12 qua. 13 optimus, 14 to make : who should make. 15 See note 14. 16 used to bear : express by the imperfect. IX. Latine Scribenda. Numa Pompilius, who had succeeded Eomulus, came to Eome from a little town, Cures. By religion and by the sacred rites which he introduced he softened the fierce Eomans. Having consecrated an altar to Vesta, he chose maidens, to whom he gave fire to be kept up continually. To priests of Jupiter, whom he had ap- pointed, he gave splendid robes and curule chairs. Once upon a time he is said to have talked with Jupiter him- self in the Aventine grove ; for that god came down from heaven and taught him many things. Numa was glad, THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 15 and summoned the people to the palace, where, the fol- lowing day, they waited in silence. Up rose the sun, and see, 1 down from heaven glides a shield. " Make, O smith, Mamurius, eleven shields of the same form as 2 this which Jupiter has sent down from the open sky," cries 3 the good king, Numa. So Mamurius made the shields, that no one 4 might carry off that sacred pledge of power. NOTES. l aspice. 2 qua. 3 clamat. 4 that no one : ne quis. X. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. Many useful laws were passed by Numa. 2. Numa pretended that the goddess Egeria had 1 conversations with him. 2 3. Numa had 3 nightly conversations with the goddess. 4. This he pretended, that his laws might have greater authority. 5. All that he did, he did by her advice. 6. This did the good king pretend about his laws. 7. There was a grove whither 4 Numa often re- sorted. 8. Through the middle of this grove flowed a spring of never-failing water. 9. To the grove Numa would go 5 without witnesses, as if to meet the goddess. 10. By Numa's laws all hearts were imbued with religion. 2. 1. They were so imbued with piety that conscience 6 restrained them. 2. They were restrained more 7 by con- science and their oath than by fear. 3. Fear of punish- ment restrained the citizens less than a sense of honor. 8 4. No war, to be sure, was waged by King Numa. 5. But he benefited the state no less by his laws. 6. The wars which Eomulus waged benefited the city not more than the institutions of Numa. 7. So two kings in succession 16 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. did the people good ; the one by war, the other by piety. 8. Numa died of disease ; Bomulus ascended to the gods. 9. Numa, dying of disease, was buried on the hill Jani- culum. 10. Komulus is said to have reigned thirty-seven years, Numa three and forty. NOTES. 1 that the goddess had : the goddess to have. 2 secum. 3 Numa had : to Numa there were. 4 quo. 5 Express by the imper- fect. 6 fides. 7 magis. 8 sense of honor : fides. X. Latine Scribenda. Numa gained great authority for the laws which he made, for he pretended that they had been made l by the advice of a goddess, Egeria. She used to come 2 into a grove, in the middle of which 3 there was a perennial spring, where there were conversations in the night between Numa and Egeria. So piety and conscientious- ness 4 restrained the citizens, whom 5 Numa' s laws benefited more than the wars of Bomulus. When he died, 6 the people buried him on the hill Janiculum, which was near the city. NOTES. 1 that they had been made : them to have been made. 2 used to come : express by the imperfect. 3 in the middle of which : quo in medio. 4 fides. 5 Not expressed by the accusative. 6 When he died : say, him dead. TULLUS HOSTILIUS. XI. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. Tullus Hostilius succeeded Numa. 1 2. Tullus Hos- tilius was chosen king after the death 2 of Numa. 3. After the death of Numa the people chose Tullus Hostilius THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 17 king. 4. No king was more unlike Numa than Hostilius. 5. The last king, Numa, was extremely unlike 3 Hostilius. 6. It is said that Hostilius was more warlike than Rom- ulus. 7. Not only Romulus, but also Hostilius, was exceedingly warlike. 8. In the reign 4 of the warlike king Hostilius a war arose. 9. The leader of the Al- bans was Fufetius ; of the Romans, Hostilius. 10. These leaders resolved 5 to engage in battle. 6 11. The fortune 7 of the Albans and of the Romans was determined by the contest of few. 2. 1. A few determined by a fight the fate 7 of many. 2. On the side of the Romans were the triplets, Horatii; on the side of the Albans, the three Curiatii. 3. They fought, each in defence of his own 8 country. 4. The kings arranged with the brothers that they should do battle. 5. They struck a treaty on the following terms. 9 6. Where the victory is, 10 there shall be the power. 7. This is the condition : that where the victory is, 10 there shall the sovereignty be. 11 8. So the triplets took up arms and went forward. 9. They went forward into the middle space, 10 between the two armies. 10. The armies sat down on both sides. 11. At a given signal the youths rushed together. NOTES. l What case ? 2 after the death : express by a par- ticiple. 3 extremely unlike : express by the superlative. 4 In the reign : see note 2. 5 resolved : it pleased. 6 engage in battle : join battle. 7 res. 8 The order is suus quisque. 9 the following terms ; this condition. 10 Omit. n shall be : present subjunctive. XI. Latine Scribenda. In the reign of Hostilius, who was not only unlike the last king, but was more warlike even than Romulus, there 18 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. arose a war. The fortune l of the Romans and Albans was decided by the three Horatii and the three Cu- riatii, who fought most bravely, each for his own 2 country. A treaty was struck, and the brothers, having taken their arms, advanced at a given signal into the middle, between the two armies. With hostile arms did the youths rush together. NOTES. l See note 7 in the preceding Dicenda. 2 See note 8 in the Dicenda. XII. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. At the first onset the swords flashed and the arms resounded. 2. Then the spectators were seized with great dread. 3. When they came l to close quarters, one Roman fell upon another. 4. Immediately the Albans shouted with joy, and all hope forsook the Romans. 5. Two Romans had died, one upon the other. 6. But they had wounded the three Albans. 7. The remaining Horatius was unwounded. 2 8. Now the three Curiatii began to surround 3 the unwounded Horatius. 9. But he was no match for three enemies, and took to flight. 10. By his flight the enemy were separated, for they followed him at intervals, one by one. 2. 1. He fled some distance from the place where his brothers had fallen. 2. Then by chance he looked back, thinking the Curiatii would follow. 3. When he looked back, he saw one of the Curiatii not far off. 4. He sa^ one of the three following him at a little distance. 4 ^- 5. Upon this enemy he turned with great impetuosity. 6. The second could not bring aid to his brother, because THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 19 he was distant from him a short space. 5 7. While he was running up, 6 the Roman killed his brother. 8. While he was running up to help 7 his brother, that brother fell. 9. Then Horatius killed the second Alban before the third came up. 8 10. Before the third could come up, Horatius had killed the second. NOTES. l When they came : cum with pluperfect subjunctive, or as in the text. 2 Literally, whole. 3 began to surround : ex- press by the imperfect. 4 at a little distance : not far of. 5 a short space : parvo intervallo. 6 Observe the present after duni of a past act. 7 Not the infinitive. 8 came up : perfect indicative. XII. Latine Scribenda. When the Romans and Albans had come 1 to close quarters, and two of the Romans had fallen 1 by the swords of their enemies, a great shout arose from the Albans. Only one 2 Roman was left, 3 and 4 he was not 4 a match 5 for three ; so they thought the Albans would immediately kill 6 him. But the brave Roman took to flight, in order to separate the Albans, who indeed 7 fol- lowed him at intervals. First 8 he turned upon one and killed him, then upon the second, before the third brother could render aid. NOTES. 1 See note 1 in the preceding Dicenda. 2 Only one : unus tantum. 3 was left: supererat. 4 and . . . not: neque. 5 par. 6 would kill : to be going to kill. 7 quiclem. 8 primum. XIII. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. The two who survived were not 1 equal either l in hope or 1 in strength. 2. The one was wounded, the other emboldened 2 by his double victory. 3. The one was fresh, 3 20 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. the other weary with running and wounds. 4. The Alban with difficulty supported the weight of 4 his arms, and was killed by the exultant Eoman. 5. As he lay pros- trate/ he was despoiled by the fierce Horatius. 6. So one Roman made an end of 6 three Albans. 7. Horatius was received by the rejoicing Romans and led home. 8. He led the procession/ bearing before him the spoils of the three brothers whom he had slain. 9. By chance his sister had been betrothed to one of the Curiatii, whose cloak she now saw on her brother's shoulders. 2. 1. Alas ! 8 it was the cloak of her betrothed, which she herself had made. 2. Then the poor 9 maiden wept and loosened her hair. 3. 10 Was the heart u of the fierce Hora- tius touched by the wailing of his sister? 4. By no means. 12 With his drawn sword he stabbed the poor girl. 5. He even upbraided her with these unfeeling words. 6. "Go hence with your unseasonable love, to your lover. 7. You have forgotten your brothers, whom he 13 slew ; you have forgotten your country." NOTES. * not . . . either . . . or : nee . . . nee. 2 ferox. 3 Liter- ally, whole. * the weight of : omit. 5 Express the clause by a parti- ciple. 6 made an end of : finished up. 1 Do not try to think of a word for "procession." 8 eheu! 9 mi sera. 10 Begin the sentence with num. n animus. 12 minime. 13 he : ille. XIII. Latine Scribenda. The third Alban, who was left, was no match for the Roman in hope or in strength. Exhausted by wounds and by running, he was immediately dispatched and de- spoiled by Horatius. Great was the joy of the Eomans, whom horror had seized upon when 1 the two brothers of THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 21 Horatius fell bravely fighting. Horatius, bearing the spoils of his slain foes, they led home rejoicing. The sister of Horatius met them ; but at sight of the cloak of her lover, which her own hands had made, she burst into tears. 2 " You have slain my betrothed, "she cries ; 3 " for that 4 is the cloak which I myself made for him." Then, with the same sword with which he had killed 5 the Al- ban, the savage youth stabbed his own sister. NOTES. 1 ut. 2 Observe the literal and sober expression of the Latin. 3 clamat. 4 istud. 5 had killed : omit. XIV. Latine Dicendao 1. 1. The deed seemed atrocious l both to patricians and plebeians. 2. Therefore they hurried Horatius to trial, and the judges condemned him. 3. Now the lictor ap- proached and was on the point of throwing the noose over him. 2 4. The noose, however, was not thrown over him by the lictor, for Horatius appealed to the people. 5. The girl was not justly slain by her fierce brother. 6. The father, however, an aged man, kept declaring that his daughter was justly killed. 7. He begs the people not to make 3 him childless. 8. A little while ago they had seen him with a noble family. 2. 1. Embracing his only 4 son, with- tears the old man begged the people to acquit the youth. 2. The people could 5 not bear the old man's tears. 3. The youth was acquitted, more from admiration of his bravery than from justice. 4. Still the murder must be atoned for. 6 5. Therefore do thou, old man, having performed certain 22 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. sacrifices, lay a beam across the street. 6. Then send thy son, with his head veiled, under the beam, as under a yoke. 7. This was done, and afterwards 7 that beam was called " The Sister's Beam." NOTES. l Put first in the sentence. 2 el. 3 not to make : ne with the present subjunctive. 4 unicum. 5 Do not use possum, but imitate the text. 6 must be atoned for : expianda est. 7 postea. XIV. Lratine Scribenda. Because the deed of Horatius seemed so * horrible, the patricians and the commons hurried him to trial. But he appealed to the people and was acquitted ; for the father, who had been bereft of three children, embraced his son and begged the people to let him go free. 2 " My daugh- ter," said 3 the old man, "was justly killed, because she mourned for 4 an enemy." Because of the tears of the father, and on account of admiration of the son's bravery, the people acquitted the youth. Him 5 the father sent under a beam, called afterwards " The Sister's Beam," that he might atone for his horrible crime. NOTES . J tain. 2 let him go free : acquit him. 3 inquit. 4 mourned for : the verb is lugeo. 5 whom. XV. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. The Alban leader had finished the war by the fight of a few. 2. But the peace did not last a long time ; for Mettius Fufetius, the Alban leader, was hated amongst the citizens. 3. He saw that he was l odious amongst his fellow-citizens. 4. So he stirred up the people of Veii against the Eomans. 5. This he did in order to 2 improve THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 23 matters. 3 6. Then Tullus summoned him to aid. 7. The army was drawn up on a hill by Mettius. 8. this act 3 was seen by the Roman king. 2. 1. It was not done by the order of Tullus, but that Mettius might follow the fortune of war. 2. Tullus said with a loud voice, " That Mettius has done by my com- mand, that he may surround the enemy. 3. He has done it that the enemy may be surrounded from the rear." 4. The enemy heard the loud voice of Tullus and were frightened. 5. The next day Mettius came to congratu- late 2 Tullus. 6. By the command of Tullus he was tied to four horses and drawn asunder. 7. Then Alba was destroyed on account of the treachery of the leader. 8. The Albans were ordered to go over to Rome. NOTES. 1 that he was: himself to be. 2 Not infinitive. 3 The singular of res. XV. Latine Scribeiida. The peace did not continue long, on account of the treachery of the Alban leader, Mettius Fufetius. He 1 stirred up the Veientes against the Romans and did not assist 2 Tullus in war ; but drawing up his army 3 upon a hill, awaited the issue of battle. Tullus, seeing his perfidy, said with a loud voice, " Mettius is doing that by my order." Then the Veientes were frightened and fled. 4 The next day, by order of Tullus, the Alban leader was drawn asunder by four-horse chariots. NOTES. 1 qul. 2 and did not assist : nor was for aid to. 3 draw- ing up his army : two words in Latin. 4 fugerunt. 24 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. XVI. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. When Alba had been destroyed, 1 Eome increased. 2. Eome doubled the number, of her citizens after Alba was destroyed. 2 3. The number of citizens was doubled at Eome. 4. Tullus added the Ccelian hill to the city and made it the site of his palace. 5. The palace of Tul- lus was on the Coelian hill, and there he lived. 6. From this time on he had his palace there. 7. War was declared against the Sabines on account of the confidence of Tullus. 8. His .increased forces so elated Tullus that he declared war. 9. A pestilence followed ; still he gave no rest from arms. 2. 1. Are the bodies of young men more healthy in war than in peace? 2. So 3 believed the warlike king. 3. But a disease attacked the warlike king himself. 4. The disease was a chronic one. 4 5. Then truly did the disease break his spirit at the same time with his bodily powers. 5 6. Thereafter he occupied himself with nothing 6 but 7 sacrifices. 7. Tullus was struck 8 by lightning and burned 9 with his house. 8. Two and thirty years did Tullus reign with great glory. NOTES. l How may this clause be turned into Latin in two ways? 2 after Alba was destroyed : after Alba destroyed. 3 illud. 4 one : omit. 5 bodily powers : body. 6 occupied himself with nothing : gave atten- tion to nothing. 7 Notice how nisi is used after a negative, in the sense of but, or except. 8 was struck : express by a participle. 9 Observe that conflagro in the active voice has a passive meaning. XVI. Latiiie Scribenda. Tullus, having destroyed Alba, doubled the number of citizens at Eome and dwelt on the Coelian hill, which he THE SEVEN KINGS OP KOME. 25 added to the city. When he had declared war/ he gave the young men 2 no rest from arms. " Your bodies/' said he, " will be less 3 healthy in peace than in war." But disease attacked his own body too, and broke the spirit of the fierce king, so that he 'devoted himself 4 to sacrifices. They say that Tullus reigned thirty-two years, and that he was struck by lightning. NOTES. l The clause may be expressed by cum with the plu- perfect subjunctive, by ut with the perfect indicative, or in two words. 2 Not accusative. 3 minus. 4 devoted himself : gave labor. ANGUS MARCIUS, XVII. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. After the death of Tullus, Ancus Marcius was chosen king. 1 2. He was the grandson of Numa, who suc- ceeded Eomulus. 3. In justice and piety he was very much like his grandfather. 4. In the reign of Ancus the Latins made a raid into the Eoman territory. 5. By the Latins a raid was made into the territory of the Eomans. 6. A treaty had been struck with the Latins by Tullus. 7. But they had become emboldened 2 in the reign of Ancus. 8. A messenger was sent by Ancus, before war was declared against them. 2. 1. The messenger was sent to demand 3 restitution. 2. This he did in this way. 3. First, the messenger went to the borders of those from whom he was going to de- mand 4 restitution. 4. Then he veiled his head and said, " Hear, Jupiter ; hear, territories of this people. 5. I am 26 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. a state-messenger of the Roman people. 6. Let there be confidence in my words." 7. Having said these words, the messenger went through his demands. 8. The things which were demanded were not given up. 9. So he threw a spear into the territories of the enemy, and in this way declared war. NOTES. l Nominative. 2 had become emboldened: had raised their minds. 3 to demand : who should demand. * was going to de- mand : erat repetiturus. XVII. Latine Scribenda. After Tullus, Ancus, grandson of Numa, was king of the Romans. In the reign of this king 1 the Latins, with whom Tullus had struck a treaty, took courage 2 and invaded 3 Roman territory. The king, who was like Numa in justice, did not declare war till 4 he had sent a messenger to the borders of the Latins. " Go, 5 messen- ger," said he, " and with veiled head demand restitution. If they shall not give up the things which we demand, throw a spear into their territories, and so war will be declared." NOTES. l ln the reign of this king: this king reigning. 2 See note 2 in the preceding Dicenda. 3 Requires three words in Latin. 4 priusquam. 5 abi. XVIII. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. The Latins answered the Roman envoy 1 haught- ily. 2. The Roman demanded restitution, bat the Lat- ins answered proudly. 3. Therefore Ancus declared war against them. 4. Ancus raised 2 an army and marched into the territories of the enemy. 5. By his army the THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 27 Latins were routed and many towns destroyed. 6. Ancus, having routed the Latins and destroyed towns, led many Latins to Rome. 7. To Rome many citizens were led from the destroyed towns. 8. Then the king built a prison in the heart 3 of the city. 9. Why ? 4 Because so great was the multitude of men that there were 5 many secret crimes. 2. 1. To frighten 6 the increasing lawlessness 7 was the prison built. 2. He likewise 8 put new walls around the growing city. 3. New walls surrounded the city, and Mount Janiculum was added. 4. A pile-bridge joined the hill Janiculum to the city. 5. A pile-bridge over the Tiber was made by Ancus the king. 6. By the same king the city Ostia, at the mouth of the Tiber, was founded. 7. Ancus accomplished many other things within a few years. 8. An untimely death snatched him away. 9. 9 He died, snatched away by an untimely death. NOTES. l Not accusative. 2 Express by a participle. 3 Observe the Latin idiom. 4 cur. 5 Is this to be expressed by the indicative ? 6 To frighten : for terror to. 7 audacia. 8 The Latin idiom is, he the same. 9 Mark how the Latin expresses the main thought last. XVIII. Latine Scribenda. War was declared against the Latins by throwing a spear, 1 because they had answered the public ambassador haughtily. Then Ancus took the field 2 with a large army, defeated the Latins in battle, and transferred many citizens to Rome. On account of the many-crimes in the city he built a prison. Next he surrounded the city with new walls, 3 and having joined Janiculum to the city, founded Ostia. NOTES. l by throwing a spear : by a spear thrown. 2 took the field : profectus est. 3 Besides the construction of the text, we may have, with circumdo, the accusative and the ablative. 28 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. TARQUINIUS PRISCUS. XIX. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. Tarquinii is a city in Etruria. 2. In the reign of Ancus, Tarquinius Prisons set ont from Tarqninii. 3. Tar- qninii is the city from which Tarqnin set ont. 4. With Tarquin, his wife, Tanaquil, removed to Rome. 5. Over their heads, as they were going 1 to Rome, an eagle flew with a lond cry. 6. At that time Tarqnin and his wife were sitting in 2 a wagon. 7. Then the eagle took off the cap of Tarqnin, who was sitting in the wagon with his wife. 8. Tarquin's cap was borne away by the eagle, which then went off on high. 9. So Tarqnin had no cap for his head. 10. Bnt the eagle again replaced the cap on his head. 3 11. The eagle, having carefully replaced the cap, flew away high in air. 2. 1. Now 4 Tanaqnil was skilled in 5 angnry. 6 2. She saw that the throne was destined to come to him. 3. Then bidding her hnsband hope for high things, she embraced him. 4. And so he entered the city cherishing high hopes. 7 5. They entered the city bearing all their prop- erty with them. 6. At Eome he procured a honse and made 8 money by his industry. 7. Besides, he obtained 8 position and gained 8 the friendship of the king. 8. By him he was left guardian of his sons. 9. Ancus left him guardian of his sons. 10. But he got the throne by unjust means. 9 11. However, he managed the government as if he had got it by fair means. THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 29 NOTES. l Over their heads, as they were going : over the heads to them going. 2 What case follows insideo ? 3 Either the dative or in with the accusative. 4 Remember that autem does not stand first in a sentence. 5 " skilled in " becomes skilled of in Latin. 6 augury : heav- enly portents. 1 cherishing high hopes : hoping high (things}. 8 " made/' " obtained," and "gained" may be expressed by the same word in Latin. 9 by unjust means : not justly. XIX. L,atine Scribenda. Tarquinius Priscus, with his wife and all his property, removed in the reign of Ancus, to Rome from Tarquinii. On the journey * an eagle flew over the wagon in which Tarquin and his wife were sitting, and carried off Tar- quin's cap, to his great vexation, 2 for he had no other cap with him. 3 However, the eagle replaced the cap and then flew on high. Having entered Eome, Tarquin made money and gained the king's favor, by whom he was left guardian to his children. Afterwards, by unjust means, he became 4 king. NOTES. 1 On the journey : in itinere. 2 to his great vexation: magna cum offensione. 3 with him : secum. 4 creatus est. XX. Liatine Dicenda. 1. 1. By Tarquinius the Latins were subdued in war. 2. He put a stone wall about the city. 3. He surrounded the city with a stone wall. 4. By him the centuries of the knights were doubled, but the names were not changed. 5. They say that he was unable l to change the names. 6. Why ? Because he was prevented by the influ- ence of Accius, the augur. 7. They say that he was 30 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. prevented 2 by the augur. 8. For Accius was at that time a famous seer. 9. Now 3 he had declared the names could not be changed. 4 2. 1. The king in anger questioned him, to try 5 his skill. 2. 6 "Can I," said he, "do what I have conceived in mind?" 3. "You are able to do it," replied the seer. 4. "But," said the king, " I was pondering upon this : can I cut that whetstone with a razor ? " 5. " You can," answered the augur ; and the king is said to have cut it. 6. Tarquin had a thirteen-year-old son, to whom he gave an amulet and a boy's toga. 7. For the lad had killed an enemy in battle. 8. Afterwards these were the badges of free-born boys. NOTES. 1 say that he was unable: deny him to have been able. 2 that he was prevented : observe the Latin idiom in the preceding note. 3 Where does autem stand ? 4 could not be changed : use the present infinitive, because the tense is present in relation to negaverat. 5 Mark how a purpose may be expressed by in with the accusative. 6 Begin with num. Why ? XX. Latine Scribenda. Tarquinius Priscus, having got the sovereign power, 1 subdued the Latins, built a great circus, and 2 did many other things. He was about to change 3 the names of the centuries of knights, but the influence of the seer, Accius, prevented him ; for he said that the omens were not favorable. 4 The king asks in anger, " Can I do what I am thinking of?" 5 Accius, having taken the omens, 6 replied, "You can." "Then," 7 said the king, " I can cut yonder whetstone with this razor." Tarquin had a son, a brave boy thirteen years old, who had killed an enemy in battle. THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 31 NOTES. 1 sovereign power : one word. 2 atque. 3 about to change : the imperfect. 4 said that, etc. : denied the birds to be favorable. 5 am thinking of : agito. 6 having taken the omens : XXI. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. Two sons of Ancus, whom Tarquin had defrauded, were still living. 1 2. The two sons had been defrauded of the kingdom by Tarquin. 3. Being indignant, they laid a plot' 2 against the king. 4. A plot was prepared against the king by the two sons. 5. Two of the shep- herds were selected for performing the deed. 6. They made pretence of 3 a quarrel in the vestibule of the palace. 7. The noise penetrated into the palace and was heard by the king. 8. They went into the palace, summoned by a royal messenger. 4 2. 1. At first both burst forth, one crying out against the other. 2. But the king commanded that they 5 should speak in turn. 3. Then one began according to an under- standing. 4. While the king, closely attending 6 to him, was turned 7 wholly away, the other struck 8 him with an axe. 5. He lifted up the axe and brought it down 9 upon the king's head. 6. The axe was left in the wound by the fierce shepherd. 7. Then both fled out of doors, when they had killed the king. NOTES. 1 were still living: supererant. 2 Observe that the Latin word is plural. 3 made pretence of : pretended. 4 nuntius. 5 that they : them. 6 closely attending : intentus. " was turned : turns himself. 8 Icit. 9 In Latin, he brought down the raised axe. 32 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. XXI. Latiiie Scribenda. The two sons of Ancus laid a plot against the king, who had defrauded them of their father's kingdom. 1 For committing the deed which they had planned, two very determined 2 shepherds were chosen. They made an uproar in the vestibule of the palace, as if they were quarrelling 3 ; and both were summoned to the king. So one, 4 by agreement, began to relate 5 the quarrel; and while he was speaking, 6 the other struck the king on the head with an axe. Then both shepherds rushed out, leaving the axe in the king's head. NOTES. 1 Not the genitive. 2 ferox. 3 as if they were quarrel- ling : quasi rixantes. 4 Not uiius. What means one of two 1 5 began to relate : the impf . of narro. 6 Use the present after dum, notwithstanding the time is past. SBRVIUS TULLIUS. XXII. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. After the death of Tarquinius, Servius Tullius re- ceived the power. 2. His mother was of noble birth, 1 though a captive and a slave. 3. Born of a noble mother, he was brought up in the house of Tarquin. 4. A wonder- ful portent befell him while he was in Tarquin's house. 5. It was a portent wonderful in appearance and in re- sult. 6. Flames surrounded the head of the boy, while he was asleep. 2 7. The highest position seemed 3 by this omen to be destined for him. 8. Tanaquil, skilled in portents, saw and understood this. 9. Tanaquil advised THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 33 her husband 4 to bring him up just the same as his own children. 10. Accordingly he grew up with the children of the king, and was remarkable for bravery 5 and good sense. 11. His courage and good sense were extraordi- nary. 6 2. 1. Tarquin fought in a certain battle against the Sa- bines. 2. But the soldiers fought rather spiritlessly. 3. And so Servius, seeing this, seized the standard and flung it into the ranks of 7 the enemy. 4. To recover this the Romans fought with spirit. 5. The result was 8 that they got back the standard which Servius had thrown into the midst of 9 the enemy. 6. When Tar- quin had been killed, his death was concealed by Tana- quil, his wife. 7. She thus addressed the people from the upper part of the house. 8. " The king has received a wound, severe, to be sure, 10 but not fatal. 9. Until he gets well, 11 be obedient to Servius Tullius." 10. In this way Servius was made king, although the son of a cap- tive and a slave. 11. By him the people were divided into classes and centuries. NOTES. * of noble birth : nobilis. 2 while he was asleep : a participle. 3 Use videor. 4 The verb suadeo takes the dative and a clause with ut. 6 for bravery: on account of bravery. 6 Neuter plural. 7 the ranks of : omit. 8 The result was : quo factum est. 9 the midst of : omit. 10 to be sure : quidem. n until he gets well : dum . . . convalescat. XXII. Latine Scribenda. Servius Tullius, born of a noble mother, was brought up in the house of Tarquin, where a strange portent happened to him. A sort of flame surrounded him while he was asleep. 1 He grew up a youth 2 of remarkable 34 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. courage and discretion, and was taken by Tarquin as 3 his son-in-law; for in a certain battle he had fought very bravely against the Sabines. After Tarquin had been killed, Servius was made king by the cunning 4 of Tana- quil, and managed the government well. By him three hills were added to the city, and a census of all the people was ordained. NOTES. l while he was asleep : one word. 2 Nominative. 3 Omit. 4 Use consilium. XXIII. Latine Diceiida. 1. 1. Servius added an ornament to the city. 2. An orna- ment was added to the city by Tullius. 3. At that time there was a famous temple in Asia. 4. This temple had been made by states of Asia in common. 5. There was a tradition 1 that states of Asia had made the temple. 6. Servius urged the Latins. 2 7. Servius urged the Latins to build. 3 8. Servius persuaded the Latins to build with the Eomans. 9. He persuades the Latins to build, with the Eoman people, a famous temple. 10. On the Aven- tine hill a temple was built by Latins and Eomans. 11. Now 4 a certain Latin had a cow. 12. A certain Latin had a wonderfully large cow. 13. To the Latin something 5 was revealed in a dream. 2. 1. It was revealed that a certain people would have 6 the supremacy. 2. The people, one of whose citizens 7 sac- rifices 8 that cow to Diana, will have the supremacy. 3. So the cow was driven to the temple of Diana by the Latin. 4. When he had done this, 9 he explained the reason to the THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 35 Eoman priest. 5. The priest of the temple was an ex- ceedingly shrewd man. 6. The priest said to the owner 10 of the cow : " Go/ 1 wash your hands in running water. 7. You ought to wash your hands in running water." 8. So the Latin went down to the Tiber. 9. He went down to the Tiber to wash his hands. 10. While he was going ^ down to the river, the cow was sacrificed by that cunning priest. 11. While the owner of the cow was washing his hands, the crafty Eoman sacrificed the cow. 12. In this way the Eoman gained the power for his fellow-citizens, and fame for himself. NOTES. l There was a tradition : report bore. 2 What case does suadeo require 1 3 to build : not infinitive. 4 autem. 5 something was revealed in a dream: a reply was given in a dream. 6 that a certain people would have : a certain people to be about to have. 7 one of whose citizens : put the relative first. 8 sacrifices : shall have sacrificed. 9 Express these five words by two in Latin. 10 dominus. 11 abl. 12 What is peculiar about the tense of the verb after dum ? XXIII. "Latine Scribenda. Servius adorned J the city by a temple to Diana on the Aventine hill, which was built by the Latins and the Eoman people. When it was built, 2 a certain Latin had a cow born of uncommon size, and this 3 was revealed to him 4 in a dream: "That people which shall sacrifice 5 your cow to Diana will have dominion.' 7 So the man drove the cow to the temple, for he wanted to sacrifice her himself ; 6 and setting forth the reason to the Eoman priest, he went down to the Tiber to wash his hands. But while he was washing his hands, the cunning priest sacrificed the cow. NOTES. l ornavit. 2 When it was built : express by two Latin words. 3 illud. 4 and . . . to him : cui. 5 shall sacrifice : shall have sacrificed. 6 ipse. 36 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. XXIV. Latine Dicenda. 1. 1. Servius Tullius had two daughters, the one gentle, the other passionate. 2. Strange to relate, 1 the two sons of Tarquin were of like disposition. 3. Servius gave the gentle daughter in marriage 2 to the passionate son of Tarquin, and the headstrong one to the gentle. 4. Thus thought Servius : "Two passionate natures should not be 3 united in marriage." 5. But the two gentle ones, whether by chance or by some 4 wickedness, perished. 6. The passionate ones were united through likeness of charac- ter. 7. The characters of the violent ones brought them together. 8. Tarquin immediately convened the senate, and demanded the throne. 9. Spurred on by his wife, Tullia, Tarquin demands the kingdom which had been his father's. 5 10. When Servius heard of this, he has- tened to the senate house. 2. 1. But by order of Tarquin he was pushed down the steps. 2. Then he fled back homewards. 3. While he was fleeing 6 back home, he was killed. 4. Then Tullia rode 7 in a carriage into the forum, and summoned her husband out of the senate house. 5. His wife was the first to salute him as king. 6. But he ordered her to withdraw from the crowd and tumult and return home. 7. Tullia accordingly drove 8 home in the carriage in which she had hastened into the forum. 8. But the body of her murdered father was lying in the street. 9. And the driver of the carriage, seeing the body, hesitated 9 and drew in the reins. 10. But the savage Tullia ordered him to drive the wagon right over the body. 11. From this circumstance that street was called " The Accursed." THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. 37 NOTES. * mirabile dictu. 2 The accusative is necessary here after in. 3 should not be : ought not to be. 4 Omit. 5 Express this clause by one word in Latin. 6 Be careful about the tense after dum. 7 rode : was drawn. 8 drove : was drawn. 9 Use cunctor. XXIV. Latine Scribeiida. The passionate son of Tarquin and the daughter of Tullius, of like disposition, were united in marriage. At onc^e Tarquinius hastened to the senate house and demanded the kingdom which had been his father's. Tullia rode l into the forum, where the senate had been convened, and was the first to greet her husband as king. As she was returning, 2 the cruel 3 woman 4 ordered her driver to drive over her father's corpse, which was lying 5 in the street ; for he had been killed while fleeing back home from the senate house. NOTES. 1 See note 7 of preced. Die. 2 As she was returning: express this clause by one word. 3 Use the same word as for "passionate." 4 mulier. 5 which was lying : express by one word, a form of iaceo. TARQUINIUS SUPBRBUS. XXV. Latine Diceiida. 1. 1. The throne was seized by Tarquin the Proud to. a wicked manner. 2. Still, the Sabines and Latins we?e subdued in war by this energetic king. 3. Gabii was brought under his power through the wickedness of his son Sextus. 4. That city could not be taken by his father. 5. This l the son Sextus took in high dudgeon. 2 6. Consequently going over to the Gabmi, he complained of his father's cruelty to 3 him. 4 7. Gaining their good- 38 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. will by degrees, lie became very powerful. 8. He won them over by his flatteries. 9. At last he was chosen their leader in 5 war. 2. 1. Then he sent one of his men to his father. 2. He sent to inquire what his father wished. 3. What did his father wish him to do ? 4. The father made no reply to the son's messenger. 5. But he passed into the gar- den and there walked up and down. 6. The messenger followed Tarquin as 6 he walked up and down in the garden. 7. With his staff the king w r ould strike 7 off the tallest poppy-heads. 8. At last the messenger re- turned to Gabii and made his report. 8 9. Then Sextus understood the silence and the act of his father. 10. The leading men were put to death and the city was de- livered to the king by his son. NOTES. l quod. 2 took in high dudgeon: bore indignantly. 3 in with the ace. 4 him: himself. 5 in war: of war. 6 as he walked up and down : express by one word. 7 would strike : the imperfect in Latin often denotes repeated or customary action. 8 made his report : use rem renuntio. XXV. Latine Scribenda. Tarquinius Superbus besieged Gabii, but was unable to take it. But his son went over to the Gabinians, and through deception and flatteries was chosen their leader l in war. Accordingly he sent a messenger from the city to learn what his father desired, 2 but the messenger brought back 3 no reply. 4 Sextus, however, understood what his father wished, 2 and when 5 he had put to death the leading men, delivered up the city. NOTES. ! Nominative. 2 Not indicative. Why not ? 3 refero. 4 nihil responsi. 5 How may this clause be very briefly expreised in Latin? THE SEVEN KINGS OF BOME. 39 XXVI. Latine IMcenda. 1. 1. Ardea was afterwards besieged by the king. 2. There by chance Collatinus dined at Sextus Tarquinius's head- quarters. 1 3. With Sextus and Collatinus dined some 2 royal youths. 4. Collatinus himself was son of 3 the king's sister. 5. At that time they were in camp near 4 the city which the king was besieging. 6. When men- tion was made 5 of wives, each one praised his own. 6 7. Then some one 7 said, "Let us see what they are doing/' 8 8. So they agreed 9 to make the trial. 9. Their horses were brought up 10 and off they flew to Rome. 10. The king's daughters-in-law were found feasting and enjoying themselves. 2. 1. But Lucretia, wife of Collatinus, was found in the midst of her maids, spinning wool. 2. She was there- fore judged to be superior to the rest. 3. A few days after Sextus went back from the camp and assaulted Lucretia. 4. The next day Lucretia hid a knife under her robe. 5. Having hidden a knife under her robe she called to her 11 father and her husband. 6. And with the knife she killed herself. 7. Then the husband and the father conspired for the ruin of the king. 8. When Tarquin returned 12 to Eome, they shut the gates against him. 9. The people decreed the exile of the king, and 13 afterwards there was no king at Eome. NOTES. x at ... headquarters : apud Sextum Tarquinium. 2 Omit. 3 son of : born of. Mark the construction. 4 prope with the ace. 6 incidisset. 6 suam before imusquisque. 7 some one : aliquis. 8 videamus quae faciant. 9 they agreed : it pleased. 10 equls adlatls. n called to her: advocavit. 12 When Tarquin returned.' to Tarquin returning. 13 and . . .110: neque. 40 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. XXVI. Latine Scribenda. While Tarquin was besieging Ardea, his son Sextus, who had deceived the G-abmi, again acted wickedly. 1 Lucretia, wife of Collatinus, had been judged to be superior to the king's daughters-in-law, for she had been found spinning in the midst of her hand-maids ; they, banqueting. But Sextus assaulted her, on account of which 2 she killed herself. Then the Eomans in indigna- tion 8 shut their gates against Tarquin the Proud and his villanous 4 son Sextus. NOTES. l acted wickedly: sceleste fecit. 2 on account of which : qiiam ob rem. 3 in indignation : indigne ferentes. 4 use sceleratus. PAET SECOND. NBPOS: MILTIADBS. For the Latin Text, see pages 154-167. For references, see the Grammars of Allen and Greenough, and Harkness. The learner is expected to find in the Latin text illustrations of the grammat- ical principles selected, as a part of his preparatory study. I. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Cause: 245; H. 413. 2. Clauses of Result: 319; H. 500, I. & II. 3. Relative Clauses of Purpose : 317 ; H. 497, 1. 1. 1. The Athenians had good hopes 1 of Miltiades, son of Cimon. 2. He was very conspicuous 2 on account of his ancestors. 3. The age of Cimon's son was such that the citizens had 3 good hopes of him. 4. He proved to be 4 such a man as 5 they judged him to be. 5. They found out afterwards 6 what sort of a man 7 Miltiades was. 3 6. It happened that the Athenians sent colonists to Chersonesus. 7. The number of those who wanted to go was large. 8. So 8 of these they sent chosen men to Del- phi. 9. They consulted Apollo, and the Pythia thus 9 commanded. 10. " Take Miltiades as your leader, in pref- erence to all others. 10 11. If you employ u him as your commander, your undertakings will succeed." 42 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. 2. 1. This they did on account of the answer of the oracle. 2. Miltiades was chosen commander by reason of the reply of the oracle. 3. He set out with a chosen band and arrived at Lemnos. 4. This 12 island he desired to reduce under the power of the Athenians. 5. But the inhabitants did not do, of their own free will, what 13 he demanded. 6. They replied, " Then will we do it, when you come 14 from home to Lemnos with the wind in the north. 7. When you set out from home with ships, with the wind in the north, we will do it." 8. 15 Is Miltiades able to set out from Athens with a north wind ? 9. Then Miltiades directed his course for the Chersonesus. 10. For he had no time for dawdling. NOTES. 1 had good hopes : hoped well. 2 was very conspicuous : flourished most. 3 Not the indicative. 4 proved to be : ivas. 5 qualem. 6 postea. 7 what sort of a man: one word in Latin. 8 itaque. 9 haec. 10 in preference to all others : one word in Latin. n If you employ : the Latin idiom requires, if you shall have employed. 12 This island : which island. 13 what : that which. 14 when you come : in the Latin idiom, when you shall have come. Compare note 11. 15 Begin the sentence with num. I. Latine Scribenda. The Athenians once * desired to send colonists to the Chersonese, but the number of those who sought to share in 2 the emigration was so large 3 that they sent chosen men to Delphi to consult 4 Apollo. The Pythia enjoins that they take as leader Miltiades, who was the most distinguished of all the Athenians, not only on account of his ancestors, but also on account of his own modesty. Agreeably to the answer of the oracle Miltiades was se- lected, and he set out with his fleet for the Chersonese. NEPOS : MILTIADES. 43 Arriving at 5 Lemnos, he wanted to bring the island under his power, but that undertaking did not succeed. NOTES. l quondam. 2 to share in : participation of. 3 so large : tantus. 4 to consult : express by a relative clause. 5 Arriving at : when he had arrived at. II. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Means : 248 ; H. 420. 2. Ablative with potior, utor, etc. : 249 ; H. 421, 1. 3. Ablative of Manner : 248 and Rem. ; H. 419, III. 4. Temporal Clauses with cum: 325; H. 521, II. 2. 5. Find illustrations of all the above in the text of I. 1. 1. There the forces of the barbarians were soon dis- persed. 2. In a short time he got possession of the whole country. 3. The people l were enriched by raids. 4. Fre- quent forays enriched those whom he had brought with him. 5. Suitable places were fortified by Miltiades. 6. Both foresight and good luck helped the leader. 7. The bravery of the soldiers overcame the enemy. 8. After settling 2 affairs with entire justice, the general remained in the same place. 9. Matters were settled with the utmost fairness. 10. Miltiades lacked the name of king, but not royal dignity. 2. 1. Although he was not king among them, he gained very great power. 2. He got power not less by sagacity 3 than by justice. 3. The result was 4 that he held power without interruption. 4. Miltiades set out 5 from the Chersonese 6 and returned to Lemnos. 5. He demanded that the Lemnians should hand over their city to him. 6. Did they give up the city according to agreement? 44 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. 7. They said that they would surrender. 7 8. The thing turned out 8 contrary to the expectations of the islanders. 9. They will not dare to resist the leader 9 who has his home at the Chersonese. 10 10. With equal good fortune other islands were brought under the power of the Athe- nians. NOTES. l multitude. 2 After settling affairs : ablative absolute. 3 by sagacity : use consilium. 4 The result was : by which things it was brought about. 5 Translate in three ways : (1) by using a parti- ciple ; (2) by a clause beginning with cum ; (3) by a clause con- nected with the following by et. 6 from the Chersonese : Cherson- eso. 7 that they would surrender : themselves to be going to surrender. 8 turned out : happened. 9 What case follows resistere ? 10 Observe how " to the Chersonese," and " at the Chersonese," are expressed in the text of chapters I. and II. II. Latine Scribenda. Miltiades, by means of the forces which he had brought with him to the Chersonese, defeated the enemy in a short time and got possession of the whole country. Then, settling the people in allotments, 1 he regulated matters with perfect 2 justice and enjoyed 3 amongst them royal dignity ; for he had gained power not more by the good will of those who had sent him than by his own sagacity and good luck. Now, returning 4 from the Chersonese, where he had his home, with the wind in the north, he demanded that the islanders 5 should hand over their city to him. NOTES. l settling the people in allotments: the idiom is, in agris collocare. How can it be expressed without using the present participle? 2 perfect : the highest. 3 What case follows utor ? 4 returning : having returned. " islanders : two words in Latin. NEPOS : MILTIADES. 45 III. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative Absolute : 255 and note; H. 431. 2. Accusative of Limit: 258, b; H. 380, II. 3. Infinitive for Indicative of Direct Discourse : 336; H. 523. I. 4. Accusative subject of Infinitive : 240, f ; H. 536. 5. Find illustrations of all the above in the text of II. 1. 1. At the same time Darius, king of the Persians, determined to wage war in Europe. 2. His army was transported from Asia to Europe. 3. Having made a bridge over the Hister, he led his forces over. 4. Leading men, whom he had brought with him, were left as custo- dians of the bridge. 5. To them l absolute 2 power had been given by Darius over 3 their own cities. 6. At that time many inhabitants of Asia spoke Greek. 7. Darius committed the charge of towns 4 to his own friends, of whom many were Greeks. 8. Of these men Miltiades was one. 9. Darius met with ill success and was hard pressed by the enemy. 10. A report was brought that 5 Darius was meeting with ill success. / 2. 1. So an opportunity was offered of freeing Greece. 2. jMiltiades urged 6 that they should not let slip a good opportunity^ 3. Thus advised 6 Miltiades : " If Darius per- ishes, 7 all Europe will be free from the Persians. 4. Greeks who are inhabiting Asia will be free from the rule of the Persians. 5. This can very easily be brought about. 6. If the bridge is cut down, 8 Darius will perish, either by the sword or by want. 7. Darius together with 9 his army will perish within a few days." 8. Many favored this plan, but not Histiseus of Miletus. 9. He opposed the doing of it, 10 46 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. and said : 10. " The same thing is not expedient for us, who hold the chief power, as u for the masses. 3. 1. Our supremacy depends on the rule of Darius. 2. If Darius perishes, 12 we shall be driven 13 from power and pay the penalty to our fellow-citizens. 3. Accordingly I entirely dissent 14 from your plan, Miltiades. 4. 1 think that it is extremely useful to us for the rule 15 of the Persians to be strengthened." 5. A majority followed the opinion of Histiseus. 6. Miltiades thought his advice would come 16 to the king's ears. 7. And so he returned in a short time to Athens. 8. Miltiades is deserving of great praise. 17 9. For he thought more of 18 the liberty of all than of his own supremacy. NOTES. * Use the relative pronoun. 2 Use perpetuus. 3 over : of. 4 charge of towns : towns to be cared for. 5 that : not ut. 6 Use moneo. 7 The Latin idiom is, shall have perished. 8 Express this clause by two words. 9 together with : cum. 10 He opposed, lest it should be done. n as: express by and. 12 This may be put according to the suggestion of note 7. 13 shall be driven : use a participle. 14 entirely dissent: abhorreo. 15 for the rule, etc. : the accusative and infinitive. 16 would come: to be going to come. 17 is deserving of great praise : is greatly to be praised. 18 thought more of : was more friendly to. III. Latine Scribenda. At that time Darius decided to lead a large army from Asia to Europe, in order to wage war with the Scythians. Accordingly, having made a bridge over the Hister, he left, as custodians of the bridge, leading men to whom he had given power over their cities. Of this, number was Miltiades, who, hearing that the king was hard pressed l by his enemies, advised that the bridge should be cut down. In this way he thought the king would NEPOS: MILTIADES. 47 perish, 2 and the Greek cities be 3 free from the rule of the Persians. Histiseus of Miletus, however/ opposed the plan 5 of Miltiades, and a majority followed his opinion. So Miltiades, fearing 6 that 7 his advice would reach the king, left the Chersonese and returned 8 to Athens. NOTES. l that the king was hard pressed : the king to be hard pressed. 2 would perish: to be about to perish. 3 Not the present infinitive. 4 autem. 5 What case follows obsisto ? 6 fearing : having feared. 7 ne. 8 revertor is not commonly deponent in the perfect and kindred tenses. IV. Latine Dicenda. 1. Relations of Place: 258 and following; H. 427 and 428. 2. Ablative with opus : 243, e ; H. 414, IV. 3. Partitive Genitive : 216 ; H. 396, IV. 4. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. I. 3 ; II. 4. 1. 1. Darius at the advice 1 of a friend returned from Europe to 2 Asia. 2. The friends of Darius advised him to subjugate 3 Greece. 3. The fleet 4 which Darius got ready he put Datis in command of. 4. The fleet num- bered 5 five hundred vessels. 5. Artaphernes also was placed in command. 6. To these leaders two hundred thousand foot-soldiers were given by Darius. 7. He gave this reason, 6 that he was hostile 7 to the Athenians. 8. He said that they had killed his garrisons. 9. The fleet was brought to the island of Euboea and Eretria was taken. 10. The citizens were all carried off and sent to the king. 11. When Eretria was taken, 8 the commanders advanced against Attica. 2. 1. Marathon is a plain about eighteen 9 miles from Athens. 2. The Athenians in alarm 1 sought aid of the 48 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. Lacedaemonians. 3. To no place except u Lacedsemon did they send. 4. They had need 12 of speedy assistance. 5. They report what speedy assistance they need. 13 6. At home they chose commanders. 7. They chose men to be at the head of the army. 4 8. Shall they defend them- selves by walls or by valor ? 9. Will they take the field as soon as possible ? 14 10. They will not despair of the bravery of the citizens. NOTES. l at the advice : use a participle. 2 to : into. 3 subju- gate : reduce under his power. 4 Be careful about the case. 5 num- bered : was of. 6 gave this reason : use hoc intersero. 7 that he was hostile : ace. and infin. 8 Turn the clause in two ways. 9 de cem et octo. 10 See note 1. n nisi. 12 opus erat with ablative and dative. 13 need : indicative ? 14 as soon as possible : at each first time. Be careful about the order. IV. Latine Scribenda. Darius, after his return 1 to Asia, resolved to reduce Europe under his power, for the Athenians had aided 2 the lonians and killed his garrisons. The fleet which he got ready was brought to Euboea by his commanders, and all the citizens of Eretria were carried off to the king. From there they led their forces into the plain of Mara- thon. ' This 3 so 4 alarmed the Athenians that they besought aid of 5 the Lacedaemonians, announcing what 6 speedy assistance they needed. This 7 was the counsel of Milti- ades, whom the Athenians had chosen to be 8 one of ten commanders : " Let us take the field 9 at the first oppor- tunity ; then courage will come to the citizens, and the enemy will be less prompt." 10 NOTES. l after his return : having returned. 2 had aided : had been for aid to. 3 Use the relative pronoun. 4 ita. 5 Do not use the genitive. 6 Turn by quam, how. 7 Either hoc or illud. 8 to be : omit. 9 take the field : make a camp, present subjunctive. 10 less prompt: slower. KEPOS : MILTIADES. 49 V. Latine Dicenda. 1. Dative of Service : 233 ; H. 390. 2. Ablative of Time : 256 ; H. 429. 3. Clauses of Result : 319 ; H. 500, I. and II. 4. Find illustrations of 2 in the text of II., III., and IV. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. I. 1 ; IV. 3. 1. 1. The Plataeans sent a thousand men. 2. The Platse- ans sent a thousand men to aid l the Athenians. 3. So they had ten thousand soldiers. 4. The result was 2 that they burned with a desire of fighting. 5. The band of soldiers who had been sent had a wondrous eagerness to fight. 3 6. What force (band) did Miltiades and his col- leagues have ? 7. The influence of their leader urged on the Athenians. 8. Accordingly, they led their forces out of the city. 9. They encamped in a suitable place. 10. Having led out their forces 4 they pitched a camp. 2. 1. The next day they drew up their line at the base of a mountain. 2. The forces engage in battle with the greatest violence. 5 3. In suitable places the Athenians felled 6 many trees. 4. They were protected by the mountain and the many trees. 5. The height of the mountain and the trees are an obstacle 7 to the enemy. 6. Datis sees that the place is unfavorable for his men. 7. But he is eager to fight. 8. It is expedient 8 to fight before the Lacedaemonians come. 9 9. The Athenians defeated a great number of the enemy. 10. So much superior are the forces of the Athenians that they ter- rify the enemy. 50 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. NOTES. 1 to aid : for aid. 2 The result was : by which it was done. 3 to fight: of fighting. 4 Having led out their forces: two words in Latin. 5 with the greatest violence: suinina vi. 6 eeciderunt. 7 are an obstacle : use impedio. 8 utile. 9 Not the indicative. V. Latine Scribenda. A small state sent a thousand soldiers to help the Athenians. Although this band was a small one, it was eager to fight. So Miltiades, drawing up his forces at the base of a mountain, engaged in battle and routed a tenfold number of the enemy. .The Persians, when 1 routed, were so terrified that they fled to 2 their ships. For the Athenians, relying on their own bravery, had dared 3 to fight against them with small forces^ Never before were such great forces defeated by so small a band, NOTES. 1 Omit. 2 fled to : the verb is peto. 3 ausi erant. VI. Latine Dicenda. 1. Clauses of Purpose : 317 and b; H. 497, I. and II. 2. Indirect Questions: 334; H. 529, I. 3. Find an illustration of 2 in the text of I. 4. Find in the text an illustration of Lat. Die. V. 3. 1. What sort of a l reward was bestowed on Miltiades ? 2. ISTepos shows what sort of a reward was bestowed 2 on the victor. 3. One can easily understand 3 that 4 states are alike. 5 4. We find that 4 honors at Athens were once infrequent. 5. For that reason they seem 6 to have been glorious. 6. Among the Athenians formerly hon- ors were much prized, now they are worthless. 7. What honor was bestowed on the man who had freed all Greece ? 8. The battle of Marathon 7 was painted in the porch NEPOS: MILTIADES. 51 which has a Greek name. 9. In the number of the ten commanders the picture of Miltiades was placed first. 10. The Athenians afterwards 8 obtained much 9 greater power. 11. But they were corrupted by the magistrates. 12. Three hundred statues were decreed to Demetrius by that same people. NOTES. l What sort of a : quale. 2 Not the indicative. 3 One can . . . understand : it can be understood. 4 Not lit. 5 alike : similes. 6 they seem : videntur. 7 of Marathon : Marathonian. 8 postea. 9 much greater : by much greater. VI. Uatine Scribenda. We find that the nature of all states is l the same ; for formerly at Athens 2 honors were infrequent and of trifling value, 3 and for that reason highly prized 4 ; now, however, they are many in number and of no worth. A slight honor was bestowed on Miltiades, who by his victory at Marathon freed Greece ; but three hundred statues were decreed by the same people to Demetrius, an orator. 5 As it was once at Athens, so it was among the Romans. NOTES. 1 Not the indicative. 2 What case ? 3 of trifling value : use tenuis. 4 highly prized : glorious. 5 Use orator. VII. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Means: 248; H. 420. 2. Ablative Absolute : 255 and note ; H. 431. 3. Causal or Concessive clauses with cum : 326 ; H. 517 and 515, III. 1. 1. After this battle a fleet of seventy ships was given to Miltiades. 2. Certain l islands helped the Persians in war. 3. The same islands Miltiades followed up with 52 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. war. 4. Many of those islands he reduced under the power of the Athenians. 5. The island of Paros, confi- dent in its resources, could not be won over by negotia- tion. 2 6. Accordingly Miltiades blockaded the city and deprived it of supplies. 7. Then he approached nearer the walls. 8. At last things had reached such a pass 3 that he was about to get possession 4 of the town. 9. But the townsmen and the besiegers saw a name. 10. They saw a flame at a distance on the mainland. 2. 1. For a grove had been set on fire in the night-time. 2. I know not by what chance this flame was seen by both parties. 5 3. It occurred to the soldiers 6 that it was a signal. 4. The result was that Miltiades returned to Athens. 5. For he feared that the king's fleet was com- ing. 6. The result was that he returned with the same number of ships that he had set out with. 7. He returned, to 7 the great displeasure of his fellow-citizens. 8. So they accused him of treason and threw him into prison. 9. At that time he was suffering from wounds which he had received in besieging the town. 10. Since he could not pay 8 fifty talents, he died in prison. NOTES. l Use quidam. 2 oratione. 3 things had reached such a pass : it was in that (state}. * Imperf. subj. of potior. 5 both par- ties: the word is uterque. 6 It occurred to: came into opinion to. 7 cum. 8 Imperf. subj. of solvo after cum. VII. Latine Scribenda. After the battle at Marathon, Miltiades, with a fleet of seventy ships wKich the Athenians had given him, 1 com- pelled many islands to return to their allegiance. 2 But one of these, Paros, he was unable 3 to win over by argu- NEPOS : MILTIADES. 53 ment, 4 so he advanced 3 nearer the walls. Then a grove on the mainland having been set on fire by some chance or other, 5 the flame was seen both by the people in the town and by the besiegers. Both thought it was a signal. The result was 6 that Miltiades burned his works and returned to Athens, for he was afraid that 7 the fleet of the king was coming. He was accused of treason by his fellow-citizens, thrown into prison, and 8 there died. NOTES. l Not accusative. 2 officium. 3 he was unable ... so he advanced: instead of making these two clauses correlative, as they are in English, make the first a dependent clause express- ing the reason with cum and the subjunctive, and omit "so." A common difference between Latin and English in the relation of clauses is well illustrated in this case. 4 Use oratio. 6 by some chance or other : I know not by what chance. 6 The result was : what is the Latin form into which the clause must be cast, before it can be rendered into Latin? 7 Not ut, but ne. 8 atque : not et. The Latin ways of expressing a series were : (1) A, B, C ; (2) et A et B et C; (3) A, B, Cque; (4) A, B, atque C; much less frequently, A, B, et C. VIII. Latino Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Quality : 251 ; H. 419, II. 2. Locative forms and uses : 258, c, Hem., and d ; H. 425, II., and 426, 2. 3. Accusative of Duration : 256; H. 379. 4. Find illustrations of 1 in the text of I. ; of 2 in the text of IT. and IV. 1. What was the cause of the condemnation of Mil- tiades ? 2. On what charge was he accused ? 3. A few years before Pisistratus had been tyrant at Athens. 4. On account of his usurpation the Athenians feared Miltiades. 5. For he had been tyrant in the Chersonese. 54 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. 6. For many years he had held absolute sway. 7. Al- though he was just, he was called "tyrant." 8. Mil- tiades seemed unable 1 to be a private citizen. 9. Habit seemed to make him ambitious for power. 2 10. Not by violence did he obtain 3 his power, but by the consent of his people. 11. He was a man of the utmost gentle- ness and affability. 4 12. Access to him was open to all, even 5 to the humblest. 13. He was a man of great influence with 6 all his fellow-citizens. 14. Amongst all states he had a noble name, and his reputation in 7 mili- tary affairs was very great. NOTES. J seemed unable : seemed not to be able. 2 make him ambitious : draw him to desire of power. 3 Not obtineo, which com- monly means " keep." 4 The Latin writers were fond of saying a quality is in a man, instead of saying he has the quality. In this sentence you may imitate the expression in the text, and say, There was in that man, etc., or use the descriptive ablative, or the descrip- tive genitive. 5 etiam. 6 Not cum. 7 in military affairs : of mili- tary affairs. VIII. Latine Scribenda. Although the Athenians accused Miltiades on a charge in regard to Paros, 1 yet they in fact 2 feared his power. For, a few years before, the usurpation of Pisistratus had existed 3 at Athens, and in the Chersonese Miltiades had absolute power. For this reason 4 he was called tyrannus. Now all are both considered and called tyranni who have unlimited power in a 5 state which has en- joyed 6 liberty. NOTES. l on a charge in regard to Paros : express in Latin by two words. 2 in fact : re vera. 3 had existed : had been. 4 For this reason : quam ob rem. 5 Use is. 6 In Latin they say used. NEPOS : THEM1STOCLES. 55 THBMISTOCLBS. I. Latine Dicenda. 1. The Gerundive : 113, d ; H. 200, IV., and 543. 2. Cum Causal with the Subjunctive : 326; H. 517. 3. Absolute Comparative: 93, a; H. 444, 1. 4. Dative with certain Intransitive Verbs : 227 ; H. 385, 1. and II. 1. 1. The father of Themistocles, the Athenian, was Neo- cles. 2. He married l an Acarnanian woman, of whom Themistocles was born. 3. Themistocles made amends for his youthful faults 2 by great virtues. 4. No one is put before him ; few are thought his equals. 5. But it is necessary to begin at the beginning. 6. To his parents he was not satisfactory. 7. He lived too fast and neg- lected his estate. 8. His father disinherited him, but the disgrace did not break him down. 9. The disgrace could be wiped out by the greatest industry. 2. 1. He deemed the utmost industry necessary. 3 2. He devoted himself wholly to the state and very actively served his friends. 4 3. The result was that in a short time he became famous. 4. The Athenians managed no matter of unusual importance 5 without him. 5. For he found out most speedily what was 6 needful. 6. He could judge very correctly what was needful. 7. He was not less ready in execution than in forming plans. 8. He was not less shrewd regarding things future than about 56 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. present matters. 9. He could easily explain in an assem- bly of the people those things which he found to be best. NOTES. l married: led (as) wife. 2 youthful faults: faults of beginning youth. 3 necessary : opus esse. * Not accusative. 5 matter of unusual importance : in Latin, greater matter. 6 Not the indicative. I. Latine Scribenda. Neocles, an Athenian, married an Acarnanian woman, who gave birth to * Themistocles. In his youth he dis- pleased his father, by whom he was disinherited ; but he made up for his faults, since he devoted 2 himself wholly to the state and served his friends with the utmost dili- gence in private suits. He was able to think out what was needful and to explain it in assemblies of the people : and since he was 2 no less ready in action, in a short time it came about that he was famous. NOTES. * who gave birth to : express this clause as it is in the text. 2 Imperfect subjunctive after cum. II. Latine Dicenda. 1. Accusative of Gerund and Gerundive : 300 ; H. 544. 2. Dative of Service : 233; H. 390. 3. Cum with Subjunctive in Narration: 325; H. 521, II. 2. 4. Indirect Questions : 334 ; H. 529, I. 5. Eind in the text an illustration of Lat. Die. I. 4. 1. 1. Themistocles took part in l public affairs in the war with Corcyra. 2. The Athenians made him commander for carrying on this war. 3. Not only for the time be- ing, 2 but also for subsequent wars, the state was rendered more warlike. 4. For he prevailed upon his fellow-citi- NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 57 zens to build 3 a fleet. 5. He prevailed on the Athenians to use 4 money for building a fleet. 6. The money which came in from the mines was wasted. 5 7. It was wasted every year through the distribution of it 6 by the magis- trates. 7 8. So they built a fleet of a hundred ships. 9. With this fleet, after the Corcyreans had been crushed, Themistocles pursued the pirates. 10. By him the sea was rendered safe for the time being. 2. 1. Having pursued 8 the pirates, he enriched 9 the citi- zens. 2. Besides, the Athenians were made very skilful in naval warfare. 3. This was very useful 10 to all Greece in subsequent time. 4. It was seen in the Persian war that it was n useful to all Greece. 5. Now all Greece sees how useful ^ a fleet is. 6. Xerxes made war on all Europe with very great forces. 7. Never had any one 13 before or after such enormous forces on land and sea. 8. For his fleet consisted 14 of 1200 war-ships and 2000 transports. 9. Moreover, he had as land forces 700,000 foot and 400,000 horse. 10. All the transports followed the war-ships. 3. 1. The report of his coming was spread through all Greece. 2. The Athenians above all were aimed at. 3. On account of their great fear they sent to Delphi. 4. What in the world will they do in view of their situation? 5. The Pythia replies, directing 15 them to defend themselves with wooden walls. 6. No one under- stands what in the world this answer means. 16 7. But Themistocles convinces the people that the wooden walls are their ships. 8. They approved 17 of his plan and betook themselves with their property on shipboard. 58 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. 9. The citadel was committed to some priests and elderly men. 10. The rest of the town was abandoned by the people. NOTES. 1 took part in: capesso is transitive. 2 for the time be- ing : in praesentia. 3 Not the infinitive. 4 Remember that utor is followed by the ablative. 5 The Latin word is not in the passive. 6 of it : omit. 7 Use the genitive. 8 Here the Latin exactly corre- sponds to the English, because the verb is deponent. 9 enriched : two words in Latin. 10 was very useful: was for great aid. n Not the indicative. 12 how useful : for how great aid. 13 " Any one " after a negative is quisquam. 14 consisted : was. 15 0mit. 16 Why should the subjunctive be used ? 17 Express by a participle. II. Latine Scribenda. When the people had chosen him commander for carrying on the Corcyrean war, he prevailed on * his fellow-citizens to build a fleet of a hundred ships: With this fleet, built with the money that came in annually from the mines, he not only broke the power of the Cor- cyreans, but pursued the pirate's, who had rendered the sea unsafe. The result was that the Athenians were made very skilful in naval warfare, and more warlike for 2 subsequent time. This fleet proved very useful to the Athenians afterwards ; for, when the report of the coming of Xerxes had been spread through all Greece, and when they were the object of attack, 3 they betook themselves to these ships. They had sent to Delphi to inquire what they should do, but no one understood the answer of the Py thia. What it meant 4 they could not tell. Themistocles, however, persuaded them that the ships were the " wooden walls." NOTES. l prevailed on: use persuadeo, followed by lit. 2 in with the accusative. 3 they were the object of attack: they were aimed at. * What it meant : in what it was strong. NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 59 III. L.atine Dicenda. 1. Relative Clauses of Purpose : 317 ; H. 497, 1. 2. Ablative loco without a preposition : 258, f ; H. 425, II. 2. 3. Position of enim : 345, b; H. 569, III. 4. Find in the text an illustration of Lat. Die. I. 4. 1. 1. This plan displeased many. 2. His plan displeased many states. 3. Many preferred to have the fight take place l on land. 4. Chosen men were sent to Thermo- pylae with King Leonidas. 5. The Lacedaemonians sent chosen men to occupy Thermopylae. 6. Thermopylae was occupied by the men whom the Lacedaemonians sent. 7. At first the barbarians did not advance further. 8. They did not suffer the barbarians to advance further. 9. But they could not withstand the enemy, and all perished in the same place. 10. Leonidas, the king, perished with all his men in that place. 11. A fight took place with the king's navy 2 near Artemisium. 2. 1. In this battle 3 the common fleet of all Greece engaged. 2. The fleet consisted of 4 three hundred ships, of which two hundred belonged to the Athenians. 3. There was danger that the fleet of Greece might be surrounded. 4. The ships engaged between Artemisium and the main- land. 5. After the battle the Greeks left Artemisium and stationed their fleet over against Athens. 6. For they had not dared to remain in the same place, for fear 5 they should be surrounded by the multitude of the Per- sians. 7. For there was danger that the enemy might sail round 6 Euboea. 8. Although they had come off with a drawn battle, yet they did not remain in the same 60 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. place. 9. The result was that they set their fleet in the straits near Salamis. NOTES. l to have the fight take place : it to be fought. 2 king's navy : royal marines. 3 In this battle: in which battle. 4 consisted of: was of. 5 for fear : ne. 6 sail round : use super o. III. Latine Scribenda. Several states preferred l to fight on land rather than on the sea. Accordingly Thermopylae was occupied by Leonidas with a small band, in order that the barbarians might not 2 advance any farther. They perished, but Themistocles, with the common fleet of Greece, sought the straits between Euboea and the mainland, and fought in that place. There was danger that the Persians would surround them, and a double peril threaten 3 them, if they should remain. So they doubled 4 Euboea and anchored 5 off Salamis. NOTES. * Several states preferred : it pleased several states more. 2 in order that ... not : ne. 3 threaten : use premo. 4 doubled : use supero. & anchored: stationed their fleet. IV. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative Absolute: 255 and Note; H. 431. 2. Accusative and Infinitive : 272 ; H. 535, I. 3. Partitive Genitive : 216 ; H. 396, IV. 4. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. I. 2 ; III. 2. 1. 1. Xerxes, after taking Thermopylae, advanced against * Athens. 2. As there were no defenders, he destroyed the city by fire. 3. The priests whom he found in the citadel he put to the sword. 2 4. The terrified mariners NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 61 dared not remain and were on the point of dispersing 3 to their homes. 5. A majority urged defending 4 them- selves by their own walls. 6. At that time Eurybiades, king of the Lacedaemonians, had the chief command. 7. Him 5 Themistocles could not move by his words. 8. Yet he declared that all would perish, 6 if they dispersed. 7 9. They could be a match for their enemies, if they were united. 8 10. As Eurybiades was unmoved, Themistocles sent the most faithful slave he had to the king of the Persians. 11. This slave went to the king by night and made report. 12. He reported in the words of his master, that the enemies of the king were in flight. 2. 1. His words were : " Your enemies are in flight. 2. If they get off, 9 you will pursue them thus scattered. 3. You will be forced to pursue them one by one. 4. And so the labor will be greater, and the time of pursuit 10 longer. 5. You will finish the war with very great labor and in much longer time. 6. Therefore my master urges you to attack them at once. 7. By doing this you will crush all together in a short time." 8. Themistocles wished all to be forced to fight. 9. The barbarian heard the intelli- gence, and did not suspect that there lurked any decep- tion. 11 10. And so the next day he fought in a narrow sea, a place extremely unfavorable to himself. 11. The sea was so narrow that it was very advantageous for his enemies. 12. The king was unable to deploy his ships in the straits. 13. So the cunning of one Greek, more than the arms of all Greece, defeated the Persians. NOTES. l advanced against : observe that accedo is often fol- lowed by the accusative. 2 put to the sword: killed. 3 were on the point of dispersing : express by the imperfect tense. 4 urged 62 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. defending : urged that they should defend. 5 Him : whom. 6 that all would perish : all to be about to perish. 7 if they dispersed : express in one word. 8 if they were united : one word. 9 Use the future perfect. 10 time of pursuit : time of pursuing. n any deception : an (/thing of deception. IV. Liatine Scribenda. But when Xerxes had advanced against Athens and had found there no defenders, he destroyed the city by fire. The seamen, frightened by the flames, urged that they should disperse to their homes, but the plan did not please Themistocles. To Eurybiades, who had command l of the fleet, he said, " United, we are a match for the barbarians ; scattered, we shall all perish." But since he was 2 not able to move him, he sent the most faithful slave he had 3 to the king of the Persians, in order to force his countrymen to fight. For this slave announced that the Greeks were 4 in flight, and urged that the king should attack them at once. So he, hearing 5 the advice of Themistocles, brought on an engagement, 6 for he did riot suspect any deception ; 7 but being unable 8 to draw out all his ships, he was defeated. NOTES. * had command of : use the imperfect of praesum. 2 After cum, meaning since, what mode is used ? 3 the most faith- ful slave he had : the order in the text is, of his slaves what one he had most faithful. Mark how this order brings the word for "most faithful" into an emphatic position. 4 Present infinitive. 5 Not the present participle. 6 brought on an engagement : express this by one word. 7 did not suspect any deception : suspected nothing of deception. 8 being unable : since he was unable. NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 63 V. Latine Dicenda. 1. Clauses of Result : 319; H. 500, 1. and II. 2. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing : 331, f ; H. 498, III. 3. Ablative of Separation : 243 ; H. 413. 4. Adjectives used like English Genitive : 190; H. 395, N. 2. 5. Find illustrations of 1 in the text of I., III., IV. 1. 1. Although the king was unsuccessful l at Salamis, still he had great forces left. 2. So numerous were the forces of the king that even then the Greeks could be crushed. 3. The king was able to crush the Greeks by means of the forces that he then had. 4. Yet was he a second time dislodged from his position. 5. A second time was he deprived of his advantage by the same man. 6. Themistocles was afraid the king 2 would persist in waging war. 7. So he informed him that this was being planned. 3 8. "The bridge/' said he, 4 "which you have made over the Hellespont with great labor, my fellow- citizens will destroy." 2. 1. " Then your return into Asia, my friend, will be cut off. 2. By the destruction of the bridge 5 you will be cut off from your return from Europe into Asia." 3. He convinced the king by these words. 4. Accordingly he returned within thirty days. 5. Thus it was that 6 the sagacity of one man freed 7 Greece from slavery. 6. The victory at Salamis is the first that can be compared with that at Marathon. 8 7. Just as 9 at Marathon, a small number defeated enormous 10 forces. 8. For just so at Salamis a small number of ships defeated a prodigious fleet. 9. Within the memory of man so large a fleet had not been utterly n defeated. 64 PEACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. NOTES. 1 was unsuccessful : managed ill. 2 was afraid the king : was afraid lest the king. 8 that this . . . planned : this to be planned. 4 said he : inquit. 5 By the destruction of the bridge : the bridge destroyed. 6 Thus it was that : express by one short word. 7 libero is followed by the ablative without a preposi- tion. 8 that at Marathon : express by one word. 9 Just as : sicut. 10 Many English adjectives in the positive degree must be expressed in Latin by superlatives. n utterly defeated : devicta est. V. "Latine Scribenda. Although 1 the king had great forces left, yet a second time did Themistocles deprive him of his advantage ; for he informed him that by the destruction of the bridge over the Hellespont his return would be cut off. 2 So in less than thirty days the king returned into Asia by the bridge which he had made. The victory at Salamis can be compared with that at Marathon, for in both battles a very small force defeated a very large one. The result of the second victory was 3 that Europe was freed from the barbarians. NOTES. ! What mode is necessary after cum meaning although? But etsl, although, does not determine the mode of the following verb. 2 would be cut off: it to be going to be that: fore ut. 3 The result . . . was : by the second victory it was brought about that. VI. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative with tor, etc. : 249 ; H. 421, 1. 2. Ablative of Specification : 253 ; H. 424. 3. Superlative of Eminence with quam: 93, b; H. 170, 2 (2). 4. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. I. 2 ; III. 1 ; V. 1. 1. 1. Although Themistocles had been great in this war, he was not inferior in peace. 2. Before this war the NEPOS: THEMISTOCLES. 65 Athenians were accustomed to use l the harbor of Phale- rum. 3. But this harbor was neither a large nor a good one. 4. Accordingly, by the advice of Theniistocles, they formed the threefold harbor of Piraeus. 5. This they surrounded witli walls, and made dqual to the city 2 itself. 6. They so surrounded it with walls that they made it equal to the city itself in grandeur. 7. The result was that it surpassed Athens in usefulness. 8. The walls of the city itself were restored by the same man. 9. Like- wise, 3 at his own personal peril, he rebuilt the walls of Athens. 10. The Lacedaemonians did not wish the Athe- nians to have any walls. 2. 1. For they desired them to be as weak as possible. 2. So they declared that no city 4 outside the Pelopon- nesus ought to have walls. 3. They thought that they had found 5 a plausible reason on account of the invasions of the barbarians. 4. "Fortified places outside of the Peloponnesus might 6 be seized by their enemies. 5. For this reason they tried to stop the Athenians from build- ing. 6. The aim of this was quite different from what 7 it seemed. 7. For they saw that they would have a con- test 8 with the Athenians for the supremacy. 8. The two victories of Salamis and Marathon had given the Athe- nians great fame. 9. With all nations their fame was far 9 greater than that 10 of the Lacedaemonians them- selves. 10. The Lacedaemonians heard that walls were building at Athens. 3. 1. Wherefore deputies were sent to forbid it. 2. But the Athenians did not wish to leave off, and so sent am- bassadors to Lacedaemon. 11 3. This embassy was under- taken by Themistocles, who said, "I will set out first 66 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. and alone. 4. Then the rest of the ambassadors will go forth, when the walls have been built. 12 5. When the walls shall seem to be high enough for defence, then let the rest go forth." 13 6. In the meantime all labored at the work, slaves and freemen. 7. After Themistocles had gone, 14 they built up the walls with great zeal. 8. And they did not 15 spare any 16 place, sacred or pro- fane, public or private. 9. From all sides they gathered whatever seemed suitable for fortifying. 10. The result was that they built their walls of tombstones. NOTES. l were accustomed to use: express by the imperfect. 2 The dative, because aequipero is used causatively. 3 Likewise : idem. 4 they declared that no city : denied any city. 5 that they had found : themselves to have found. 6 might be : use possum. 7 The aim of this . . . from what : this looked far elsewhere and. 8 that they would have a contest : a contest to be going to be to themselves. 9 far : by much. 10 that: omit. n Lacedsemon : Lacedaemonem. 12 have been built : shall have been built. 13 let ... go forth : exeant. 14 The perfect usually after postquam. 15 Connect the negative with " and." 1G Express the adjective " any " by ullus after a negative. VI. Liatine Scribenda. By the advice of Themistocles the Athenians made the threefold harbor of the 1 Piraeus, as 2 the harbor of Phalerum, which they had used, was neither a large nor a good one. By the same man the walls of the city were rebuilt. Now the Lacedaemonians did not wish Athens or 3 other cities to have walls, because there was danger that 4 enemies would occupy them. This reason seemed plausible, but it had an aim far different from what 5 appeared. They thus thought : " The Athenians have gained great glory by their victories, and we shall have a contest with them about the supremacy. There- fore we will send ambassadors to forbid 6 the building of NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 67 walls." 7 When the ambassadors had come to Athens, Themistocles set out alone for Lacedaemon, and in the meantime slaves and freemen built up the walls, sparing neither sanctuaries nor tombs. NOTES. 1 of the: omit. 2 What mode follows cum meaning since, or as? 3 did not wish ... or: wished neither . . . nor. 4 ne. 5 had an aim . . . what : looked far elsewhere and. 6 to forbid : use a relative clause. 7 the building of walls : walls to be built. VII. L,atine Dicenda. 1. Causal Eelative sentences: 320, e; H. 517. 2. Declarative sentences in Indirect Discourse : 336 ; H. 523, 1. 3. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. IV. 3; VI. 1 and 3. 1. 1. Now Themistocles did not go at once to the magis- trates on his arrival * at Lacedaemon. 2. He took pains to 2 deceive them as long as possible. 3. He alleged a reason in order that he might protract the time. 4. By alleging a suitable 3 reason 4 he protracted the time. 5. In the meantime he waited for his colleagues. 6. In the mean- time none the less did the work of fortifying go on. 7. In this thing the Lacedaemonians were deceived by Themistocles. 8. They, complained that he was deceiv- ing. 5 9. When 6 the ambassadors had come, he went to the ephors. 10. In their presence 7 he asserted that falsehoods 8 had been reported to them. 11. Now he had taken pains to inquire of 9 the other ambassadors about the fortifying. 12. From them 10 he heard that not much of the work of fortifying remained. 2. 1. None the less did he go to the ephors, in whose hands was the highest power. 2. " It is fair/ 7 said he, 68 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. " to send men of rank, in whom n you have confidence. 3. They shall inquire into the matter. 4. They will take pains to examine the matter. 5. In. the meantime I will remain as a hostage. 6. In the meantime keep me as a hostage." 7. This seemed fair, and his request was complied with. 12 8. In company with the three ambas- sadors went the colleagues of Themistocles by his advice. 9. Themistocles was unwilling for the ambassadors of the Lacedaemonians to be let go, before he should himself be sent back. 10. When they Jiad reached Athens, he went to the magistrates and senate. 11. Thinking 13 they had arrived at Athens, Themistocles very frankly confessed. 12. "By my advice the Athenians are inclosing with walls the gods of Greece, the gods of their country, and M their household gods." 3. 1. " This they do by the common right of all nations. 2. They are building up walls, so that 15 they can more easily defend the gods from an enemy. 3. Is 16 this use- less to Greece ? 4. Is this which they have done useless to Greece ? 5. Is not 17 our city opposed as a rampart against the common enemies of Greece ? 6. Near it already one royal fleet has suffered shipwreck. 7. The Lacedaemonians act unjustly, since they 18 have regard to their own sway. 8. This they have regard to, 19 rather than to what is useful to Greece as a whole. 9. Do you wish to recover your ambassadors, whom you have sent to Athens ? 10. Then send me myself back ; other- wise you will never receive them into your own country." 11. So spoke Themistocles, and the Lacedaemonians let him go. NOTES. 1 on his arrival : lit, like postquam, is usually followed by the perfect indicative. 2 took pains to : gave labor that. 3 suit- NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 69 able : see the preceding chapter. 4 By alleging a suitable reason : by a suitable reason alleged. 5 that he was deceiving : not the indica- tive. 6 postquam. 7 In their presence : apud quos. 8 falsehoods : false things, falsa. 9 inquire of: use quaero ex. 10 them : use a relative pronoun. n in whom : no preposition in Latin. 12 his request was complied with : mark the singular idiom in Latin. 13 Use a perfect participle. 14 See Miltiades, Scribenda VII, note 8. 15 so that : quo. Why preferred here to ut ? 16 Is : iium est. 17 Is not : nonne est. 18 since they : qul. 19 have regard to : look on. VII. Latine Scribenda. When Themistocles had arrived at Lacedaemon, he tried for many days 1 to deceive the magistrates, who complained that the work went on 2 none the less. At last 3 his colleagues came, from whom Themistocles learned about the walls. Then he went to the ephors and asked them to send ambassadors to Athens, to find out 4 about the fortifying. He himself remained as a hostage, but his colleagues set out with the Lacedaemo- nians. When they had reached Athens, he confessed that he had spoken falsely. By his advice the Athenians were building up their walls, in order to defend their country more easily ; a thing which was useful to all Greece, for their city was a bulwark against the barba- rians. The Lacedaemonians seemed to regard their own supremacy rather than the interests of 5 Greece as a whole ; but they sent back Themistocles, in order to recover their ambassadors. NOTES. x f or many days : the accusative. 2 that the work went on : the work to be getting done. 3 at last : postremo. 4 to find out : use a relative clause. 6 the interests of : omit. 70 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. VIII. Latine Dicenda. 1. Indirect Questions : 334; H. 529, I. 2. Relations of Place: 258 and following; H. 427 and 428. 3. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing : 331, f ; H. 498, III. 4. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. III. 1 ; VII. 1. 1. 1. After he had returned to l his own country, he did not escape the hatred of the Lacedaemonians. 2. The re- sult was that he did not escape their hatred. 3. Neither was he able to avoid the dislike and fear of his fellow- citizens. 4. From this same fear it resulted that he was banished. 5. On account of this same fear Miltiades was condemned. 6. Banished by the votes of his own countrymen, Themistocles went to Argos. 7. He with- drew to the city of 2 Argos, after he had been banished. 8. There, for the time being, he lived in great esteem on account of his many shining qualities. 3 9. But the Lace- daemonians, sending ambassadors to Athens, made com- plaints. 4 10. They accused him in his absence on account of their hatred. 2. 1. For they had been deceived by him in regard to the fortifying of Athens. 5 2. So they said that he had made an alliance with the enemy to crush Greece. 3. They accused him because he had deceived them for the purpose of building walls. 6 4. On this charge 7 his countrymen convicted him in his absence. 5. Hearing of this, Themistocles withdrew from Argos to Corcyra. 6. When he had removed 8 to Corcyra, he saw he was not safe in that island. 7. For the leading men there were afraid of the Lacedaemonians and the Athenians. 8. Themistocles saw that they were afraid. 9. They were NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 71 afraid that 9 war would be declared by the enemies of Themistocles. 10. So he, seeing their fear, fled for refuge 10 to Admetus. 3. 1. Now this Admetus, with whom he had a guest- friendship, was king of the Molossians. 2. It happened that u the king was temporarily absent. 3. When he came there, the king was absent for the time being. 12 4. When he saw that the king was absent, he caught up his little daughter. 5. With her 13 he threw himself into a sanctuary which the king held in 14 the highest reverence. 6. This Themistocles did in order to 15 be received with greater sanctity. 7. When the king saw 16 that illustrious man holding his little daughter, he gave him his right hand. 8. He promised him pro- tection 17 and made his promise good. 18 9. Then Themis- tocles came out of the sanctuary. 10. The Athenians demanded Themistocles in the name of their state. 4. 1. But the suppliant to whom he had promised pro- tection was not betrayed by Admetus. 2. Still in a place so near Athens his friend could not live safely enough. 3. Accordingly the king advised him to look out 19 for himself. 4. A sufficient guard was given to him, and by the king's order 20 he was conducted to Pydna. 5. Here he embarked on board a ship unknown to all the sailors. 6. At that time the army of the Athenians was at Naxos. 7. Thither, to 21 the great peril of Themistocles, a violent storm was bearing the ship. 8. If the ship goes 22 there, it will be fatal to Themis- tocles. 23 9. Themistocles perceived that the ship was being borne 24 to Naxos. 10. He saw that he must perish. 72 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. 5. 1. Necessity compelled him to speak to the skipper. 2. "Skipper," said he, "I am going to reveal to you who T am. 25 3. I am Themistocles, son of Neocles, banished from my country. 4. On account of my enemies I am fleeing to Asia for refuge. 26 5. I promise you a great reward, 27 if you save me." 6. The skipper replied, "Most illustrious man, I am filled with pity, and will keep this ship for a day and a night at a dis- tance from the island. 7. The ship shall be kept at anchor, and I will suffer no one 28 to go out of her." 8. He was as good as his word, 29 and the next day landed Themistocles in safety at Ephesus. 9. Him Themistocles afterwards rewarded as he deserved. NOTES. l to : that is, into. 2 Omit. 3 shining qualities : one word in Latin. 4 made complaints : complained. 5 in regard to the forti- fying of Athens : die Athems mnniendis. 6 Observe that ad with the gerundive in agreement with a noun, is a common way of ex- pressing a purpose. Imitate here ad Grseciam opprimendam. 7 On this charge : use the ablative. 8 When he had removed : express in two ways ; first use cum, then postquam or ut. But what mode and tense with the latter particles ? 9 ne. 10 fled for refuge: one word. n lt happened that : accidit ut. 12 for the time being : use the same word as for temporarily above. 13 With her: with whom. 14 held in : cherished with. 15 in order to : quo, preferable to ut, be- cause of the comparative following. 16 pluperfect subjunctive after cum. 17 promised him protection : literally, received him into his protection. 18 and made his promise good : which he made good. 19 to look out : not the infinitive. 20 iussii. 21 Compare magna cum offensione, Milt. VII. 22 goes : shall have gone. 23 will be fatal to Themistocles : the necessity of perishing will be to Themistocles. 24 was being borne : present passive infinitive. 25 Why must this be in the subjunctive ? 26 fleeing for refuge : see note 10. 27 a great reward : many things. 28 and I will suffer no one : nor will I suffer any one. 39 He was as good as his word : which things he made good. NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 73 VIII. Latine Scribenda. Still Themistocles could not escape that fear of his fellow-citizens on account of which they had condemned Miltiades. He accordingly withdrew to Argos, where he lived with great dignity. But the Lacedaemonians ac- cused him in his absence, and he was condemned on a charge of treason. It was no longer * possible for him 2 to reside in safety at Argos, a place so near 3 to Athens, and so he fled to King Admetus, by whom he was re- ceived on account of guest-friendship. For the time being the king protected him, but advised him to go to Pydna, and gave him a sufficient guard. 4 There he em- . barked on shipboard ; but when a storm began to drive 5 the ship to Naxos, Themistocles, who was unknown to all, revealed to the master of the vessel who he was. The captain through compassion kept the vessel at anchor at a distance from the island, and landed the illustrious 6 man in safety at Ephesus. NOTES. l no longer : non lain. 2 possible for him : he was able. 3 a place so near : in a place so near. See a little farther on in the text. 4 a sufficient guard : the Latin idiom is, enough of guard. 5 began to drive : had begun to bear. 6 Best rendered by the super- lative in Latin. IX. Latin e Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Degree: 250; H. 423. 2. Temporal Clauses with cum : 325; H. 521, II. 2. 3. Substantive Clauses of Purpose: 331, a; H. 498, I. 4. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. I. 4 ; IV. 1. 1. 1. A great many persons have written that Themis- tocles crossed into Asia while Xerxes was reigning. 74 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. 2. Did 1 Themistocles cross into Asia in the reign of Xerxes? 3. I do not know whether 2 lie crossed into Asia while Xerxes was on the throne. 4. Nepos believes Thucydides in preference to all others. 3 5. That most celebrated writer 4 has left a history of those times. 6. Moreover, in point of time he was nearer Themis- tocles than many others. 7. He was likewise 5 a citizen of the same state as 6 Themistocles. 8. For these reasons ISTepos gives credence to him above all others. 9. Now he says that that famous man crossed into Asia in the reign of Artaxerxes. 10. To this king a letter was sent by the Athenian. 11. " great king, I, Themistocles, have fled for refuge to you, because all Greece has driven me away. 12. If you take me under your protection, you shall have in me a good friend." 2. 1. " Your father, it is true, 7 found me a resolute enemy. 2. I made war against him and brought many evils upon his house. 3. By fighting I defended my country in the battles at Artemisium and at Salamis as long as was needful. 8 4. Afterwards, however, I did him many great 9 services 10 ; for my country was then in safety, while he was in peril. 5. By me myself was he freed from peril. 6. For by me was he informed concerning the bridge which he had made over the Hellespont. 7. The plan was this, 11 to destroy that bridge and surround him him- self. 8. Since he wished to return into Asia by that same bridge, I took pains B to inform him. 9. Now I am come, 13 king, asking your friendship. 10. I ask that you allow me to come to you. 11. First, however, suffer 14 me to live here a year in safety. 12. If I ob- NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 75 tain 15 this favor, 16 I will then talk with you about all these matters." NOTES. 1 Begin with num. 2 utrum, followed by the imper- fect subjunctive. 3 in preference to all others: one word in Latin. 4 scrlptor. 5 likewise: idem. 6 as: of which. 7 it is true: quidem. 8 as long as was needful : quamdiu necesse fuit. 9 many great : many and great. 10 bona. n The plan was this : this was aimed at y or planned. 12 1 took pains to : operam dedi ut. 18 Express by the perfect. u Present subjunctive. 1& If I obtain: if I shall have obtained. 1Q venia. IX. Latine Scribenda. Thueydides, nearest in point of J time to Themistocles of all those who have left a history of the Persian war, writes that that illustrious man crossed into Asia and went to Artaxerxes. He had brought very many evils upon the house of that king as long as he had to 2 defend his country, and while he was himself in great peril. Afterwards, 3 when the battle at Salamis had been fought, he informed King Xerxes of the plan of 4 destroying the bridge over the Hellespont. Accordingly then he fled for refuge to his son and sought his friendship, which the king granted. Moreover, he requested of the king a year's time, and having got it, 5 went to him, when the time had elapsed, and conversed with him about many things. NOTES. ! in point of : in regard to. 2 he had to : to him it was necessary. 3 Afterwards : postea, not postquam, which means after that, or when. See near the end of Chap. VIII. * of the plan of : this to be aimed at t that. 5 and having got it : which having got t he. 76 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. X. Latine Dicenda. 1. Accusative of Duration : 256; H. 379. 2. Moods and Tenses of Indirect Discourse : 337 ; H. 527. 3. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. III. 1 ; IV. 2. 1. 1. The king admired such greatness of mind, and wished to win over the man. 2. Accordingly he granted the favor which Themistocles asked. 3. The favor of living in safety a year in Persia was granted by the king. 4. Within that time l he became learned in the language and literature of the Persians, for he devoted himself to study. 2 5. Then he was able to speak becomingly in presence of the king. 6. For he had been devoting him- self during the entire year to the Persian language. 7. So learned had he become that he spoke with the greatest propriety. 3 8. He spoke far better than many Greeks who had been born in Persia. 9. He made many prom- ises 4 to the king and was presented with great gifts. 10. To the king he promised that he (Themistocles) would crush 5 Greece in war. 2. 1. "You shall crush Greece," said he, "if you will follow my advice." 6 2. His words were most acceptable to his royal highness, and he was sent to Magnesia, in Asia Minor. 3. Eeturning 7 to Asia Minor, Themistocles lived for some 8 years in Magnesia. 4. That city fur- nished him bread, Lampsacus wine, and Myus condi- ments. 5. Fifty talents a year furnished him all the bread he wanted. 9 6. The king gave him Lampsacus from which to get 10 wine. 7. Such presents did the great king make to Themistocles the crafty. 11 8. He NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 77 died and was buried near the town of Magnesia. 9. His tomb and statue remained to the time of Nepos. 10. Concerning his death many have written various accounts, 12 but Nepos follows the authority of Thucy- dides. 3. 1. He follows the authority of Thucydides in preference to all others. 2. Themistocles is said to have died of dis- ease. 3. There was a report that he died of poison. 4. The report was that he took poison of his own accord. 5. He was not able to make good what he had promised the king. 6. He had made many promises about crushing Greece. 7. His friends secretly buried his bones in Attica. 8. Having been convicted of treason, he could not be buried in his own country. 9. To bury his bones in Attica was (a thing) not permitted by the laws. 10. Such is the account 13 transmitted by Thucy- dides. NOTES. l Within that time : express by the ablative. 2 studium. 3 with the greatest propriety : one word in Latin. 4 made many promises : promised many things. 5 that he would crush : himself to be going to crush. 6 follow my advice : use my plans. 7 Turn by a clause with cum. Here the best order is, Themistocles, cum. 8 aliquot, indeclinable. 9 all the bread he wanted : enough of bread. 10 from which to get : whence he should get. n Use dolosus. 12 various accounts : in many ways. 13 Such is the account, etc. : such things has Thucydides handed down to memory. X. Latine Scribenda. Such greatness of mind the king admired, and wished to have Themistocles for 1 a friend. Themistocles de- voted the whole year which the king granted to him to the language of the Persians, and when this had passed, 2 spoke in the king's presence very fittingly. What he 78 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. promised was very acceptable to the king, who presented him with great gifts and sent him back 3 to Asia (Minor). Three cities were given him by the king to furnish 4 him bread, wine, and sauce. He died at Mag- nesia, from which city his remains were secretly carried to Attica by his friends, and there buried. There was a report that he died of poison, which he took because he could not make good what he had promised 5 the king about crushing his own native country. NOTES. * Omit. 2 when this had passed : turn by the ablative absolute. 3 sent back : use remitto. 4 Not the infinitive. 6 The subjunctive to convey the idea, as was said. PAET THIBD. CAESAR: DB BJ3LLO GALLICO. BOOK I., CHAPS. I.-X. For the Latin Text, see pages 168-179. For references, see the grammars of Allen and Greenough,* and Harkness. The learner is expected to find in the Latin text illustrations of the grammati- cal principles selected, as a part of his preparatory study. * I. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Specification : 253 ; H. 424. 2. Gerund and Gerundive construction : 300 ; H. 544. 3. Perfect Participle as a predicate adjective : 291, b; H. 550, N. 2. 1. 1. Gaul as a whole 1 is divided into three parts. 2. In Caesar's time 2 Gaul was divided into three parts. 3. One part was inhabited by the Belgae, another by the Aqui- tani, the third by the Galli. 4. In Caesar's language the Celtae were called Galli. 5. The language, customs, and laws of all these 3 differed from each other. 6. The brav- est of all were the Belgae, who were farthest away from the Eoman 4 province. 7. The Koman province was very far away from the brave Belgse. 8. From the civiliza- tion and refinement of the province the Belgse were far removed. 9. And hence 5 traders very seldom penetrated to them. 10. Those things which were brought in by traders tended to weaken character. 6 * Revised edition. 80 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. 2. 1. With the Germans, who lived very near, the Belgae were constantly waging wars. 2. The Helvetii also were accustomed to contend 7 in daily fights with the Germans. 3. Hence nearly all the rest of 8 the Gauls were surpassed in bravery by the Helvetii. 4. Now 9 they would keep 10 the Germans off from their own borders, now 9 carry on war within their borders. 5. Of the three parts of Gaul one was occupied by the Galli. 6. Caesar says that this part began u at the river Ehone. 7. The Garumna Eiver, the ocean, and the territories of the Belgse formed its boundaries. 12 8. That part which the Belgse occupied began at the remotest confines of Gaul. 9. It has been said that it faces northeast. 10. Aquitania faced north- west. NOTES. 1 as a whole : onmis gets this sense in the text from its position. 2 In Caesar's time : Caesaris temporibus. 3 Put the demonstrative pronoun first in the sentence. 4 Romaiia. 5 And hence : from which cause. 6 character : put the Latin noun in the plural. 7 were accustomed to contend : express by the imperfect. 8 the rest of : remaining. 9 Now . . . now : interdum . . . inter- cluiu. 10 would keep: compare note 7. u that this part began: not the indicative. 12 formed its boundaries : confined it. I. Latine Scribenda. Of all who inhabited Gallia in Caesar's time the bravest were the Belgse. They extended from the lower part of the river Rhine to the remotest borders of Gallia, and hence were very far away from the Roman province, and very near the Germans, with whom they waged wars almost incessantly. The rest of Gallia was occupied by the Aquitani and the Celtae, who differed from each other in language, laws, and valor. With all these Caesar CAESAB: DE BELLO GALLICO. 81 waged wars successfully, 1 because the Eomans greatly 2 surpassed the Gauls in civilization and steadfastness. 3 NOTES. l successfully : prospere. 2 greatly : longe. 3 stead- fastness : fortitudine aiiiml. II. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Cause: 245; H. 416. 2. Substantive Clauses of Purpose : 331 ; H. 498. 3. Dative with certain intransitive verbs : 227 ; H. 385. 4. Position determined by emphasis : 344, N; H. 561, I. 5. Find illustrations of 4 in the text of I. 1. 1. Among the Helvetii there was a rich and high-born man, Orgetorix. 2. Caesar says that l Orgetorix- was the richest and most high-born of all the Helvetii. 3. He was led on by ambition for 2 royal power. 4. And hence 3 he made a league of the noble and rich. 5. This league of the noblest and richest was made while Messala and Piso were consuls._$. Orgetorix prevails on the Helvetii to go forth 4 from their borders. 7. And so 5 they went forth bag and baggage. 6 8. The Helvetii surpassed 7 all the rest of the Gauls in prowess. 9. It has been said that the Helvetii surpassed all the rest of the Gauls in prowess. 10. Is it not 8 very easy to get power over all Gaul ? 11. To this course 9 Orgetorix persuaded his fellow-citizens 10 very easily. 12. He persuaded them more easily on this account, because they were hemmed in all around. 2. 1. On one side there was the river- Rhine. 2. This river was a very broad and deep one. 11 3. On another 82 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. side the high range of 12 the Jura separated them from the Sequani. 4. On the third side they were separated by lake Lemannus from our province. 5. The result of this was 13 that they were very near our province. 6. And hence they could easily go out from their territories. 7. They could easily wage war on our province. 8. But they could less easily make war upon their neighbors, the Sequani. 9. Hence great was the grief that affected them. 10. They felt very badly because they could not make war on their neighbors. 11. In view of their re- nown in war their territories were too narrow. 12. Yet 14 they extended not less than a hundred and eighty miles in width. NOTES. 1 that: not ut. 2 for: not the dative. 3 And hence: see Dicenda I., note 5. 4 to go forth : not the infinitive. 5 And so ; itaque. 6 copiae in the text does not mean forces. 7 Observe the case with praecedo in the text of I., and compare praesto in this chapter. 8 Is it not : nonne est. 9 To this course : this. 10 fellow- citizens : use clvis suus. n one : omit. 12 range of : iiions. 13 The result of this was : by these things it was effected. li Yet . tamen. II. Latine Scribenda. The Helvetian country was hemmed in on all sides by high mountains and broad rivers, and consequently * the inhabitants 2 could not 3 wander widely nor make war on their neighbors. But they were fond of fighting, and surpassed the rest of the Gauls in prowess. The result was that Orgetorix, making a conspiracy 4 of the nobility, was able to persuade the Helvetii to emigrate. NOTES. l and consequently : see Dicenda I., note 5. 2 inhab- itants : incolac. 3 not : neque. 4 making a conspiracy : a conspiracy having been made. CAESAR : DE BELLO GALLICO. 83 III. Latine Dicenda. 1. Partitive Genitive: 216; H. 397. 2. Superlative of Eminence : 93, b ; H. 170, 2. 3. Indirect Discourse: 336, 2; H. 523, I. and 524. 4. Clauses of Result with quin : 319, d ; H. 501, II. 2. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. I. 2 ; II. 2. 1. 1. These things led the Helvetii to get ready l pack- animals and wagons. 2. The influence of Orgetorix also 2 moved them. 3. They got together those things which had to do with the expedition. 4. They got together snch things as had to do with 3 the expedition. 5. The greatest possible number of pack-animals and wagons was bought. 6. They sowed as much land as possible. 4 7. In order that a supply of grain might be on hand, they sowed great fields. 5 8. Peace and friendship were estab- lished with neighboring states. 9. A period of two years sufficed for these preparations. 6 10. The departure was determined on by law for the third year. 11. An embassy to the neighboring states was undertaken by Orgetorix. 12. For 7 the Helvetii chose him for this embassy. 2. 1. Among the Sequani there was one Casticus, 8 whose father had been called friend by the Roman people. 2. The father, moreover, 9 had held the sovereignty dur- ing many years. 3. For these reasons 10 Orgetorix per- suaded Casticus to lay hands on the sovereignty. 4. Dumnorix, also, he persuaded to attempt the same thing. 5. This he was able to do, because Dumnorix was popular with the masses. 11 6. In order to strengthen 12 the league, he gave him his own daughter in marriage. 84 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. 7. The three men thought that it was easy to do. 8. They thought that to accomplish their undertakings was an easy thing w to do. 9. " There is no doubt/' said Orget- orix, " that the Helvetii are the most powerful people of all Gaul. 10. I am myself about to get the supremacy in my own state, ll. By my resources and my army I will gain the government for you." 12. By these arguments they were induced to exchange 14 a pledge and an oath. NOTES. 1 led ... to get ready . use the subjunctive with ut after adduco. 2 also : quoque always follows the word which it modifies. 3 had to do with: use the subjunctive here, but not in the preceding sentence. * This sentence is not to be turned literally into Latin. 5 See note 4. 6 for these preparations : the evident meaning is, for completing these preparations. 7 for : enim, but not first. 8 one Casticus : Casticus quidam. 9 moreover : autem, but not first. 10 For these reasons : an equivalent can be found in the text of I., and a different one in the text of II. n masses : the Latin word is in the singular. 12 strengthen : use coniirmo. 13 thing: omit. 14 induced to exchange: see note 1. III. L.atine Scribenda. For these reasons and on account of the influence of Orgetorix, who was popular with the masses/ the Hel- vetii decide to emigrate. 2 First, 3 however, they buy up beasts of burden and wagons, and get ready a large supply of grain for 4 the march, after 5 establishing peace with the neighboring states. An embassy to those states 6 was undertaken by Orgetorix, who persuaded two men to lay hands on 7 the sovereignty in their own states. They, hoping 8 through three most powerful and resolute clans to possess themselves of the whole of Gaul, gave each other pledges and oaths. NOTES. 1 with the masses : not cum and the ablative. 2 to emi- grate : see the text of II. 3 First : primum, since the sense is, the CAESAR : DE BELLO GALLICO. 85 first thing they do ; primo would mean at first. 4 for : In with the accusative, because the idea is of purpose. So in matrimonium, in the text of this chapter. 5 after establishing, etc. : best rendered by the ablative absolute following " however." 6 An embassy to those states : to which states an embassy. 7 to lay hands on : not the infini- tive. 8 hoping : may be turned by a clause with cum. IV. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Time : 256 ; H. 429. 2. Clauses of Result as Appositives : 332, f ; H. 501, III. 3. Agent expressed by per with the ace. : 246, b ; H. 415, I. N. 1. 4. Temporal Clauses with cam and the subj. : 325 ; H. 521, II. 2. 5. Find illustrations of 1 and 3 in the text of III. 1. 1. Informers 1 disclosed this conspiracy to the Helvetii. 2. By them 2 Orgetorix was required to plead his cause in chains. 3. Their customs require him to plead his cause under arrest. 4. If he is condemned, 3 this pun- ishment must follow. 4 5. He must be burned with fire. 6. Was 5 Orgetorix burned at the stake ? 6 7. Far from it 7 ; he got off through his retainers and debtors. 8. Nevertheless 8 on the day appointed he came to the trial with ten thousand men, retainers and thralls. 9. In order not to 9 plead his cause, he brought to the same place all his household. 2. 1. This act 10 incensed the state, which tried to enforce its authority. 2. Since the state 11 was incensed, it tried to enforce its authority. 3. The state did not enforce its authority, because Orgetorix died. 4. The magistrates endeavored to collect a great number of men from the 86 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. country districts. 5. These men were collected for the purpose of asserting the right of the state. 6. The Helvetii think that 12 Orgetorix committed suicide. 7. While the state was excited on account of his trea- son, 13 Orgetorix committed suicide. 8. There is a sus- picion that he died 14 by his own hand. 9. Caesar says such 15 a suspicion is not lacking. NOTES. l informers ; indices. 2 By them: by whom. Observe how much more the Latin connects sentences by relative words than does the English. 3 If he is condemned : mark how the Latin ex- presses this by one word. 4 this punishment must follow : it be- hooves this punishment to follow. 5 Begin with num. 6 Do not try to think of a word for " stake." 7 Far from it : minime. 8 Neverthe- less : tamen. 9 In order not to : one short word in Latin. 10 act : the Latin employs res very frequently where the English requires a more specific word. n Since the state : the better order in Latin is, civitas cum. 12 that : not ut. 13 treason : proditionem. 14 that he died : him to have died. 15 such : taleiu. IV. Latine Scribenda. When this conspiracy was divulged to the Helvetii, 1 they tried to compel Orgetorix to plead his cause under arrest ; but 2 he, by bringing 3 to the trial a great number of men, effected his escape. Then 4 the magistrates were incensed 5 on account of his audacity, 6 and were going to enforce 7 the authority of the state by arms, if 8 Orgetorix had not 8 died. 9 The suspicion was not wanting that he died by his own hand. NOTES. l Begin with Helvetii, followed by the ablative abso- lute. 2 but: sed. 3 by bringing: use the perfect participle of conduce. * Then : turn. 5 were incensed : express by a participle. 6 audacity: use audacia. 7 were going to enforce: exsecuturl erant. 8 if ... not : nisi. 9 had . . . died : pluperfect subjunc- tive. CAESAR: DE BELLO GALLICO. 87 V. Ijatine Dicenda. 1. Ablative Absolute : 255; H. 431. 2. Ablative of Difference : 250 ; H. 423. 3. Position of quisque and a reflexive pronoun : H. 569, 1. 2. 4. Substitutes for perfect active participle : 290, d ; H. 550, N. 4. 6. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. II. 2, 3, and 4. 1. 1. After his death the Helve tii attempted to go forth from their territories. 2. They tried to emigrate just the same. 1 3. None the less did they carry out their resolution. 2 4. At length, 3 having set fire to their towns and villages, they were ready for their enterprise. 4 5. All their towns, in number about twelve, together with the isolated dwellings, were burned. 6. Four hundred vil- lages were burned by the Helvetii. 7. By burning 5 all their dwellings they took away the hope of return. 8. Now they were ready for braving all dangers. 2. 1. They resolved to carry with them a supply 6 of ground corn. 2. Burn, ye Helvetii, all the corn except what ye intend to carry with you. 3. Order each man to carry from home provisions for three months. 4. Now, think- ing they were ready to encounter danger, they receive the Boii as allies. 5. The Boii were received by the Helvetii as allies. 6. They persuaded their neighbors to adopt the same plan. 7. They prevailed on the Rauraci to burn their villages. 8. The result was 7 that the Kauraci set out together with the Helvetii. NOTES. 1 just the same : begin with these, as the emphatic words. 2 their resolution : express by a relative clause with its antecedent. 3 At length: lain, like our at length, or now, looks 88 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. backward ; or, like our already, now, looks forward. Which way does the " now " of the eighth sentence look ? 4 enterprise : see Dicenda IV., note 10. 5 By burning : use the perfect participle in agreement with the noun. 6 supply : the word is in the text of III. 7 The result was : find the expression in the text of II. V. Latine Scribenda. After the death of Orgetorix the Helvetii determined to emigrate. Accordingly, 1 in order to take away all hope of returning home, they deemed it the best thing 2 to do 3 to burn their villages and isolated dwellings. The corn, moreover, 4 which they did not intend to carry with them, they ordered to be burned. Now they thought 5 they were ready to face all dangers, and so 5 prevailed on their neighbors to attempt the same enter- prise 6 and set out with them. NOTES. l Accordingly : for which reason. Find the expression in the text of I., and see Dicenda IV., note 2. 2 best thing : optimum. 8 to do : imitate an exjyession in the text of III. 4 moreover : autem. 5 they thought . . . and so : it is better not to translate literally ; use a participle and omit " and so." Observe how frequently the Latin uses a participle where the English puts a clause ; the text of this chap- ter is rich in illustrations. 6 to attempt the same enterprise : having attempted the same (thing). VI. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Quality : 251; H. 419, II. 2. Potential Subjunctive: 311, a; H. 485. 3. Locative Ablative : 258, f ; H. 425, II. 2. 4. Accusative with ante diem : 259, e ; H. 642, III. 3. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. II. 3 & 4; V. 2. 1. 1. By only two routes could the Helvetii go out from home. 2. Moreover these two ways were difficult, CAESAR: DE BELLO GALLICO. 89 3. But one of these two routes they thought to be easy. 4. To emigrate by way of the Sequani was exceedingly difficult. 5. For on one side 1 was the Jura range, on the other the river Ehone. 6. So narrow 2 was this way, that it was difficult to haul wagons in single file. 7. Hardly by this route could wagons be hauled in single file. 8. The mountain, too, which hung over the way, 3 was very high. 9. Hence 4 a very few could block the way. 10. The other route, through our province, seemed much easier and more practicable. 2. 1. Across the Rhone were the territories of the Allo- broges, whom the Eomans had subdued. 2. This river could be crossed 5 in two places by fording. 3. Over 6 this river a bridge extended from Geneva to the terri- tories of the Helvetii. 4. Thus 7 thought the Helvetii : " Will the Allobroges allow 8 us to go through their terri- tories ? 5. Shall we compel the Allobroges by force to allow 9 us to go through their territories ? 6. They do not yet seem to be kindly disposed towards the Eoman people. 7. We will either persuade them or compel them by force." 8. So 10 they got all things ready for the expedition and named a day. 9. On the appointed day all came to the bank of the Ehone. 10. On the 28th of March, in the consulship of Piso and Gabinius, they assembled. NOTES. l on one side : see the text of II. 2 So narrow : tarn angustum. 3 the way : omit. 4 Hence : express by four words in Latin. See the text of II. 5 Could be crossed : transitur, in the text may be rendered, can be crossed. 6 Over : in with the abla- tive. 7 Thus : haec. 8 Will . . . allow : patient urn e. 9 to allow : either the infinitive or the subjunctive. 10 So : itaque. 90 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. VI. Liatine Scribenda. The Helvetii decided l not to emigrate by the route between the Jura range and the Rhone, because it was extremely narrow and difficult. The other one, through the country of the Allobroges, seemed to them far easier and more practicable ; moreover they thought it easy to persuade the Allobroges, because they were not kindly disposed to the Eoman people, who had lately subdued them. Hence they made 2 all preparations for the expe- dition, and on the 28th of March, all assembled on the bank of the Rhone, in order to cross the river. NOTES. l decided : see the text of V. 2 made : use a participle. VII. Latine Dicenda. 1. Subjunctive with dum : 328 ; H. 519, II. 2. 2. Position determined by emphasis : H. 561, II. 3. Relative Clauses of Purpose : 317, 2 ; H. 497, 1. 4. Accusative and Infin. as Appositive: 270, 2; H. 539, II. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. III. 2 ; VI. 1. 1. 1. This is announced to Caesar, that the Helvetii are about to go l through our province. 2. When they attempted to cross the Rhone, Caesar 2 set out from Rome. 3 3. He made the very longest journeys he could. 4. Having arrived 4 in the neighborhood of Geneva, he- made a levy of soldiers on the province. 5. On the whole province he levied the greatest possible number of soldiers. 6. For the Helvetii had arrived at the bank of the river, and were about to attempt 5 to march through the province. 7. Moreover Caesar had but one legion in CAESAR : DE BELLO GALLICO. 91 farther Gaul. 8. The Helvetii could cross the river by the bridge into the country of the Allobroges. 9. It has been said that this bridge reached from the town of Geneva to the country of the Helvetii. 10. Accordingly 6 Csesar ordered it to be cut down. 2. 1. Before long 7 the Helvetii learned of his coming. 2. The noblest men of the clan went to Csesar as en- voys. 3. Chiefs by the name of Nammeius and Veru- doctius were sent to say : 4. "It is our purpose, O Caesar, to go through the province without doing 8 any injury. 5. We ask an opportunity of going through your province, because we have no 9 other way. 6. We ask that we may do this with your consent." 7. Caesar remembered that they had killed the consul L. Cassius and sent his army under the yoke. 8. Wherefore he did not think that con- cession should be made to men unfriendly to the Roman people. 9. Nevertheless he said : " I will take time to think it over. 10. If you desire 10 anything, you may re- turn on the 13th of April." NOTES. 1 about to go : iter facturos. 2 Caesar : put first. It is very common in Latin to find some important word of the principal clause at the beginning of a period, then the dependent clause, then the completion of the principal clause. Apply this remark in writing the fourth sentence. 3 from Rome : is a preposi- tion to be used ? 4 Having arrived : for substitutes for the wanting perfect participle, see the grammatical references of Chap. V. 4. 5 were about to attempt : erant conatarl. 6 Accordingly : see Di- cenda III., note 10. 7 Before long : brevi tempore. 8 doing : omit. An English verbal substantive in ing following a preposition and governing a direct object is frequently not expressed in Latin. 9 no : mark the emphatic position of the word in the text, in spite of Allen and Greenough, p. 389, Hem. 10 desire : not the present tense. 92 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. VII. Latine Scribeiida. Caesar was in the neighborhood of Home, when he was informed 1 that the Helvetii were about to cross the Ehone by the bridge which was near Geneva. Accordingly he set out 2 from the city, and in eight days 3 reached that town and cut down the bridge. He did not think 4 the enemy would cross by the fords ; nevertheless he levied as many soldiers as he could, and to the envoys who came to him to ask the privilege of going through the province, he answered: "Let 5 me take time to think it over." This he said that time might intervene till he could get all things ready for preventing them. 6 NOTES. l was informed: the perfect indicative. 2 set out: see the text of V. 3 in eight days : ablative of time within which. 4 did not think : it is better to make this clause concessive ; though, etc. Modern English loves to juxtapose sentences, Latin to inter- lock them. 5 Let : liceat. 6 for preventing them : see the text of III. VIII. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Separation : 243 ; H. 413. 2. Indirect Questions with si : 334, f ; H. 529, II. 1. 3. Use of ullus in negative sentences : 105, h ; H. 457. 4. Perfect Indicative after postquam, ubi, ut : 324 ; H. 518. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. V. 1 ; VII. 2. 1. 1. It has already been said that Caesar had one legion with him. 2. Furthermore 1 the soldiers for whom he had made a requisition 2 on the province came in the mean time. 3. By means of these soldiers he carried along a wall and a trench some 3 nineteen miles. 4. The CAESAR : DE BELLO GALLICO. 93 wall and the trench extended from Lake Lemannus to the Jura range. 5. Caesar says the territories of the Se- quani were separated from those of 4 the Helvetii by the Jura. 6. Were not the Helvetii hemmed in by Lake Lemannus and the river Ehone ? 7. The wall and the fosse were on the side of 5 our province. 8. The wall which Caesar built was sixteen feet high. 9. Having fin- ished 6 the wall and the fosse, Caesar's soldiers constructed redoubts. 10. By means of his redoubts and garrison, Caesar was more easily able to prevent a passage. 2. 1. He completed these preparations, 7 so that he might more easily prevent the enemy from crossing. 8 2. Still 9 they tried afterwards 10 to cross by force against his will. 3. At length u the day came which had been agreed on with the envoys. 4. They returned to the crafty 12 Ro- man and begged- that they might be allowed to cross. 5. " By no means," 13 said the Roman. " I cannot give any one the privilege 9 of going through the province. 6. Be- sides, 14 if you try to cross by force, against my will, I will prevent you." 7. Then the Helvetii spoke to each other 15 thus: "We will try whether, by joining boats and making rafts, we can force a passage. 8. In some places, where there are fords, the river is quite shal- low." 16 9. But the strength of the fortification and the missiles of the Roman soldiers drove them back. 10. At last, disappointed in their hope, they abandoned their attempt. NOTES. l Furthermore : the same word rendered moreover and too in Dicenda VI. 2 Do not try to think of a word for " requisi- tion." 3 some : see the text of V. 4 those of : that and those, used in English instead of repeating a noun, are commonly not expressed at all in Latin. 5 on the side of: see the text of I. 6 Having fin- 94 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. ished : see Dicenda VII., note 4. 7 these preparations : haec. 8 from crossing : use the infinitive. 9 See the text of VII. 10 after- wards : postea. n At length : deiiique. 12 crafty : use dolosus. 13 By no means : miiiime. 14 Besides : praeterea. 15 to each other : the same phrase that was translated from each other in the text of I. 16 Do not try to render this clause literally. VIII. L.atine Scribenda. In the mean time, when the soldiers had come together from the province, Caesar employed l them for building a wall 2 and fortifying redoubts, in order that he might easily keep the Helvetii from crossing. 3 When these works were finished, and the envoys came to him, he declared that he could not, consistently with the cus- tom of the Roman people, permit 4 them to go through the province. None the less 5 did the Helvetii make boats and rafts, and try by day and night to see 6 if they could force a passage ; but the missiles and onsets of the soldiers drove them back. NOTES. 1 employed : for the word and the construction, see the text of V. 2 for building a wall : for the construction, see the text of III. & V. 3 keep . . . from crossing : one word. 4 permit : see the text of VI. 6 None the less : see the text of V. 6 to see : omit. IX. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of way by which : 258, g. 2. Ablative of Means : 248, c ; H. 420. 3. Cum Causal with Subjunctive: 326; H. 517. 4. Substantive Clauses of Result : 332 ; H. 501. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. II. 1 & 4; III. 2. 1. 1. It was said above that there were * only two routes out of Helvetia. 2. By one they could not migrate, be- CAESAR: DE BELLO GALLICO. 95 cause Caesar was unwilling. 3. By the other they could not go forth, if the Sequani were unwilling. 4. On account of the Jura, the river, and 2 the redoubts, there was left no third way. 5. By their own influence the Helvetii could not persuade the Sequani. 6. Being unable to prevail on them themselves, Dumnorix, an JMuan, was sent as an envoy. 7. They thought he could persuade the Sequani, because he had 3 great influ- ence among them. 8. Besides, having married the daugh- ter of Orgetorix, he was friendly to the Helvetii. 9. For these reasons 4 they asked 5 him to go as intercessor. 10. "You, Dumnorix, by your popularity, will be able to gain our request from the Sequani." 2. 1. "You are our friend, and you have married the daughter of our chief, Orgetorix." 2. Now 6 Dumnorix, being ambitious for sovereign power, eagerly desired a revolution. 3. And so he was willing to undertake the embassy 7 to 'the Sequani. 4. " I want," said he to him- self, 8 "to have as many states as possible bound to me." 5. So he went to the Sequani and made the following speech: 9 6. "The Helvetii, ye Sequani, wish to go through your territories, because other way have they none. 7. They will give pledges to make 10 their jour- ney without doing harm. 8. I ask that you give them pledges not to bar them from their journey." 9. In this way u he obtained right of way from the Sequani for the Helvetii. 10. In a short time M he effected an exchange 13 of hostages. NOTES. * were : present time relatively to "said." 2 and: use que. Where 1 3 had : the subjunctive in a dependent clause of indirect discourse. 4 For these reasons : see Dicenda III., note 10. 96 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. 5 asked : see the text of VII. 6 Now : at. 7 embassy : see the text of III. 8 to himself : secum= 9 made the following speech : said these (things). 10 to make: not the infinitive. n lu this way: sic. 12 In a short time: see Dicenda VII., note 7. 13 an exchange: a cumbrous expression in Latin is necessary, since permutatio was, for some reason, not much used. IX. Latine Scribenda. Since there was left only the way through the Sequani by which the Helvetii could migrate, they resolved 1 to send some one 3 to them as mediator. For this purpose 3 they selected 4 Duinnorix, an JMuan, to go and say 5 that they proposed to make a journey through their territo- ries, because they had no other way ; for that, having tried 6 to cross the Ehone and go through the Province, Csesar had prevented them by force. Dumnorix, as a friend to the Helvetii, undertook the negotiation, and was so successful 7 as to gain their request. NOTES. l resolved : see the text of V. 2 some one : aliquem. 3 purpose : the Latin word res does duty for many sorts of "things." 4 selected : see the text of III 5 to go and say : for the construc- tion, see the text of VII. 6 having tried : recast the sentence and begin with conatos. 7 was so successful : tarn bene gessit. X. Latine Dicenda. 1. Dative with certain compounds : 228 ; H. 386. 2. Substantive Clauses as Appositives: 329 and 2. 3. Position of Monosyllabic Prepositions : 345, a, 2 ; H. 565, 3. 4. Position determined by emphasis : 344 ; H. 569, III. 1. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. III. 3 ; IX. 1. 1. 1. The Helvetii intend to journey through the country of the Sequani. 2. Not far from the Sequani and CAESAR: DE BELL% GALLICO. 97 are the territories of the Santones. 3. Into their coun- try, which is very near the Province, they purpose to march next. 1 4. If they do 2 this, it will be very perilous to the Province. 5. For they are warlike men and ene- mies of the Eoman people. 6. Therefore 3 to have such 4 men in an open and very fruitful country will be a peril to the Komans. 7. For this reason it behooves 5 you, Caesar, to hasten into Italy and levy two legions there. 8. But first 6 Labienus, your lieutenant, must be placed in command of 7 those garrisons which you have. 9. Where is the shortest route into farther Gaul from Aquileia ? 10. Let 8 the three legions wintering about Aquileia be led out 8 from winter quarters. 2. 1. With five legions, hasten by forced marches through the Alps. 2. For the Sequani are permitting the Helvetii to march into places contiguous to the Province. 3. Pres- ently 9 they will be a hundred miles distant from the Rhone. 4. By the shortest route Caesar hastened from the hither province into farther Gaul. 5. On the march he defeated the Centrones and others, who had occupied higher positions. 6. They tried to prevent the passage of his army, 10 because they were enemies of the Eoman people. 7. After defeating the barbarians, 11 Caesar came through from Ocelum in seven days. 8. Ocelum, from which Caesar came by forced marches, is in the hither province. 9. The last town of the hither province and the nearest to the territories of the Vocontii is Ocelum. 10. From these he led his army amongst the Segusiavi, the first on the other side of the Ehone. NOTES. a next : delude. 2 If they do : future indicative. 3 Therefore : compare the Latin equivalent in the text of this chap- 98 PRACTICAL* LATIN COMPOSITION. ter with that in I. 4 such : tales. 5 it behooves : for the word and the construction, see the text of IV. 6 first : primum. 7 must be placed in command of : praef icieiidus est. 8 Let ... be led out : present subjunctive. 9 Presently : see Dicenda VII., note 7. 10 passage of his army : not to be rendered literally, n barbarians : use barbari. X. Latine Scribenda. Beport was made to Caesar that the Sequani, through the intercession of Dumnorix, had allowed the Helvetii to journey through their country. It seemed 1 to him that this would be attended with great danger to the ^SCdui, who were friends of the Roman people, and to the Province ; so he set out for 2 the hither province, in order to lead five legions with him into Gaul by the shortest route. This he accomplished with the utmost despatch, 3 although, 4 the barbarians tried by several en- gagements to prevent the passage of his army through the Alps. NOTES. l seemed : see the text of VI. 2 set out for: see the text of V. ; use the preposition in. 3 with the utmost despatch : celerrime. 4 although : cum with the subjunctive. THE WAR WITH THE BELGAE. 99 THE WAR WITH THE BELG^. BOOK II., CHAPS. I.-X. w I. Latine Dicenda. 1. Accusative of the Gerundive to express purpose : 300. 2. Subjunctive after verbs of fearing: 331, f; H. 498, III. 3. Dative with certain intransitive verbs : 227 ; H. 385, I. & II. 4. Declaratory Sentences in Indirect Discourse : 336, 2 ; H. 523, 1. 5. Position of emphatic modifiers of a noun : 344, a, 1, 2 ; H. 505, 1. 1. 1. Frequent reports were brought into hither Gaul to Caesar. 2. Letters from 1 Labienus were brought to Caesar, who was in winter quarters. 3. While Caesar 2 was in winter quarters, he was informed by Labienus about 3 the Belgae. 4. Caesar has said that the Belgae inhabit 4 a third part of Gaul. 5. All the Belgae con- spired against the Roman people 5 and exchanged hos- tages. 6. These are the causes of the conspiracy. 7. In the first place, they are afraid that all Gaul will be sub- dued. 6 8. They are likewise afraid that Caesar will lead his army against them. 7 2. 1. In the next place, they have been stirred up by some Gauls. 2. These 8 are indignant that an army of the Romans is wintering and getting a foothold in Gaul. 3. "As the Germans lived 9 a long time in Gaul," said they, " so now the Romans are wintering in the same place." 10 4. Some are indignant from fickleness and lev- ity of mind. 5. Some, who have means for hiring men, 100 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. are eager for a change of government. 11 6. The sovereign power is held generally by the more powerful. 7. Un- der the Roman sway they cannot easily get royal power. 8. Those who have means can most easily get royal power. NOTES. l from : of. 2 While Caesar : as Caesar would be the sub- ject of the main clause in the Latin, the preferable order is, Caesar cum. 3 about : de. 4 inhabit : use incolo. 5 Eoman people : is the Latin order the same ? 6 will be subdued : the present subjunctive. 7 them : themselves. 8 These: use a relative pronoun. 9 lived: use versor. 10 in the same place : eodem loco. n change of govern- ment : new governments. I. Latine Scribenda. While Caesar was wintering in hither Gaul, the Belgse conspired for many reasons l against the Eoman people and exchanged hostages. They had been stirred up by those who feared that all Gaul might be subdued by Caesar's army, which was getting 2 a foothold in their country. If the rest of 3 Gaul were subdued, Caesar and Labienus could lead a Eoman army against them. Be- sides, some were indignant because, under Koman sway, they could 4 less easily obtain the sovereignty, which the more powerful generally possess in Gaul. NOTES. l for many reasons : express by the ablative. 2 was getting: either the indicative or the subjunctive. 3 the rest of: use reliquus. 4 could : the indicative ; or the subjunctive to denote their view, not Caesar's. II. Latine Dicenda. 1. Relative Clauses of Purpose : 317, 2; H. 497, 1. 2. Position of Subordinate Clauses : 346, b ; H. 572. 3. Reflexive Pronouns in dependent clauses : 196, a, ff; H. 449, 1. 4. Subjunctive with qum after non dubito: 332, g, N. 2 ; H. 505. 5. Find in the text an illustration of Lat. Die. I. 4 and 5. THE WAK WITB, Tf?F BE):^^. . "iOl- 1. 1. The reports and the letters of Labienus alarmed Caesar. 2. Caesar was so 1 moved by the reports that he levied two legions. 3. Two new legions were raised by Caesar, and sent into the interior of Gaul. 4. Q. Pedius was sent to lead off 2 the legions which Caesar had levied. 5. The legions were led away by Pedius in the begin- ning of summer. 6. A little later 3 there began to be a supply of forage in the fields. 7. As soon as Caesar saw that there was 4 forage, he went to the army himself. 8. The Senones and other Gauls were neighbors to the Belgae. 9. To them 5 Caesar gives the task of finding out 6 about the Belgae. 2. 1. " Learn," said he, " those things which are going on among the Belgae. 2. Then inform me concerning all matters." 3. So they found out and informed Caesar. 4. This 7 they reported to Caesar : " They are collecting a large band and are bringing an army into one place." 5. Then Caesar did not hesitate, but marched against them. 6. He did not hesitate to march 8 against them. 7. First he got ready a corn supply, then he moved his camp. 8. In about fifteen days he came to the ter- ritories of the Belgae. 9. He no longer 9 hesitated to move his camp and go to the borders of the Belgae. NOTES. l so: ita. 2 to lead off: not the infinitive. 8 A little later : paulo post. 4 that there was : not the indicative. 5 them : use a relative pronoun. The Latin makes frequent use of relative pronouns to keep up a connection between successive sentences. 6 of finding out : that they may find out. 7 This : these things. 8 to march: non dubito, meaning / do not hesitate, is more commonly followed by the infinitive than by quin with the subjunctive. 9 no longer : non iam. PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. II. Latine Scribenda. When messages had come to Caesar 1 by the Senones and other Gauls, who were neighbors of the Belgse, he charged them 2 to find out what the Belgae were doing. So they 3 found out, and informed him that the Belgse were collecting forces, that they might march against his army. Then Caesar sent the two legions lately 4 levied in hither Gaul, early in the summer, under command of Pedius, 5 and as soon as there was forage, went himself ; for now he did not hesitate to march against them im- mediately. 6 NOTES. l Begin with "Caesar." 2 charged them: gave them the business. 3 So they : qui. 4 nuper. 5 under command of Pedius : express in two words, 6 immediately : confestim. III. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Comparison: 247; H. 417. 2. Position of most prominent words : 344; H. 561, I. 3. Verbs of Hindering with quin : 332, g ; H. 505, II. 4. Subordinate Clauses of Indirect Discourse : 336, 2 ; H. 524. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. II. 2 and 3. 1. Of all the Belgse the Eemi were nearest to the rest of Gaul. 1 2. To their territories 2 Caesar came unex- pectedly. 3. He came quicker than any one expected. 3 4. Then envoys were sent to him by the Eemi to speak in their behalf. 4 5. These were the words of the en- voys. 5 6. "We put ourselves and all our property under the protection and power of the Eoman people. 7. Neither have we made a league 6 with the rest of the Belgse, nor have we conspired against the Eoman THE WAE, WITH THE BELG^E. 103 people. 8. We will perform your commands and help you with corn and everything else. 9. The Germans on this side of the Ehine have joined 7 the Belgae, and 8 we cannot keep the Suessiones from uniting 9 with them. 10. The Suessiones are our brothers and kinsmen, who enjoy the same rights and laws. 11. They have the same power and the same magistrates with us ourselves. 12. Not even can these be prevented from conspiring." 13. So great was the frenzy of all, that even 10 the Suessiones conspired with the rest of the Belgae. NOTES. 1 the rest of Gaul : see how in the text " the rest of the Belgae " is expressed. 2 To their territories : of whom to the territo- ries. 3 than any one expected : than all expectation. 4 in their behalf : pro se. 5 Do not render this sentence literally. 6 made a league : one word in Latin. 7 have joined : observe that the Latin uses a reflexive form. 8 and . . . not : neque. 9 from uniting: the Latin idiom is very different. 10 even : etiam. III. Latine Scribenda. The coming x of Caesar near the territories of the Eemi was more speedy than any one would expect 2 ; and when they 3 had found it out, the foremost men of their state were sent as legates. They, in behalf of the Eemi, said they were ready to give Caesar hostages and to receive him into their towns. They informed him that 4 the Germans were in arms, and that even 5 their own brothers and kinsmen could not 5 be kept by them from uniting with the Belgae. " So great," said they, " is the blind passion of all the Belgae, that even the Suessiones can- not be kept from marching against you." NOTES. * coming: adventus. 2 than any one would expect: see note 3 in the preceding Dicenda. 3 and when they : who when. 4 that ; noit ut. 5 even , . . not ; not . . . even. 104 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. IV. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Time : 256 ; H. 429. 2. Ablative of Cause : 245 ; H. 413. 3. Indirect Questions : 334; H. 529, I. and II. 4. Temporal Clauses with cum : 325 ; H. 521, II. 2. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. III. 4. 1. 1. Then Caesar asks them what states are 1 in arms, and what forces they can 1 put into the field. 2. They reply 2 as follows : 3. "Most of the Belgae are of German origin, 3 and were led over the Rhine in ancient times on account of the fertility of the land. 4. Here 4 they settled and drove out the Gauls who used to inhabit these places. 5. They kept the Teutoni and Cimbri from entering 5 within their territories. 6. The Teutoni and Cimbri harassed all Gaul within the memory of your ancestors. 7. The consequence has been that the Belgae assume great authority. 8. In military matters they put on 6 great airs. 9. Kinship and relationship by marriage have united us with them. 10. And the consequence is that we have found out everything." 11. "How great a number/' asked Caesar, " has each state promised for this war ? " 2. 1. "The Bellovaci," replied the envoys, "can raise 7 a hundred thousand men. 2. They are foremost in bravery and influence and numbers. 3. They demand for them- selves the control of the whole war. 4. The Suessiones have the most extensive and fertile lands, and they prom- ise fifty thousand. 5. Galba is now king among them. 6. But formerly 8 Divitiacus was king, the most powerful THE WAR WITH THE BELG^E. 105 man of all Gaul. 7. For 9 he held sway not only over these regions, but over all Britain. 8. The chief com- mand has been conferred on Galba by unanimous con- sent, 10 on account of his justice and wisdom. 9. The most distant are the Nervii, who are considered among the Galli themselves the fiercest. 10. We think they will furnish u about fifty thousand. 11. Those who call themselves by the common name of Germans have prom- ised forty thousand." NOTES. l Why is the subjunctive necessary ? 2 reply : use respondeo. 3 are of German origin: sprung from the Germans. 4 Here : hie. 5 from entering : the infinitive. 6 put on : take to themselves. 7 raise : mark the peculiar meaning of conficio. 8 for- merly : oliin. 9 For : naiii. 10 unanimous consent: by the will of all. 11 will furnish : not the indicative. IV. Latine Scribenda. Caesar learns from the envoys who came to him what the military power of each state is, from whom the Belgae were sprung, and * on what account 2 they were led over the Rhine -into Gaul. He found out that the Bellovaci had promised, in the common assembly of the Belgse, a hundred thousand men, and had demanded the direction of the war as their right. 3 The envoys of the Remi said that the Belgse were the only ones who had kept 4 the Teutoni and Cimbri from overrunning their lands ; "From which event," said they, "it has resulted that they have assumed great authority in every military affair." NOTES. ! and : omit, or express by atque. 2 on what account : quani ob rem. 3 as their right : for themselves. 4 had kept : the subjunctive, as a dependent clause of indirect discourse. 106 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION, V. Latine Dicenda. 1. Clauses of Purpose: 317, 1; H. 497, II. 2. Accusative subject of Infinitive: 240, f ; H. 536. 3. Perfect Participles of Deponents : 113, 2. N ; H. 231, 2. 4. Perfect Indicative after postquam, ubi, lit : 324 ; H. 618. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. III. 2; IV. 3. 1. 1. Caesar encouraged the Remi and addressed them kindly. 2. But he ordered them to bring all their senate and the children of the leading men to him. 3. These l were brought punctually to the day, as hostages. 4. They did all that he had commanded punctually. 5. It greatly concerned the republic to keep the enemy's forces apart. 6. Caesar showed Divitiacus how greatly it concerned 2 the state to keep the enemy's forces from uniting. 7. It concerned the common safety that he might not have to fight 3 with so great a number. 8. "We will keep the forces of the enemy apart/' said he, " so as not 4 to have to fight 5 with so great a number at one time. 9. This can be done, if you lead 6 the forces of the ^dui into the country of the Bellovaci. 10. It can be done, if at the same time you lay waste their lands." 2. 1. Soon 7 the forces of the Belgae began to move 8 against Caesar. 2. He saw that they were assembled in one place and were advancing against him. 3. He sent scouts, from whom he learned that the enemy were not far away. 4. Then, indeed, he led 9 his army over the river Axona, and hastened to pitch his camp there in the remotest part of the territories of the E/emi. 5. By this movement 10 one side of his camp was protected by the THE WAR WITH THE BELG.E. 107 banks of the river. 6. Also his rear was rendered safe. 7. The Eemi and other states were able to bring supplies to him. 8. Over this river a bridge had been made. 9. There a garrison was placed by Caesar, and on the other side of the river, Sabinus was left with six cohorts. 10. The camp was fortified by a rampart and a fosse. 11. The former n was twelve feet in height, the latter 12 eighteen feet wide. 13 NOTES. l These: use a relative pronoun. See Dicenda II., note 5. 2 it concerned : why is the subjunctive needed ? 3 that he might not have to fight : the clause must first be cast into the pas- sive impersonal form, in order to be turned into Latin. 4 so as not : ne. 5 have to fight: see note 3. 6 if you lead : future perfect. Why ? 7 mox. 8 began to move : were coming. 9 he led : use a participle. 10 By this movement : by which thing. n The former : illud. 12 the latter : haec. 13 wide : in latitudinein. V. Latine Scribenda. When Caesar 1 had heard 2 what 3 the envoys said, he demanded their senate and the children of their leaders as hostages. He explained to Divitiacus how greatly it concerned the Eoman people that he 4 should lead the forces of the ^Edui into the country of the Bellovaci and lay waste their lands. After giving these instructions he sent off 5 scouts, who soon reported that the Belgae^were not far off. On getting this information, 6 Caesar thought he ought to hasten 7 over the Axona and pitch his camp on the other side of the river, whither 8 the Kemi and other states could bring supplies. NOTES. l When Caesar: what is the preferable order? 2 had heard : the constructions with cum and postquam are illustrated in the text of this chapter and the preceding. 3 what : resolve into two words. 4 that he: the accusative. 5 sent off: sent from him- self. 6 On getting this information : express in three words. 7 he ought to hasten : it must be hastened by himself. 8 whither: quo. 108 PRACTICAL LATIK COMPOSITION. VI. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of Separation: 243, a; H. 413. 2. Causal Clauses with cum: 326; H. 517. 3. Temporal Clauses with cum : 325; H. 521, II. 2. 4. Position determined by emphasis : 344 ; H. 561, II. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. II. 3; V. 4. 1. Csesar says that a town of the name of Bibrax was eight miles distant from his camp. 2. He relates 1 that the Belgae attacked this town with great fury on their march. 3. With difficulty did they hold out one day. 4. First 2 the Belgse put a great number of men about the walls. 5. Then 2 they hurled stones against the wall and cleared it of defenders. 6. Finally 3 they formed a testudo, and, having advanced 4 up to the gates, began to under- mine the fortifications. 7. All this they did easily. 8. For they threw so many 5 stones and javelins that no one was able to stand on the wall. 9. This method of siege is common to the Gauls and the Belgians. 10. Iccius, a man of the highest rank and popularity among his own people, had charge 6 of the town. 11. He was one of the envoys who came to Caesar about peace. 12. When night had put an end to the assault, he sent a message to Caesar's camp. 13. " I cannot hold out longer," said he, " un- less you send me aid." 14. The Belgae attacked the town with such great violence that Iccius could not hold out. NOTES. l relates : narrat. 2 See the text of I. 3 Finally : denique. 4 having advanced : when they had advanced. 5 so many : tot. 6 had charge : not the pluperfect. VI. Liatine Scribenda. The Belgae on their march attacked a town of the Remi, distant 1 eight miles from Caesar's camp. When THE WAR WITH THE BELGJE. 109 they had thrown a great number of men around the Vails, they advanced up to the gates and began to under- mine the fortifications. The Eemi who were in the town were unable to stand on the wall, for the stones and javelins were thrown by the enemy in great num- bers. The Eemi held out one day with extreme diffi- culty, and when night had interrupted the siege, begged 2 through messengers that Caesar would send them aid. NOTES. i distant : which was distant. 2 begged : use peto. VII. Latine Dicenda. 1. Dative of Service: 233; H. 390. 2. Partitive Genitive : 216 ; H. 396, IV. 3. Genitive of the Gerundive : 298 ; H. 644, 1. 4. Position of Relative Pronouns : 344 ; H. 569, III. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. II. 2 ; V. 3. 1. Accordingly archers and slingers were sent by Caesar to the relief of the townsmen. 2. The archers were 1 Cretans and Numidians, the slingers Baleares. 3. Those who were sent used the messengers as guides. 4. The guides were the same ones who had come as messengers from Iccius. 5. From their coming the hopes and the zeal of the Eemi rose. 2 6. Their hopes of defending themselves rose with their spirits. 3 7. For the same reason hope of capturing the town forsook the enemy. 8. For this reason 4 they did not linger long before the town, but laid waste all the lands of the Eemi which they could reach. 9. After burning the villages and dwellings of the Eemi, all the forces of the enemy has- tened against Caesar. 10. They encamped less than two miles off. 11. Caesar saw the smoke of the enemy's camp 110 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. and their watch-fires. 12. From this 5 he saw that the camp was eight miles in breadth. 13. The smoke and watch-fires indicated that the camp was two miles off. NOTES. l Put the verb into the last clause. 2 the zeal of the Remi rose : do not try to render literally ; observe also that accedo is often used as a passive of addo. Recast the English sentence. 3 spirits : use stadium. 4 For this reason : qua ex causa. 6 From this : qua ex re, VII. Latine Scribenda. At midnight archers and slingers, sent by Caesar under the guidance of the messengers, set out for 1 the town which was beleaguered by the Belgae ; and when their approach was seen by the people in the town, the en- thusiasm of the latter rose and the hope of the Belgae departed, for now 2 they could not 2 get possession of the town. Accordingly they did not hesitate 8 to march against Caesar, and pitch their camp less than two miles away ; so that Caesar, from his own camp, could see their watch-fires. NOTES. l set out for : proficiscor ad. 2 now . . . not : non iaiu. 3 hesitate : see the text of II. VIII. Latine Dicenda. 1. Ablative Absolute: 255, a; H. 431, 4. 2. Accusative and Infinitive as object : 272, Rem. ; H. 535. 3. Conjunctions displaced by emphatic words : H. 569, III. 1. 4. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. IV. 3 ; V. 4. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. VI. 3 ; VII. 1. 1. 1. The host of the enemy was so great that Caesar at first refrained from fighting. 2. Moreover, their reputa- THE WAR WITH THE BELGJE. Ill tion for valor was very high. 3. Notwithstanding, he de- termines to try how effective the bravery 1 of the enemy is. 4. He tried daily by cavalry skirmishes to see 2 how daring his own men were. 3 5. He would daily draw up 4 his army in front of the camp, on the hill where he had encamped. 5 6. Since this hill 6 was a favorable place for fighting, he decided to fortify it. 7. Caesar explains 7 over how much space in breadth the hill extended. 8 8. When his army was drawn up, 9 it occupied the entire hill. 2. 1. On each side of this hill a trench of about four hun- dred feet in length was carried. 2. At the ends of the ditches redoubts were built and engines placed. 3. This he did so that his men might not be surrounded by the enemy. 4. Caesar was afraid that 10 his men would be outflanked. 11 5. The enemy was so strong in num- bers 12 that he feared his legions would be surrounded. 6. When he had done all this, Caesar decided to draw up six legions in front of his camp. 7. The two legions which had been levied last he left in camp. 8. These could be led out as a reinforcement, if any need should arise. 9. The forces of the enemy, too, were led out of camp and drawn up. NOTES. l how effective the bravery: recast the phrase. 2 to see : omit. 3 how daring . . . were : recast the phrase. 4 would draw up: use the imperfect. 5 encamped: use castra muuio. 6 Since this hill : ichich hill since. 7 explains : use doceo. 8 ex- tended : not indicative. 9 When his army was drawn up : two words in Latin. 10 afraid that : see the text of I. n outflanked : sur- rounded on the sides. 12 so strong in numbers ; recast the phrase. 112 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. VIII. Latine Scribenda. The host of the enemy was so great/ and their reputa- tion for courage so 2 pre-eminent, that Csesar refrained from a general engagement 3 ; still he decided to try skirmishes daily. Seeing/ by the cavalry skirmishes, that his own men were not inferior, after fortifying the hill on which he had set his camp, he drew up six legions in battle order, no longer 5 fearing 6 that his men might be surrounded by the host of the enemy. For on each side of the hill he had drawn wide ditches and had built redoubts at the ends 7 of them over against the enemy. NOTES. l so great: one word. 2 so : tarn. 3 general engage- ment : one word in Latin. 4 Seeing : render by a clause. 5 no longer : non lain. 6 veritus rather than verens. 7 at the ends : ad ex- tremas partes. IX. L*atine Dicenda. 1. Position of non: 345, d; H. 569, IV. 2. Position of the main word: 344; H. 561, I. 3. Indirect Question introduced by si : 334, f ; H. 529, II. 1. 4. Pluperfect Subj. in Ind. Discourse : 286, Rem. ; H. 525, 2. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. V. 4; VII. 1. 1. 1. There was marshy ground between the enemy and the hill on which Csesar had encamped. 2. The marsh which was between the Roman army and the enemy, was of no great size. 3. Caesar waited to see if the enemy would begin to cross. 4. The enemy waited to see if Caesar would cross. 5. Caesar held his men ready under arms to attack l the enemy. 6. Moreover he addressed 2 his soldiers thus. 7. " We will wait to see if the enemy THE WAR WITH THE BELG^E. 113 begin to cross the marsh. 8. We will be ready in arms to attack them when they are stuck fast. " 3 2. 1. In the meantime there were cavalry skirmishes daily between the two lines. 2. One fight was rather favorable to the Romans, but 4 neither army crossed the swamp. 3. Behind Caesar's camp was the river Axona, over 5 which there was a bridge. 4. To this river the enemy hastened, in order to cut down the bridge. 5. The river and the bridge were of great use to Caesar. 6. The design of the enemy was to lead 6 over a part of their forces and inter- cept Caesar's supplies. 7. One redoubt, which Caesar had built, Quintus Titurius was in charge of. 8. If they had been able 7 to take this redoubt and the bridge, they would have cut off 7 Caesar's supplies. NOTES. l to attack: express by (1) ad with the gerundive, (2) a subjunctive clause, (3) or the infinitive. 2 addressed : use cohortor. 3 when they are stuck fast : express by one word. 4 Remember that Latin is written in coordinate sentences much less than English is. Here it would be better to recast thus : though one fight, etc. 5 over : see the text of V. 6 to lead : not infinitive. 7 Pluperfect subjunctive. IX. JLatine Scribenda. Between the two armies there was a moderate-sized marsh, which neither the Belgae nor Caesar attempted to cross ; but Caesar's soldiers were kept l ready to begin an attack, if the enemy tried to lead their forces over. The Belgae, however, hastening 2 to the river which was be- hind Caesar's camp, found fording places and endeavored to cross, so as to lay waste the lands of the Eemi, if they could not destroy the bridge. It has been shown before 3 114 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. that the Remi had been very useful to Caesar for carrying on the war. NOTES. l were kept : use teneo. 2 hastening : express by a clause with cum. 3 before : supra. X. Liatine Dicenda. 1. Ablative of the Gerundive : 301 ; H. 544, 1. 2. Position of quisque after suus : H. 569, I. 2. 3. Passive of Intransitive Verbs: 230; H. 301, 1. 4. Accusative of limit, domum : 258, b; H. 380, 2, 1. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. I. 1 ; IX. 2. 1. 1. Titurius informed Caesar that the Belgae were cross- ing 1 the river. 2. When Caesar had been informed, he led the archers and slingers over the bridge. 3. The light-armed ISTumidians hastened against the Belgae and crossed the bridge. 4. A spirited fight took place 2 right in the river. 3 5. While the enemy were struggling in the river, 4 the Eomans killed a great number of them. 6. The rest were driven back by showers 5 of missiles. 7. But they tried with the utmost daring to cross. 8. The cavalry attacked and killed 6 the first who had crossed. 9. The first who crossed were surrounded and killed by the cavalry. 10. Hope of taking the town and of cross- ing the river had deceived them. 11. Nor did they dare to advance into a more unfavorable place for the pur- pose 7 of fighting. 2. 1. Moreover, they saw that their corn supply was run- ning out. 2. These considerations led 8 them to call a council. 3. In the council they made these resolves. 9 THE WAR WITH THE BELG^B. 115 4. "The best thing is for each 10 to return to his own home. 5. Then we will assemble from every quarter to defend 11 those into whose territories the Eomans shall come. 6. So we shall fight in our own territories rather than in those of others. 7. Besides, we shall use home supplies of provisions." 8. To that resolve they were led by this consideration. 9. Divitiacus and the .ZEdui were approaching the country of the Bellovaci. 10. They had learned that the JMui were friendly to the Eomans. 11. The Bellovaci cannot be prevailed upon 12 to delay any longer. 12. Nor can they be per- suaded not to render aid to their own countrymen. NOTES. l were crossing : the time is present with reference to " informed." 2 A spirited fight took place : recast the sentence. 3 right in the river : use ipse. 4 Express this clause by three words. 5 showers : the Latin is less lively and does not use a figurative ex- pression. 6 attacked and killed : not expressed by coordinate verbs in Latin, because one act is considered as subordinate or prepara- tory to the other. 7 for the purpose : be careful about the position of causa. 8 led : use adduce ut. 9 made these resolves : resolved these things. 10 each : quisque follows suus. n Mark the very com- mon way in the text of expressing a purpose in Latin. 12 Why must you say in Latin, " It cannot be prevailed upon/' etc.? X. Latine Scribenda. While the Belgse were endeavoring l to cross the river Axona, Csesar attacked them spiritedly with his light- armed Numidians, bowmen and slingers, and killed many of them. Since they had been deceived in the hope 2 of destroying the bridge and crossing the river, they re- solved to return home ; for they saw that the Eoman army did not move forward into a less favorable posi- tion for the purpose of attacking them. 3 With other reasons there was this one, too: they feared that the 116 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. who were friendly to the Eomans, would lead their forces into the country of the Bellovaci and lay waste their fields. NOTES. l The clause might be expressed by a participle in agreement with Belgas ; hence recast the sentence through " spiritedly." 2 cum with the subjunctive; it is better to recast the clause into the active form. 3 for the purpose of attacking them : sui adgrediendl causa. PAET FOTJBTH. CICERO IN CATILINAM, I.-X. For the Latin text, see pages 180-190. For references, see the grammars of Allen and Grreenough,* and Harkness. The learner is expected to find in the Latin text illustrations of the grammat- ical principles selected, as a part of his preparatory study. I. Latine Dicenda. 1. Indirect Questions : 334 ; H. 529, 1. 2. Accusative of the Inner Object : 238, b ; H. 378, 2. 3. Present Tense of acts begun in the past : 276, a; H. 467, III. 2. 4. Impf . Ind. in apodosis of implied conditions : 311, c ; H. 511, N. 3. 1. 1. How far, pray, will Catiline abuse the patience of the senate ? 2. How long still shall we be baffled by his frenzy ? 3. To what extent shall his effrontery insolently display itself without check ? 4. Has he been affected at all * by the fear of the people ? 5. Does he not 2 see the thronging together of all the good men, their faces and looks? 6. He sees that the senate is convened in this strongly fortified place. 3 7. Does he imagine that all his plans are not manifest ? 8. His conspiracy is now held fast bound by the knowledge of all here. 9. We are in no wise 4 ignorant where he and those whom he had as- sembled were last night. 10. The consuls know full well 5 what Catiline did and what plan he formed night * Revised edition. 118 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. before last. 11. They see him take part in 6 the council of the state. 2. 1. Nay more, they see him mark out each one of the senators ^ with his eyes for murder. 2. Meanwhile, 8 they themselves, gallant men, keep clear of his frenzy and weapons. 3. In this way 9 they imagine they do their duty to the state. 4. What a state of things ! Long ago ought the consul to have led Catiline to death. 5. Long ago ought Cicero to have heaped on the head of that monster 10 all the ruin which he plotted against the com- monwealth. 6. Tiberius Gracchus, a most eminent man, was killed by Scipio, because he wished 11 to shake the settled order of the state. 7. Shall Catiline lay waste the world with fire and sword ? 8. Once when Melius strove u to bring about a revolution, he was killed by Ahala's own hand. 9. Such 13 brave men had this commonwealth once, that it restrained dangerous citizens by the severest pun- ishments. 10. Now too the consuls have a decree of the senate against Catiline, rigorous and severe. 11. They lack not advice, they lack not authority ; they themselves are remiss. NOTES. a at all : quid following num. 2 Does he not : imitate Cicero and leave out the interrogative particle. 3 place : omit the preposition with loco. 4 in no wise : nothing. 5 full well : plane. 6 take part in : become sharer of. 7 senators : use senator. 8 Mean- while : interea. 9 In this way : sic. 10 Do not try to think of a word for " monster." n because he wished : render by a parti- ciple. 12 strove : see the preceding note. 13 such : tarn. I. Latine Scribenda. Catiline, abusing the patience of the consuls, would come l into the senate and take part in the public delib- CICERO IN CATILINAM. 119 eration. His effrontery displayed itself unchecked; for he would even mark out 2 with his eyes each one for as- sassination, not seeing 3 that his designs were manifest, and that Cicero was not ignorant where he had been and what plans he had formed. Not at all was he moved by the nightly guarding of the Palatine ; nay, he continued to plot/ being eager for a revolution. The republic once had such resolute consuls that they would put to death a dangerous citizen, or restrain him by a rigorous decree of the senate; as 5 Scipio slew Gracchus, as Ahala slew Me- lius : but Cicero declares openly that he has been neg- ligent. NOTES. 1 would come : express by the imperfect. 2 would mark out: see note 1. 3 not seeing: render by cum and the subjunc- tive. 4 continued to plot : see note 1. 5 as : either ut or quern ad modum. II. Latiiie Dicenda. 1. Position of the main word : 344; H. 561, I. 2. Relative Clauses of Result : 319 and 2; H. 500, I. 3. Perfect Pass. Infin. with verbs of necessity : 288, d. 4. Position of the emphatic verb : 344, d, (1) and (2). 5. Find in the text an illustration of Lat. Die. I. 3. 1. 1. Once the republic was suffering harm. 2. But the consuls, in accordance with a decree of the senate, saw to it that l the commonwealth should suffer no injury. 1 3. Caius Gracchus, a man 2 of most illustrious ancestors, was put to death. 4. For there were certain suspicions of seditious purposes. 3 5. On account of like suspicions a man of consular rank was slain. 6. The senate com- mitted the state to the consuls Marius and Valerius. 120 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. 7. After that, death did not respite 4 Saturninus for a single day. 8. For twenty days the consuls had a like decree of the senate. 9. And in accordance with that decree they ought 5 to have put Catiline to death. 10. Yet he lives for plotting the ruin of the state. 11. For many days the authority of the senate has been growing dull. 6 12. Cicero allowed the authority of the senate to grow dull. 13. Catiline ought to have been put to death by the decree which is shut up 7 in the archives. 2. 1. But Cicero wished to be merciful. 2. He was anxious amid such great perils not to be arbitrary. 8 3. But he condemned himself for inactivity amid perils to the state. 4. The commander of the camp, which was pitched 9 in Etruria, was in the city. 5. Cicero says that the enemy increased daily. 6. But the leader of the en- emy was daily plotting the ruin of the state within the city. 7. 10 Did Cicero order the arrest and execution u of Catiline ? 8. Was there reason to fear 12 that he would act too cruelly ? 9, Did any one 13 say that he acted too cruelly rather than too late ? 10. He was not led to do what ought to have been done. 11. No one can be found so desperate as not to admit that Catiline is a bad man. 12. Who is there who dares to defend enemies of the commonwealth ? 13. Catiline does not see that many are watching him with eyes and ears. NOTES. l that ... no injury : test anything of injury. 2 man : omit. 3 seditious purposes : one word. 4 respite: wait for. 5 ought; convenit. 6 has been growing dull : not the perfect tense. 7 which is shut up : render by a participle. 8 arbitrary : use dissolutus. 9 which was pitched : one word. 10 Begin with num. n arrest and execution : turn by verbs. 12 Was there reason to fear : was it to be f< ared. 13 any one : notice that quisquam means any one at all. CICERO IN CATILINAM. 121 II. Latine Scribenda. \ In times of great danger l to the commonwealth, the senate used to decree 2 that the consuls should see to it that the republic suffered no harm. A like decree of the senate Cicero had for twenty days, yet he did not put Catiline to death at once. Why 3 not ? Because 4 he wished to be lenient ; but at last he condemned himself for negligence. He saw the number of the enemy in- creasing daily, and their leader plotting the ruin of the state yes, 5 coming into the senate. Did he fear that the citizens would say afterwards that he had acted with undue cruelty ? Not at all 6 ; but for a certain reason, which he does not explain, 7 he was not induced to order the arrest and execution of Catiline. " You shall live," said he to Catiline, " as long as there shall be any one who dares to defend you, but you will not be able to make a move 8 against the state." NOTES. * In times of great danger : amid great dangers. 2 used to decree : what tense may express customary action? 3 Why : cur. 4 Because : quod. 5 yes : express by two words in Latin. 6 Not at all : minime. 7 explain : use doceo. 8 make a move : move your- self. III. Latine Dicenda. 1. Various Constructions with licet: 331, i, N. 3. 2. Accusative following ante diem : 259, e ; H. 642, 4. 3. Gerund governing the Genitive : 298, a ; H. 542, N. 1. 4. Relative Clauses of Characteristic : 320, a ; H. 503, I. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. II. 1 and 4. 1. 1. The shades of night can no longer l hide Catiline's infamous meetings. 2. Nor can the voices of the con- 122 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. spiracy be confined by the walls of a private house. 3. There is nothing more that he can look forward to. 4. Therefore/ if he does not change his purpose and take the advice 3 of Cicero, all his plans will come to light. 5. Let him forget 4 his designs of murder and incendiarism. G. For the light itself is not clearer to Cicero than his detestable purpose. 7. These were the plans which Cicero exposed in the senate on the 21st of October: 8. " Manlius," said he, " the instrument and agent of your desperate enterprise, 5 is going to be in arms on a fixed day. 9. I affirm that that day will be the 27th of Octo- ber. 10. You have appointed the murder of the aristoc- racy for 6 the 28th of October." 2. 1. Catiline may now review the plans which the consul brought to light. 2. He may remember Cicero's naming the very day, a thing most incredible. 3. It is surprising that the consul could predict 7 the event. 4. Cicero says that on the 28th of October many leading men fled from the city. 5. Did those patriots 8 flee for the purpose of saving themselves ? 6. Oh ! no. 9 Not so much to 10 save themselves as to thwart Catiline. 7. On that selfsame day Catiline found himself 11 surrounded by guards, so that he could not ^ make a move against the state. 8. He cannot deny that he found Praeneste fortified by the consul's order. 9. That town he had been confident he should take by an assault in the night. 10. He does nothing, he plots nothing, which the consul does not hear of, nay, 13 plainly perceive. NOTES. l no longer : non iam. 2 Therefore : quae cum ita sint. 3 take the advice : one word in Latin. 4 Let him forget : the subjunctive. 5 desperate enterprise : one word in Latin. 6 for : observe that ante diem may be preceded by a preposition. 7 pre- CICERO IN CATILINAM. 128 diet : use praedico. 8 patriots : use amans patriae. 9 Oh ! no : minime. 10 Be careful about the position of causa. n found himself: was. 12 so that . . . not: ut non. 13 not . . . nay: in- tended as an adequate rendering of non modo . . . sed etiain. III. JLatine Scribenda. There is nothing that Catiline can now look forward to, for l he does nothing but what 2 is brought to light by the vigilance of Cicero. Will he therefore 3 change his mind? Will he take the consul's advice and forget his infamous plans of murder ? Let him recall to mind those words 4 which Cicero uttered in the senate, and he will see that all was foretold by him. After 5 Manlius, his tool, and agent, had gone into Etruria, he remained in Eome, trusting that he should seize Prseneste by an assault in the night ; but Cicero, for the purpose of thwarting his plans, had strengthened that town with guards. He cannot plot anything that does not come to 6 Cicero's ears. NOTES. 1 for: cum with the subjunctive. 2 but what: which not. 3 therefore : igitur. 4 those words : ilia. 5 After : postquam with perfect indicative. 6 conies to, etc. : do not try to render literally. IV. Latine Dicenda. 1. Position of Relative Clauses : 345, e ; H. 572, II. N. 2. Cum temporal with Subjunctive : 325 ; H. 521, II. 2. 3. Present Indicative of vivid future conditions : 307, a, N. 4. Subordinate Clauses of Indirect Discourse : 336, 2 ; H. 524. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. II. 4 ; III. 4. 1. 1. How 1 keenly Cicero watches for the safety of the com- monwealth ! 2. He knows that Catiline went to Marcus 124 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. Laeca's night before last with his companions in crime. 2 3. He sees in the senate certain confederates of Catiline in that daring scheme, 3 who gathered to the same place. 4. They were with you, Catiline, in the scythe-makers' quarter, in Lseca's house. 5. Why, pray, does not Cati- line deny that he went there ? 6. If he says he does not watch for the destruction of the state, Cicero will prove it. 7. For here, right here in the senate, are cer- tain men who were with him. 8. They are taking part in 4 this august assembly, while 5 they are plotting the ruin 6 of this city. 9. The consul sees them, aye, consults them 7 on public affairs. 10. Ye gods! where in the world are we ? What city is this in which we dwell ? 2. 1. Why does not the consul slay with the sword those who have long been plotting 8 the ruin of the world? 2. For a certain reason he is not yet induced 9 to put them to death. 3. At Lseca's Catiline decided whither he would have 10 each one of his confederates go. 4. Men were selected to be left at Eome, others to be led out of the city. 5. Parts of the city were marked out for the flames. 6. Why did not Catiline go forth himself, when the assembly was dismissed? 7. He was a little delayed because the consul had to be killed 11 that very night. 8. But Cicero watched much more sharply for saving his life 12 than Catiline for taking it. 13 9. The consequence was that 14 the two Koman knights who promised to re- lieve Catiline of that care, were refused admittance. 15 10. For they came a little before light to wish 16 the con- sul u good morning." NOTES. l How : quam. 2 in crime : the Latin idiom is diff er- cnt. 8 daring scheme : one word. 4 taking part in : see the text CICERO IN CATILINAM. 125 of I. 5 while: duin. 6 ruin: either the accusative or the ablative with de. 7 consults them : asks their opinion. 8 have long been plotting : iam din with the present. See the text of I. 9 induced : see the text of II., last part. 10 he would have : it pleased (him). 11 had to be killed : interficiendus erat. 12 saving his life : saving himself. See the text of III. 13 for taking it : for killing him. 14 The consequence was that : qno factum est ut. 15 Do not try to think of a word for " admittance." 16 to wish ..." good morning " : one word. IV. Latine Scribenda. A little before light on the seventh * of November, two Koman knights went to Cicero's house for the purpose of killing him in his bed. For that very night, in an assem- bly at Lseca's, on Catiline's saying 2 that he could not 3 yet go out of the city because Cicero was living, 4 they 5 had promised to relieve him of that anxiety. But the consul had found out 6 their intentions, 7 and predicted to many most eminent men that they would come at that very time. Afterwards, in the most august assembly of the world, he consulted those same men, whom he ought 8 to have put to death with the sword, about the state of 9 public affairs. NOTES. l the seventh : the seventh before the Ides, Idas. 2 on Catiline's saying : cum with pluperfect subjunctive. 3 that he could not : himself not to be able. 4 was living : the subjunctive, as a depend- ent clause in indirect discourse. 5 they : begin the period with the words if eiiim cum. A dependent clause is thus often framed into the main clause. 6 had found out : render by a participle. It would also be correct to use a clause beginning with cum. Two coordinate verbs could be here used in Latin, but it is important to remember that in no respect does English differ from Latin more than in the free use of coordinate clauses or sentences. 7 intentions : consilia. 8 ought : not oportebat, which would refer to present time. See the text of II. 9 state of : omit. 126 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. / V. Latine Dicenda. 1. Position of the main word: 344; H. 561, I. 2. Conditional Relative Clauses : 316 and 305, d, (#). 3. Position of the emphatic Adjective: 344, a, 1; H. 565, 1. 4. Indicative with quod, quia, and quoniam : 321 ; H. 516, 1. 5. ITind in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. I. 3 ; II. 4. 1. 1. Since the gates are open, go out of the city to that Manlian camp of yours. 2. Too long have 1 your men who went out of the city felt the want of 1 you in that camp. 3. Why do you not go at last, with all your fol- lowers, 2 to the place where you had begun to go ? 4. If you cannot lead out all, lead out as many as possible. 5. Free me from fear by purging the city and by put- ting 3 a wall between me and you. 6. Great gratitude will be felt to the immortal gods, provided only you free the citizens from fear. 7. Too long already have you been living with us. 8. Free us, Jupiter Stator, from this scourge, so loathsome, so dangerous to the republic. 9. Then shall we feel grateful to thee, ancient guardian of this city. 10. Not often ought the state to be imper- illed by one man. 2. 1. As long as the safety of Cicero was imperilled by Catiline, he defended himself by personal vigilance. 2. Catiline wanted to kill him, when he was consul elect. 3. But his infamous attempts were checked by the consul's friends, without any public guard. 4. Cicero saw that his own ruin would be attended 4 with great dis- aster to the state. 5. Yet 5 at the consular elections he opposed Catiline by his own efforts, without causing any disturbance of the public peace. 6 6. Now at last the CICERO IN CATILINAM. 127 lives of all the citizens are aimed at, and all Italy is called to ruin and devastation. 7. For a long time the consul has been urging Catiline and his band of con- spirators to leave the republic. 8. If they go forth/ as Cicero desires, they will drain off the dangerous bilge- water of the state. 9. Therefore the consul will not yet do what belongs to his office and to the administration of the fathers. 10. For he will not put Catiline to death, since that will be less useful as regards the supreme well-being. NOTES. l have . . . felt the want of : not the perfect. 2 fol- lowers : omit. 3 by putting : interponendo. 4 would be attended : fore ut, etc. 5 Yet : see the text of I. 6 Do not try to think of a word for " peace." 7 If they go forth : not the present. V. Latine Scribenda. For a long time Cicero urged Catiline to go forth l and drain off from the city the odious 2 dregs of the state, for he said himself that he did not dare to do that which was first in importance. 3 Catiline and the rest of the conspirators had lain in wait for Cicero at the consular elections, and tried to kill him, and at last had aimed their attacks at 4 the whole state and the lives of all the citizens ; but the citizens had escaped by the great vigi- lance of the consul, as often as they had been thrust at. "Now," says 5 Cicero, "we will not suffer you to live with us any longer, since we see that you are summon- ing the whole republic to ruin and devastation." NOTES. l to go forth : ut with the subjunctive after hortor. 2 odious :' the word is not perniciosus. 3 first in importance : one word in Latin. 4 had aimed their attacks at : express by one word. 5 says : inquit. 128 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. VI. L,atine Dicenda.* 1. Antithesis indicated by anaphora : 344, f. 2. Position of the negative : 345, d; H. 569, IV. 3. Position of the emphatic verb : 344, d; H. 561, I. 4. Position of sum as substantive verb or copula: 344, c and j. 5. Find in the text illustrations of Lat. Die. III. 4 ; IV. 2. 1. 1. Since the consul orders Catiline to leave the city, why does he hesitate ? 2. For a little while ago 1 he was on the point of doing it of his own accord, without his command. 2 3. Shall he go into exile, Cicero, or 3 into the camp of Manlius, established in the p'asses of Etruria? 4. If he asks my advice, I recommend his going 4 into exile. 5. For who is there in this city who has not for a long time feared 5 and hated him? 6. What desperate man is there who is unconnected with his conspiracy ? 7. See 6 branded on his life every mark of private base- ness ! 8. Do you ask me whether his hands have ever been 7 a stranger 8 to any crime ? 9. No, indeed ! 9 More- over, there is scarcely 10 a young man in Eome whom his allurements have not ensnared. 10. Did he not lately clear his house for new nuptials by a monstrous crime ? 11. I will be silent about the disgracefulness and enor- mity of his private crimes. 2. 1. He will see ruin staring him in the face 11 at the next Ides. 2. But his personal vices and difficulties do not concern the public weal. 3. I will speak of those crimes that are aimed at M the lives and safety of all of us. 4. On the day before the Kalends of January you * The first four sentences are based on the text of Chap. V. CICERO IN CATILINAM. 129 stood, weapon in hand, in the voting place. 5. You had got ready a band of assassins to kill the leading men of the state. 6. Why did you not carry out 13 your infam- ous designs? 7. I will tell you. The good fortune of the Eoman people thwarted you. 8. Now you know that there is nobody in Eome who is ignorant of these deeds. 9. Can then this city longer 14 delight you, seeing that your crimes are neither hidden nor few ? 10. How often have I dodged that dagger of yours, which now and then 15 has by some chance fallen from your hand ! 11. Why, pray, do you not give up trying, since you effect nothing? NOTES. 1 a little while ago : paulo ante. 2 command : express by a participle. 3 or: an. 4 his going : suadeo is not followed by the infinitive. 5 has . . . feared : not the perfect. 6 See : aspicite. 7 have been : why not indicative ? 8 Do not try to think of a word for " stranger." 9 No, indeed: nequaquam. 10 scarcely : vix. 11 The Latin figure is not that of a spectre, but of a mass ready to fall. 12 are aimed at: turn by the active form. 13 carry out: use conficio. 14 longer : iani, so used near the end of V. 15 now and then : 11011 numquam. VI. Latine Scribenda. Many and not unknown are the crimes which Catiline has perpetrated. Baseness in private life 1 is branded upon him and clings to his reputation. How many times has he lain in wait, weapon in hand, for the pur- pose of killing the consul? How many times has he tried to plant his dagger in the consul's body ? Yet he can accomplish nothing, for either Cicero's watchfulness or the good fortune of the state thwarts his undertak- ings. How is it then ? Seeing that all his fellow-citi- zens know that he is plotting 2 the destruction of the 130 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. commonwealth, is it possible for this light, this air of heaven to delight him ? NOTES. l in private life : render by an adjective. 2 is plotting : see the text of IV. VII. Latine Scribenda. 1. When Catiline came into the senate he was not greeted by any one of his friends ; nay/ at his coming, that part of the benches where he took his seat was left bare and unoccupied; for the men of consular rank, whom he had often marked out 2 for murder, seemed to be moved by hatred. He ought to have been crushed by the weighty judgment of their silence. With what feel- ings did he bear that disgrace, which had never happened to any one within human memory ? Did he not think that he ought to leave the city and withdraw from the sight of his fellow-citizens ? 2. Though he saw that all hated and feared him to such a degree that the mere 3 sight of him wounded their feel- ings, he preferred to be gazed at with hostile eyes rather than respect the authority of the commonwealth and obey its judgment. Your country, Catiline, bids you depart, and thus addresses you : 4 " For a long time I have borne in silence your crimes, your deeds of baseness, the mur- dering of citizens, the harassing and plundering of the allies. You have disregarded laws, you have broken down judicial investigations. Therefore the fear which weighs me down is not groundless. For you to be ever 5 form- ing plots against me is not to be endured." CICERO IN CATILINAM. 131 NOTES. 1 nay: see the text of I. 2 marked out: see the text of I. 3 mere : ipse. 4 you : not the accusative after loquor. 6 ever : semper. VIII. Latine Scribenda. 1. If your country should employ 1 force, Catiline, you would go off into some other lands, for you have judged yourself deserving of custody. Did you not offer your- self to Lepidus for safe keeping ; and when he 2 was un- willing to receive you, did you not have the effrontery to ask me to keep you ? From me you got this answer : "I can in no way be safe in the same house with you, since I am in peril within the same city." Then, having gone to the praetor, and having been rejected by him, you betook yourself to your boon companion, Marcellus, to be guarded. This you said you did for the purpose of avoiding suspicion. 2. Since these things are so, and Catiline cannot die with resignation, he demands that Cicero refer the matter 3 to the senate for decision. 4 " I will obey," says he, " if this body decrees that I go into exile." "I will not refer it," replies Cicero, "but I will myself order you to go into exile. Depart ! What are you waiting for ? Don't you see what this body thinks of you? And not only these, but the gallant citizens whom you see standing about in great numbers, 5 whose voices you heard a little while ago. By their silence they give approval. Knowing that you have long been eager to destroy this city, they will attend you even to the gates." 132 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. NOTES. l should employ : not the imperfect subjunctive. 2 and when he : who when. 3 matter : omit. 4 refer . . . for decision : one word. 5 in great numbers : use frequens. IX. Ratine Scribenda. 1. that you would reform; that, terrified by the recol- lection of your recent crimes, you would think of flight ! * Provided only you would make up 2 your mind to depart, I would willingly 3 bear all storms of odium, not only now, but in future; for I see that the danger would be personal, not public. It is worth my while to bear the reproaches of men, in order that Catiline may be re- called from madness, and the state be freed from danger. And yet why should I talk? Why should I demand that he fear punishment ? ? Is he a man to be moved by the remembrance of his own crimes ? Does he wish to minister to my fame by going forth with his dangerous band of ruffians ? Would that he might go 4 straight into exile ! If he separates himself from the loyal and wages war on his country, he will not seem t have been driven forth to strangers. He has already sent forward that famous silver eagle, which I know he cannot long do without, and has appointed a day with Manlius. NOTES. l think of : what two constructions with cogito have been met with 1 ? 2 would make up : not the imperfect subjunctive. 3 willingly : libenter. 4 might go : the imperfect subjunctive would mean : were now going. CICERO IN CATILINAM. 133 X. Latine Scribenda. Never have you desired peace, no, 1 nor even war, unless of an infamous kind ; but you are not one 2 to whom this fact brings 3 shame, but a kind of incredible delight. Go at last and join 4 that band of ruffians that you have got together, composed of the most desperate and hope- abandoned characters. Thither your unbridled desire has long been hurrying you, and there you will have an opportunity for displaying your famous endurance of hunger and cold. What an army will that be ! You will not see a single good man among your followers, with whom you will presently be waging war on your country. NOTES. Compare a similar sentence in the text of III., and the mode of translating, together with note 13. 2 one : not unus. 3 brings : not the indicative. 4 join : see the text of Chap. IX. SUPPLEMENTARY. THE DEATH OF EPAMINONDAS. Latine Scribenda. At last in the battle at l Mantinea, the Lacedaemonians made an attack in a body 2 on Epaminondas alone and did not desist 3 until, 4 after many had been slain, they saw him fall fighting most bravely. The Boeotians were checked 5 a little by his fall, 6 yet they did not retire from the field until they had routed their opponents. But when Epaminondas saw that he had received a mortal 7 wound, and that if he should draw out 8 the steel which had remained in his body from the spear-shaft, 9 he would die at once, he kept it there until 10 it was reported that the Boeotians had won the victory. When he heard this, he said, " I have lived long enough n ; for I die uncon- quered." Then he drew out the spear-head M and imme- diately expired. NOTES. * at : apud. 2 in a body : universl. 3 desist : ab- scedo. 4 until : prius . . . quam. 5 checked : delayed. 6 fall : casus. 7 mortal : mortiferus. 8 should draw out : in direct dis- course the future perfect ; but what in indirect discourse '? 9 spear- shaft : has tile. 10 until : quoad. n long enough : sufficiently. 12 spear-head : the same word that renders " steel " above. HANNIBAL'S OATH OF HATEED. 135 HANNIBAL'S OATH or HATRED AGAINST THE ROMANS. Liatine Scribenda. [Before translating the following passage into Latin, compare it with the second more literal version, and note some important dif- ferences between English and Latin idiom and style. There remain many differences not brought out in the two versions, particularly, important principles of order.] FIRST VERSION. "When I was a little boy, not more than nine years old/ " said Hannibal, " my father, Hamilcar, who was about setting out from Carthage for 2 Spain, as commander, sacrificed victims 3 to Jupiter Optimus Maximus. As he was finishing the sacrifice, he asked me whether 4 I wanted to go to the war with him. I eagerly accepted the offer and begged him not to hesitate to take me with him. Then he said, ' I will do it, if you will make 5 me the promise 6 that I demand.' As he said this, he led me to the altar, at which he had begun to sacrifice, and after removing all others, bade me take hold of the altar and swear never to be a friend to the Romans. That oath, given to my father, I have kept 7 till this day." SECOND VERSION. " My father, Hamilcar," said Hannibal, " when I was a little boy, not more than nine years old, sacrificed vic- tims to Jupiter Optimus Maximus, as he was setting out for Spain from Carthage as commander. While this divine rite (thing) was being completed, he asked me whether I wished to march with him into camp. When I had willingly accepted this, and had begun to beg him 136 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. not to hesitate to lead me with him, (then) he said, ' I will do it, if you will give me the pledge which I de- mand/ At the same time he led me to the altar at which he had begun to sacrifice, and bade me, after the others had been removed, holding on to it, to swear never to be in friendship with the Eomans. That oath, given to my father, I have kept to this time." NOTES. 1 old: natus. 2 for: in. 3 victims: use hostiae. 4 whether: express by the enclitic -ne. 5 make : do. Is it to be in the future ? 6 promise : fides. 7 kept : use conserve. A SURPRISE. Latiiie Scribenda. When Vercingetorix l learned of Caesar's coming, he abandoned 2 the siege and marched to meet 3 him. Caesar had begun to besiege Noviodunum, a town of the Bitu- riges, situated on his route. From this town envoys came 4 to him to beg that he would pardon 5 them ; and he, that he might finish up other matters with despatch, ordered 4 the arms to be collected, the horses to be brought out, and hostages to be given. After a part of the hostages had already been delivered up, and while the other matters were going forward, 6 some captains and a few soldiers having been sent into the town to look for 7 arms and pack animals, the cavalry of the enemy, which had preceded the army of Vercinget- orix, war: seen at a distance. 8 As soon as the townsmen saw this, they raised 9 a shout, began 9 to take arms, to shut the gates, and man 10 the wall. The captains in the town saw from the behavior n of the Gauls that some new HEROISM OF MARCUS PETRONIUS. 137 plan had been entered on by them, and, drawing their swords, they occupied the gates and recovered all their men unharmed. NOTES. l Make " Vercingetorix " the subject of "abandoned," hence invert the order of the first two words. 2 abandon : desisto. 3 to meet : obviam. 4 came . . . ordered : do not use two co-ordi- nate verbs, but make the first clause a temporal one. 5 pardon : ignosco. 6 going forward : administro in the passive. 7 look for : conquiro. 8 at a distance : procul. 9 raised . . . began : not to be expressed by co-ordinate verbs. 10 man : compleo. n behavior: significatio. HEROISM OF MAKCUS PETRONIUS. Latine Scribenda. [See the introductory note on page 135.] FIRST VERSION. Marcus Petronius, a captain of the same legion, tried to cut down 1 the gates, but was overwhelmed 2 by num- bers. In despair of saving his life, as he was badly wounded, he thus addressed the men of his company 3 who had followed him : " Since I cannot save my own life and yours, I will at least look out for 4 you, whom I have led into danger through ambition 5 for glory. Do you save yourselves, for now you have a chance. 6 " With these words he rushed into the midst of the enemy, killed two, and drove the rest back 7 a little way from the gate. When his men tried to aid him, he cried out, " It is of no use 8 for you to try to save me, for I am already weak from loss of blood. Away, therefore, while you can, and retreat 9 to the legion." So, a little while after, 10 he fell lighting, but saved his men. 138 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. SECOND VERSION. Marcus Petronius, a captain of the same legion, when he had tried to cut down the gates, overwhelmed by a mul- titude, and losing hope for himself, having now received many wounds, said to his men who followed him, " Since I cannot save myself together with you, I will at least look out for the lives of you, whom I have brought into danger, led on by my desire of glory. Do you, since an opportunity is given you, look out for yourselves." At the same time he burst into the midst of the enemy, and, killing two, drove back the rest a little from the gate. To his men, attempting to aid him, he said, " In vain do you try to come to the aid of me, whom now blood and strength fail. Therefore go off, while there is a chance, and betake yourselves to the legion." So, fighting, a little while after, he fell and served for safety to his men. NOTES. ! cut down : excldo. 2 overwhelmed : oppressus. 3 men of his company : manipulates. 4 look out for : prospicio. 5 ambition : cupiditas. 6 chance : facultas. 7 drove . . . back : use summoveo. 8 It is of no use : in vain. 9 retreat : vos recipite. 10 a little while after: post paulum. AN APPEAL FOR ACQUITTAL. L in castris essent, Tarquinius Collatinus, sorore regis natus, forte cenabat apud Sextum Tarquinium cum iuve- nibus regiis. Incidit de uxoribus mentio ; cum suam unus- quisque laudaret, placuit experiri. Itaque citatis equis Komam avolant : regias nurus in conviv^io et luxu depre- TABQUINIUS SUPERBUS. 153 hendunt. Pergunt inde Collatiam ; Lucre tiam, Collatini uxorem> inter ancillas in lanincio inveniunt. Ea ergo ceteris praestare iudicatur. Paucis interiectis diebus Sextus Collatiam rediit et Lucretiae vim attulit. Ilia postero die advocatis patre et coniuge rem exposuit et 5 se cul^rOj quern sub veste abditum habebat, oecidit. Conclamat vir paterque et in exitium regum coniurant. Tarquinio Eomam redeunti clausae sunt urbis portae et exsilium indictum. NEPOS. MILTIADBS. I. Miltiades, Cimonis filius, Atheniensis, cum et anti- quitate generis et gloria maiorum et sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret eaque esset aetate, ut non iam solum de eo bene sperare, sed etiam confidere cives pos- 5 sent sui, talem eum futurum, qualem cognitum iudicarunt, accidit ut Athenienses Chersonesum colonos vellent mit- tere. Cuius generis cum magnus numerus esset et multi eius demigrationis peterent societatem, ex iis delecti Del- phos deliberatum missi sunt, qui consulerent Apollinem, 10 quo potissimum duce uterentur. Namque turn Thraces eas regiones tenebant, cum quibus armis erat dimiean- dum. His consulentibus nominatim Pythia praecepit, ut Miltiadem imperatorem sibi sumerent : id si fecissent, incepta prospera futura. Hoc oraculi response Miltiades is cum delecta manu classe Chersonesum profectus cum ac- cessisset Lemnum et incolas eius insulae sub potestatem redigere vellet Atheniensium, idque Lemnii sua sponte facerent postulasset, illi irridentes responderunt turn id se facturos, cum ille domo navibus proficiscens vento 20 aquilone venisset Lemnum. Hie enim ventus ab septen- trionibus oriens adversum tenet Atlienis proficiscentibus. Miltiades morandi tempus non habens cursum direxit, quo tendebat, pervenitque Chersonesum. NEPOS: MILTIADES. 155 II. Ibi brevi tempore barbarornm copiis disiectis, tota regione quam petierat potitus, loca castellis idonea comniuniit, multitudinem quam secum duxerat in agris conlocavit crebrisque excursionibus locupletavit. Neque minus in ea re prudentia quam felicitate adiutus est. 5 Nam cum virtute militum devicisset nostrum exercitus, summa aequitate res constituit atque ipse ibidem manere decrevit. Erat enim inter eos dignitate regia, quamvis carebat nomine, neque id magis imperio quam iustitia consecutus. Neque eo setius Atheniensibus, a quibus 10 erat profectus, officia praestabat. Quibus rebus fiebat ut non minus eorum voluntate perpetuo imperiuin obtineret, qui miserant quam illorum cum quibus erat profectus. Chersoneso tali modo constituta Lemnum revertitur et ex pacto postulat ut sibi urbem tradant. Illi enim dixerant, 15 cum vento borea domo profectus eo pervenisset, sese de- dituros, se autem domum Chersonesi habere. Cares, qui turn Lemnum incolebant, etsi praeter opinionem res ceci- derat, tamen non dicto sed secunda f ortuna adversariorum capti, resistere ausi non sunt atque ex insula demigrarunt. 20 Pari felicitate ceteras insulas, quae Cyclades nominantur, sub Atheniensium redegit potestatem. III. lisdem temporibus Persarum rex Darius ex Asia in Europam exercitu traiecto Scythis bellum inferre de- crevit. Pontem fecit in Histro flumine, quo copias tra- 25 duceret. Eius pontis, dum ipse abesset, custodes reliquit principeSj quos secum ex Ionia et Aeolide duxerat; quibus singulis suarum urbium perpetua dederat imperia. Sic enim facillime putavit se Graeca lingua loquentes qui Asiam incolerent sub sua retenturum potestate, si amicis so suis oppida tuenda tradidisset, quibus se oppresso nulla spes salutis relinqueretur. In hoc fuit turn numero Miltiades cui ilia custodia crederetur. Hie cum crebri 156 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. adferrent imntii male rem gerere Darium premique a Scythis, Miltiades hortatus est pontis custodes, ne a for- tuiia datam occasionem liberandae Graeciae dimitterent. Nam si cum iis copiis quas secum transportarat inter- 5 isset Darius, non solum Europam fore tutam, sed etiam eos qui Asiam incolerent Graeci genere liberos a Persa- rum futures dominatione et periculo ; id et facile effici posse ; ponte enim rescisso regem vel hostium ferro vel inopia paucis diebus interiturum. Ad hoc consilium cum 10 plerique accederent, Histiaeus Milesius, ne res confice- retur, obstitit, dicens non idem ipsis, qui summas imperi tenereiit, expedire et multitudini, quod Darii regno ipso- rum niteretur dominatio : quo exstincto ipsos potestate expulsos civibus suis poenas daturos. Itaque adeo se 15 abhorrere a ceterorum consilio, ut nihil putet ipsis utilius quam confirmari regnum Persarum. Huius cum senten- tiam plurimi essent secuti, Miltiades non dubitans tarn multis consciis ad regis aures consilia sua perventura Chersonesum reliquit ac rursus Athenas demigravit. 20 Cuius ratio etsi non valuit tamen magno opere est lau- danda, cum amicior omnium libertati quam suae fuerit dominationi. IV. Darius autem, cum ex Europa in Asiam redisset, hortantibus amicis ut Graeciam redigeret in suam pote- 25 statem, classem quingentarum navium comparavit eique Datim praefecit et Artaphernem, hisque ducenta peditum, decem equitum milia dedit, causam interserens, se hostem esse Atheiiiensibus^ quod eorum auxilio lones Sardis expugnassent suaque praesidia interfecissent. Illi prae- 30 fecti regii classe ad Euboeam appulsa celeriter Eretriam ceperunt omnesque eius gentis cives abreptos in Asiain ad regem miserunt. Inde ad Atticam accesserunt ac suas copias in campum Marathona deduxerunt. Is est ab NEPOS : MILTIADES. 1 57 oppido circiter milia passuum decem. Hoc tumultu Athenienses tarn propinquo tamque magno permoti auxi- lium nusquam nisi a Lacedaemoniis petiverunt, Phidip- pumque cursorem eius generis qui hemerodromoe vocantur, Lacedaemonem miserunt, ut nuntiaret quam celeri opus 5 esset auxilio. Domi autem creant decem praetores, qui exercitui praeessent, in iis Miltiadem. Inter quos magna fuit contentio, utrum moenibus se defenderent, an obviam irent hostibus acieque decernerent. Unus Miltiades maxime nitebatur, ut primo quoque tempore castra fie- 10 rent : id si factum esset, et civibus animum accessurum, cum vide rent de eorum virtute non desperari, et hostes eadem re fore tardiores, si animadverterent auderi adver- sus se tarn exiguis copiis dimicari. V. Hoc in tempore nulla civitas Atheniensibus auxilio is fuit praeter Plataeenses. Ea mille misit militum. Ita- que horum adventu decem milia armatorum completa sunt, quae manus mirabili flagrabat pugnandi cupiditate. Quo factum est ut plus quam collegae Miltiades valeret. Eius ergo auctoritate impulsi Athenienses copias ex urbe 20 eduxerunt locoque idoneo castra fecerunt. Dein postero die sub montis radicibus acie regione instructa non aper- tissima proelium commiserunt (namque arbores multis locis erant rarae), hoc consilio, ut et montium altitudine tegerentur et arborum tractu equitatus hostium impe- 25 diretur, ne nmltitudine clauderentur. Datis etsi non aequum locum videbat suis tamen fretus numero copia- rum suarum confligere cupiebat, eoque magis, quod, priusquam Lacedaemonii subsidio venirent, dimicare utile arbitrabatur. Itaque in aciem peditum centum, equitum so decem milia produxit proeliumque commisit. In quo tanto plus virtute valuerunt Athenienses, ut decemplicem numerum hostium profligarint, adeoque eos perterruerunt, 158 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. ut Persae non castra sed naves petierint. Qua pugna nihil adhuc exstitit nobilius : nulla enim umquam tarn exigua manus tantas opes prostravit. VI. Cuius victoriae non alienum videtur quale prae- 5 mium Miltiadi sit tributum docere, quo facilius intellegi possit eandem omnium civitatum esse naturam. Ut enim populi Eomani hoiiores quondam fuerunt rari et tenues ob eamque causam gloriosi, nunc autem effusi atque obso- leti, sic olim apud Athenienses fuisse reperimus. Namque 10 liuic Miltiadi, qui Athenas totamque Graeciam liberarat, talis honos tributus est, in porticu quae Poecile vocatur, cum pugna depingeretur Marathonia, ut in decem prae- torum numero prima eius imago poiieretur isque hortare- tur milites proeliumque committeret. Idem ille populus, 15 posteaquam maius imperium est nactus et largitione magistratuum corruptus est, trecentas statuas Demetrio Phalereo decrevit. VII. Post hoc proelium classem septuaginta navium Athenienses eidem Miltiadi dederunt, ut insulas quae 20 barbaros adiuverant bello persequeretur. Quo in imperio plerasque ad officium redire coegit, nonnullas vi expugna- vit. Ex his Parum insulam opibus elatam cum oratione reconciliare non posset, copias e navibus eduxit, urbem operibus clausit omnique.commeatu privavit, dein vineis 25 ac testudinibus constitutis propius muros accessit. Cum iam in eo esset, ut oppido potiretur, procul in continenti lucus, qui ex insula conspiciebatur, nescio quo casu noc- turno tempore incensus est. Cuius flamma ut ab oppida- nis et oppugnatoribus est visa, utrisque venit in opinionem so signum a classiariis regiis datum. Quo factum est ut et Parii a deditione deterrerentur et Miltiades, timens ne classis regia adventaret, incensis operibus quae statuerat, cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus, Athenas NEPOS: MILTIADES. 159 magna cum offensione civium suorum rediret. Accusatus ergo est proditionis, quod, cum Parum expugnare posset, a rege corruptus infectis rebus discessisset. Eo tempore aeger erat vulneribus, quae in oppugnando oppido accepe- rat. Itaque cum ipse pro se dicere non posset, verba fecit 5 frater eius Stesagoras. Causa cognita capitis absolutus pecunia multatus est, eaque lis quinquaginta talentis aestimata est, quantus in classem sumptus factus erat. Hanc pecuniam quod solvere in praesentia non pote- rat, in vincula publica coniectus est ibique diem obiit 10 supremum. .} VIII. Hie etsi crimine Pario est accusatus, tamen alia causa fuit damnationis. Namque Athenienses propter Pisistrati tyrannidem, quae paucis annis ante fuerat, omnium civium suorum potentiam extimescebant. Mil- 15 tiades, multum in imperiis magistratibusque versatus, non videbatur posse esse privatus, praesertim cum con- suetudine ad imperi cupiditatem trahi videretur. Nam Chersonesi omnes illos quos habitarat annos perpetuam obtinuerat dominationem tyrannusque fuerat appellatus, 20 sed iustus. Non erat enim vi consecutus sed suorum voluntate eamque potestatem bonitate retinebat. Omnes autem et dicuntur et habentur tyranni, qui potestate sunt perpetua in ea civitate quae libertate usa est. Sed in Miltiade erat cum summa humanitas, turn mira commu- 25 nitas, ut nemo tarn humilis esset, cui non ad eum aditus pateret; magna auctoritas apud omnes civitates, nobile nomen, laus rei militaris maxima. Haec populus respi- ciens maluit ilium innoxium plecti quam se diutius esse in timore. so 160 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. THBMISTOCLBS. I. Themistocles, Neocli films, Atheniensis. Huius vitia ineuntis adulescentiae magnis sunt emendata virtu- tibus, adeo ut anteferatur huic nemo, pauci pares puten- tur. Sed ab initio est ordiendum. Pater eius Neocles 5 generosus fuit. Is uxorem Acarnanam civem duxit, ex qua natus est Themis tocles. Qui cuin minus esset proba- tus parentibus, quod et liberius vivebat et rem familiarem neglegebat, a patre exheredatus est. Quae contumelia non fregit eum sed erexit. Nam cum mdicasset sine 10 summa industria non posse earn exstingui, totum se de- didit rei publicae, diligentius amicis famaeque serviens. Multum in iudiciis privatis versabatur, saepe in contionem populi prodibat ; nulla res maior sine eo gerebatur, cele- riter quae opus erant reperiebat, facile eadem oratione is explicabat. Neque minus in rebus gerendis promptus quam excogitandis erat, quod et de instantibus, ut ait Thucydides, verissime iudicabat et de futuris callidissime coniciebat. Quo factum est ut brevi tempore inlustra- retur. 20 II. Primus autem gradus fuit capessendae rei publicae bello Corcyraeo : ad quod gerendum praetor a populo factus non solum praesenti bello sed etiam reliquo tem- pore ferociorem reddidit civitatem. Nam cum pecunia publica, quae ex metallis redibat, largitione magistratuum 25 quotannis interiret, ille persuasit populo ut ea pecunia classis centum navium aedificaretur. Qua celeriter effecta primum Corcyraeos fregit, deinde maritimos praedones consectando mare tutum reddidit. In quo cum divitiis ornavit, turn etiam peritissimos belli navalis fecit Atheni- 30 enses. Id quantae saluti fuerit universae Graeciae bello NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 161 cognitum est Persico. Nam cum Xerxes et mari et terra bellum universae inferret Europae cum tantis copiis, quantas neque ante nee postea habuit quisquam : huius enim classis mille et ducentarum navium longarum fuit, quam duo milia onerariarum sequebantur, terrestres 5 autem exercitus septingenta peditum, equitum quadrin- genta milia fuerunt. Cuius de adventu cum fama in Graeciam esset perlata et maxime Athenienses peti dice- rentur propter pugnam Marathoniam, miserunt Delphos consul turn, quidnam facerent de rebus suis. Deliberanti- 10 bus Pythia respondit, ut moenibus ligneis se munirent. Id responsum quo valeret cum intellegeret nemo, The- mistocles persuasit consilium esse Apollinis, ut in naves se suaque conferrent : eum enim a deo significari murum lignoum. Tali consilio probato addunt ad superiores to- is tidem naves triremes suaque omnia quae moveri poterant partim Salamina, partim Troezena deportant : arcem sa- cerdotibus paucisque maioribus natu ad sacra procuranda tradunt, reliquum oppidum relinquunt. JII. Huius consilium plerisque civitatibus displicebat 20 it in terra dimicari magis placebat. Itaque missi sunt delecti cum Leonida, Lacedaemoniorum rege, qui Ther- mopylas occuparent longiusque barbaros progredi non paterentur. li vim hostium non sustinuerunt eoque loco omnes interierunt. At classis communis Graeciae tre- 25 centarum navium, in qua ducentae erant Atheniensium, primum apud Artemisium inter Euboeam continentemque terram cum classiariis regiis conflixit. Angustias enim Themistocles quaerebat, lie multitudine circumiretur. Hie etsi pari proelio discesserant, tamen eodem loco non so sunt ausi manere, quod erat periculum, ne, si pars navium adversariorum Euboeam superasset, ancipiti premerentur periculo. Quo factum est ut ab Artemisio discederent et 162 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. exadversum Athenas apud Salamina classem suam con- stituerent. IV. At Xerxes Thermopylis expugnatis protinus ac- cessit astu idque nullis defendentibus interfectis sacerdo- 5 tibus, quos in arce invenerat, incendio delevit. Cuius flamma perterriti classiarii cum manere non auderent et plurimi hortarentur, ut domos suas discederent moeni- busque se defenderent, Themistocles unus restitit et universes pares esse posse aiebat, disperses testabatur 10 perituros, idque Eurybiadi, regi Lacedaemoniorum, qui turn summae imperi praeerat, fore adfirmabat. Quern cuni minus quam vellet moveret, noctu de servis suis quern habuit fidelissimum ad regem misit, ut ei nuntiaret suis verbis, adversaries eius in fuga esse : qui si disces- 15 sissent, maiore cum labore et longinquiore tempore bellum confecturum, cum singulos consectari cogeretur: quos si statim aggrederetur, brevi universes oppressurum. Hoc eo valebat, ut ingratiis ad depugnandum omnes cogeren- tur. Hac re audita barbarus, nihil deli subesse credens, 20 postridie alienissimo sibi loco, contra opportunissimo hostibus adeo angusto mari conflixit, ut eius multitude navium explicari non potuerit. Victus ergo est magis etiam consilio Themistocli quam armis Graeciae. Y. Hie etsi male rem gesserat, tamen tantas habebat 25 reliquias copiarum, ut etiam turn iis opprimere posset hostes. Iterum ab eodem gradu depulsus est. ISTam Themistocles verens ne bellare perseveraret, certiorem eum fecit id agi, ut pens, quern ille in Hellesponto fece- rat ; dissolveretur ac reditu in Asiam excluderetur, idque so ei persuasit. Itaque qua sex mensibus iter f ecerat, eadem minus diebus triginta in Asiam reversus est seque a The- mistocle non superatum sed conservaturn iudicavit. Sic unius viri prudentia Graecia liberata est Europaeque NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 163 succubuit Asia. Haec est altera victoria quae cum Marathonio possit comparari tropaeo. Nam pari modo apud Salamina parvo numero navium maxima post homi- num memoriam classis est devicta. / VI. Magnus . hoc bello j Themistocles fuit neque minor 5 in pace. Cum &nim Phalerico portu neque magno neque bono Athenienses uterentur, huius consilio triplex Piraei portus constitutus est isque moenibus circumdatus, ut ipsam urbem dignitate aequiperaret, utilitate superaret. Idem muros Atheniensium restituit pi^ecipuo" suo peri- 10 culo. Namque Lacedaemonii causam idoneam nacti prop- ter barbarorum excursiones, qua negarent oportere extra Peloponnesum ullam urbem muros habere, ne essent loca munita, quae hostes possiderent, Athenienses aedificantes prohibere sunt conati. Hoc longe alio spectabat atque is videri volebant. Athenienses enim duabus victoriis, Marathonia et Salaniinia, tantam gloriam apud omnes gentes erant consecuti, ut intellegerent Lacedaemonii de principatu sibi cum iis certamen fore. Quare eos quam infirmissimos esse volebant. Postquam autem audierunt 20 muros strui, legates Athenas miserunt, qui id fieri veta- rent. His praesentibus desierunt ac se de ea re legates ad eos missuros dixerunt. Hanc legationem suscepit Themistocles et solus primo profectus est : reliqui legati ut turn exirent, cum satis alti tuendo rmiri exstructi 25 viderentur, praecepit : interim omnes, servi atque liberi, opus facerent neque ulli loco parcerent, sive sacer sive profanus, sive privatus esset sive publicus, et undique, quod idoneum ad muniendum putarent, congererent. Quo factum est ut Atheniensium muri ex sacellis sepulcrisque so constarent. A VII. Themistocles autem, ut Lacedaemonem venit, adire ad magistratus noluit et dedit operam, ut quam 164 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. longissirne temrpus duceret, causam interponens se col- legas exspectare. Cum Lacedaemonii quererentur opus nihilo minus fieri eumque in ea re conari fallere, interim reliqui legati sunt consecuti. A quibus cum audisset non 5 multum superesse munitionis, ad ephoros Lacedaemonio- rum accessit, penes quos summum erat imperium, atque apud eos contendit falsa iis esse delata : quare aequum esse illos viros bonos nobilesque mittere, quibus fides haberetur, qui rem explorarent : interea se obsidem reti- 10 nerent. Gestus est ei mos, tresque legati functi summis honoribus Athenas mis si sunt. Cum his eollegas suos Themistocles iussit proficisci iisque praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legates dimitterent quam ipse esset remissus. Hos postquam Athenas pervenisse ratus est, 15 ad magistratus senatumque Lacedaemoniorum adiit et apud eos liberrime professus est : Athenienses suo con- silio, quod communi iure gentium facere possent, deos publicos suosque patrios ac penates, quo facilius ab hoste possent defendere, muris saepsisse, neque in eo quod 20 inutile esset G-raeciae fecisse. Nam illorum urbem ut propugnaculum oppositum esse barbaris, apud quam iam bis classes regias fecisse naufragium. Lacedaemonios autem male et iniuste facere, qui id potius intuerentur, quod ipsorum dominationi quam quod universae G-raeciae 25 utile esset. Quare, si suos legates recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, cum aliter illos num- quam in patriam essent recepturi. VIII. Tamen non effugit civium suorum invidiam. i^amque ob eundem timorem, quo damnatus erat Miltia- 30 des, testularum suffragiis e civitate eiectup Argos habita- tum concessit. Hie cum propter multas virtutes magna cum dignitate viveret, Lacedaemonii legates Athenas miserunt, qui eum^absentem accusarent, quod societatem NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 165 cum rege Perse ad Graeciam opprimendam fecisset. Hoc crimine absens proditionis damnatus est. Id ut audivit, quod non satis tutum se Argis videbat, Corcyram demi- gravit. Ibi cum eius principes animadvertisset timere, lie propter se bellum iis Lacedaemonii et Athenienses 5 indicerent, ad Admetum, Molossum regem, cum quo ei hospitium erat, confugit. Hue cum venisset et in prae- sentia rex abesset, quo maiore religione se receptum tueretur, filiam eius parvulam arripuit et cum ea se in- sacrarium, quod summa colebatur caerimonia, coniecit. 10 Inde non prius egressus est, quam rex eum data dextra in fidem reciperet, quam praestitit. Nam cum ab Athe- niensibus et Lacedaemoniis exposceretur publice, suppli- cem non prodidit monuitque ut consuleret sibi : difficile enim esse in tarn propinquo loco tuto eum versari. Itaque 15 Pydnam eum deduci iussit et quod satis esset praesidi dedit. Hie in navem omnibus ignotus nautis escendit. Quae cum tempestate maxima Naxum ferretur, ubi turn Atheniensium erat exercitus, sensit Themistocles, si eo pervenisset, sibi esse pereundum. Hac necessitate co- 20 actus domino navis, quis sit, aperit, multa pollicens, si se conservasset. At ille clarissimi viri captus misericordia diem noctemque procul ab insula in salo navem tenuit in ancoris neque quemquam ex ea exire passus est. Inde Ephesum pervenit ibique Themistoclen exponit : cui ille 25 pro meritis postea gratiam rettulit. IX. Scio plerosque ita scripsisse, Themistoclen Xerxe regnante in Asiam transisse. Sed ego potissimum Thucy- didi credo, quod et aetate proximus de iis qui illorum temporum historian! reliquerunt et eiusdem civitatis fuit. 30 Is autem ait ad Artaxerxen eum venisse atque his verbis epistulam misisse : " Themistocles veni ad te, qui plurima mala hominunr Graiorum in domum tuam intuli, quam 166 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. diu mihi necesse fuit adversum patrem tuum bellare pa- triamque meam defendere. Idem multo plura bona feci, postquam in tuto ipse et ille in periculo esse coepit. Nam cum in Asiam reverti vellet, proelio apud Salamina facto 5 litteris eum certiorem feci id agi, ut pons, quern in Hel- lesponto fecerat, dissolveretur atque ab hostibus cir- cumiretur : quo nuntio ille periculo est liberatus. Nunc autem confugi ad te exagitatus a cuncta Graecia, tuam petens amicitiam : quam si ero adeptus, non minus me 10 bonum amicum habebis quam fortem inimicum ille ex- pertus est. Te autem rogo, ut cle iis rebus, quas tecum conloqui volo, annuum mihi tempus des eoque transacto ad te venire patiaris." X. Huius rex animi magnitudinem admirans cupiens- 15 que talem virum sibi conciliari veniam dedit. Ille omne illud tempus litteris sermonique Persarum se dedidit : quibus adeo eruditus est, ut multo commodius dicatur apud regem verba fecisse quam ii poterant, qui in Perside erant nati. Hie cum multa regi esset pollicitus gratissi- 20 mumque illud, si suis uti consiliis vellet, ilium Graeciam bello oppressurum, magnis muneribus ab Artaxerxe do- natus in Asiam rediit domiciliumque Magnesiae sibi constituit. Namque hanc urbem ei rex donarat, his qui- dem verbis, quae ei panem praeberet (ex qua regione 25 quinquagena talenta quotannis redibant), Lampsacum autem, unde vinum sumeret, Myunta, ex qua obsonium haberet. Huius ad nostram memoriam monumenta manserunt duo: sepulcrum prope oppidum in quo est sepultus so statua in foro Magnesiae. De cuius morte multis modis apud plerosque scriptum est, sed nos eundem potissimum Thucydidem auctorem probamus, qui ilium ait Magnesiae morbo mortuum neque negat fuisse famam, venenum sua NEPOS : THEMISTOCLES. 167 sponte sumpsisse, cum se, quae regi de Graecia oppri- menda pollicitus esset ; praestate posse desperaret. Idem ossa ems clam in Attica ab amicis sepulta, quoniam legi- bus non concederetur, quod proditionis esset damnatus, memoriae prodidit. CA ESAR. DB BELLO GALLICO. BOOK I. I. Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres ; quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam qui ipsorum lingua Celtae, nostra Galli appellantur. Hi omnes lingua, institutis, legibus inter se differunt. Gallos ab Aquitanis 5 Garumna flumen, a Belgis Matrona et Sequana dividit. Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae, propterea quod a cultu atque humanitate provinciae longissime absunt, minimeque ad eos mercatores saepe commeant atque ea quae ad eff eminandos animos pertinent important ; prox- 10 imique sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, qui- buscum continenter bellum gerunt. Qua de causa Helvetii quoque reliquos Gallos virtute praecedunt, quod fere cotidianis proeliis cum Germanis contendunt, cum aut suis finibus eos prohibent, aut ipsi in eorum finibus bel- 15 lum gerunt. Eorum una pars, quam Gallos obtinere dictum est, initium capit a flumine Rhodano ; continetur Garumna flumine, Oceano, finibus Belgarum; attingit etiam ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Khenum ; vergit ad septentriones. Belgae ab extremis Galliae finibus 3 oriuntur, pertinent ad inferiorem partem fluminis Eheni, spectant in septentrionem et orientem solem. Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad Pyrenaeos montes et earn partem Oceani quae est ad Hispaniam pertinet, spectat inter occasum solis et septentriones. 25 II. Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus fuit et ditissi- mus Orgetorix. Is M. Messala et M. Pisone consulibus DE BELLO GALLICO. 169 regni cupiditate inductus coniurationem nobilitatis fecit, et civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis exirent : perfacile esse, cum virtute omnibus praestarent, totius Galliae imperio potiri. Id hoc facilius eis persua- sit, quod undique loci natura Helvetii continentur : una 5 ex parte numine Kheno latissimo atque altissimo, qui agrum Helvetium a Germanis dividit; altera ex parte inonte lura altissimo, qui est inter Sequanos et Helvetica ; tertia lacu Lemanno et flumine Bhodano, qui provinciam nostram ab Helvetiis dividit. His rebus fiebat ut et 10 minus late vagarentur et minus facile finitimis bellum inferre possent; qua ex parte homines bellandi cupidi magno dolore adficiebantur. Pro multitudine autem ho- minum et pro gloria belli atque fortitudinis angustos se fines habere arbitrabantur, qui in longitudinem milia 15 passuum CCXL, in latitudinen CLXXX patebant. III. His rebus adducti et auctoritate Orgetorigis per- moti constituerunt ea quae ad proficiscendum pertinerent comparare, iumentorum et carrorum quam maximum numerum coemere, sementes quam maximas facere, ut in 20 itinere copia frumenti suppeteret, cum proximis civitati- bus pacem et amicitiam confirmare. Ad eas res confici- endas biennium sibi satis esse duxerunt ; in tertium annum profectionem lege confirmant. Ad eas res conficiendas Orgetorix deligitur. Is sibi legationem ad civitates 25 suscepit. In eo itinere persuadet Castico, Catamanta- loedis filio, Sequano, cuius pater regnum in Sequanis multos annos obtimierat et a senatu populi Eomani amicus appellatus erat, ut regnum in civitate sua occu- paret, quod pater ante habuerat ; itemque Dumnorigi so Aeduo, fratri Divitiaci, qui eo tern pore principatum in civitate obtinebat ac maxime plebi acceptus erat, ut idem conaretur persuadet, eique filiam suam in matrimonium 170 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. dat. Perfacile factu esse illis probat conata perficere, propterea quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset : non esse dubiuin quin totius Galliae plurimum Helvetii possent; se suis copiis suoque exercitu illis 5 regna conciliaturum confirmat. Hac oratione adducti inter se fidem et iusiurandum dant, et regno occupato per tres potentissimos ac firmissimos populos totius Galliae sese potiri posse sperant. IV. Ea res est Helvetiis per indicium enuntiata. Mori- 10 bus suis Orgetorigem ex vinclis causam dicere coegerunt. Damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur. Die constituta causae dictionis Orgetorix ad indicium omnem suam familiam ad hominum milia decem undi- que coe'git, et omnes clientes obaeratosque suos, quorum 15 magnum numerum habebat, eodem conduxit ; per eos ne causam diceret se eripuit. Cum civitas ob earn rem in- citata armis ins suum exsequi conaretur, multitudinem- que hominum ex agris magistratus cogerent, Orgetorix mortuus est ; neque abest suspitio, ut Helvetii arbitran- 20 tur, quin ipse sibi mortem consciverit. V. Post eius mortem nihilo minus Helvetii id quod constituerant facere conantur, ut e finibus suis exeanto Ubi iam se ad earn rem paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua omnia numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos, 25 reliqua privata aedificia incendunt ; f rumentum omne praeterquam quod secum portaturi erant comburunt, ut domum reditionis > spe sublata paratiores ad omnia pericula subeunda essent ; trium mensium molita cibaria sibi quemque domo efferre iubent. Persuadent Eauracis so et Tulingis et Latobrigis finitimis uti eodem usi consilio oppidis suis vicisque exustis una cum iis proficiscantur ; Boiosque, qui trans Ehenum incoluerant et in agrum Noricum transierant Noreiamque oppugnarant, receptos ad se socios sibi adsciscunt. DE BELLO GALLICO. 171 VI. Erant omnino itinera duo quibus itineribns domo exire possent : unum per Sequanos, angustum et difficile^ inter montem luram et flumen Rhodanum, vix qua sin- guli carri ducerentur ; mons autem altissimus impende- bat, ut facile perpauci prohibere possent ; alterum per 5 provinciam. nostram, multo faeilius atque expeditius, propterea quod inter fines Helvetiorum et Allobrogum, qui nuper pacati erant, Rhodanus fluit isque nonnullis locis vado transitur. Extremum oppidum Allobrogum est proximumque Helvetiorum finibus Genava. Ex eo 10 oppido pons ad Helvetios pertinet. Allobrogibus sese vel persuasuros, quod nondum bono ammo in populum Romanum viderentur, existimabant, vel vi coacturos ut per suos fines eos ire paterentur. Omnibus rebus ad pro- fectionem comparatis, diem dicunt, qua die ad ripam 15 Rhodani omnes conveniant. Is dies erat a. d. v. Kal. Apr., L. Pisone A. Gabinio consulibus. VII. Caesari cum id nuntiatum esset, eos per provin- ciam nostram iter facere conari, maturat ab urbe profi- cisci et quam maximis potest itineribus in Galliam 20 ulteriorem contendit et ad Genavam pervenit. Provin- ciae toti quam maximum potest militum numerum impe- rat erat omnino in Gallia ulteriore legio una ; pontem qui erat ad Genavam iubet rescindi. Ubi de eius adventu Helvetii certiores facti sunt, legates ad eum mittunt 25 nobilissimos civitatis, cuius legationis Nammeius et Verudoctius principem locum obtinebant, qui dicerent ' sibi esse in animo sine ullo maleficio iter per provinciam facere, propterea quod aliud iter haberent nullum : rogare ut eius voluntate id sibi facere liceat.' Caesar, quod so memoria tenebat L. Cassium consulem - occisum exerci- tumque eius ab Helvetiis pulsum et sub iugum missum, concedendum non putabat ; neque homines inimico animo, 172 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. data facilitate per provinciam itineris faciundi, tempera- tures ab iniuria et maleficio existimabat. Tamen, ut spatium intercedere posset, dum milites quos imperaverat convenirent, legatis respondit diem se ad deliberandum , sumpturnm ; si quid vellent, ad Id. Apr. revertereiitur. VIII. Interea ea legione quam secum habebat militi- busque qui ex provincia convenerant, a lacu Lemanno, qui in flumen R/hodanum influit, ad montem luram, qui fines Sequanorum ab Helvetiis dividit, milia passuum it Secern novem murum in altitudinem pedum sedecim Jossamque perducit. Eo opere perfecto praesidia dis- ^onit, castella communit, quo facilius, si se invito transire conarentur, prohibere possit. Ubi ea dies quam constitu- erat cum legatis venit et legati ad eum reverterunt, negat 15 se more et exemplo populi Romani posse iter ulli per provinciam dare ; et si vim f acere conentur prohibiturum ostendit. Helvetii ea spe deiecti, navibus iunctis rati- busque compluribus factis, alii vadis Rhodani, qua mini- ma altitude fluminis erat, nonnumquam interdiu, saepius 20 noctu, si perrumpere possent conati, operis munitione et militum concursu et telis repulsi, hoc conatu destite- runt. IX. Relinquebatur una per Sequanos via, qua Sequa- nis invitis propter angustias ire non poterant. His cum 25 sua sponte persuadere non possent, legatos ad Dumnori- gem Aeduum mittunt, ut eo deprecatore a Sequanis im- petrarent. Dumnorix gratia et largitione apud Sequanos plurimum poterat, et Helvetiis erat amicus, quod ex ea civitate Oigetorigis filiam in matrimonium duxerat; et 30 cupiditate regni adductus no vis rebus studebat et quam plurimas civitates suo beneficio habere obstrictas volebat. Itaque rem suscipit, et a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur, obsidesque uti inter sese THE WAK WITH THE BELG^E. 173 jt dent perficit : Sequani, ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant ; Helvetii, ut sine maleficio et iniuria transeant. X. Caesari remmtiatur Helvetiis esse in animo per agrum Sequanorum et Aednorum iter in Santonum fines facere, qui non longe a Tolosatium finibus absunt, quae 5 civitas est in provincia. Id si fieret, intellegebat magno cum periculo provinciae futurum ut homines bellicosos, populi Romani inimicos, locis patentibus maxim eque fru- mentariis finitimos haberet. Ob eas causas ei munition! quam f ecerat T. Labienum legatum praefecit ; ipse in 10 Italiam magnis itineribus contendit duasque ibi legiones conscribit, et tres quae circum Aquileiam hiemabant ex hiberiiis educit, et qua proxirnum iter in ulteriorem G-al- liam per Alpes erat, cum his quinque legionibus ire contendit. Ibi Centrones et Graioceli et Caturiges locis i& superioribus occupatis itinere exercitum prohibere co- nantur. Compluribus his proeliis pulsis, ab Ocelo, quod est citerioris provinciae extremum, in fines Vocontiorum ulterioris provinciae die septimo pervenit ; inde in Allo- brogum fines, ab Allobrogibus in Segusiavos exercitum 20 ducit. Hi sunt extra provinciam trans Ehodanum primi. THE WAR "WITH THE BELONG. BOOK II. I. Cum esset Caesar in citeriore G-allia in hibernis, ita uti supra demonstravimus, crebri ad eum rumores adfere- bantur, litterisque item Labieni certior fiebat omnes Belgas, quam tertiam esse Galliae partem dixeramus, con- 25 tra populum Eomanum coniurare obsidesque inter se dare. Coniurandi has esse causas : primum quod vere- 174 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. rentur ne omni pacata Gallia ad eos exercitus noster ad- duceretur; deinde quod ab nonnullis Gallis sollicitaren- tur, partim qui, ut Germanos diutius in Gallia versari noluerant, ita populi Komani exercitum hiemare atque 5 inveterascere in Gallia moleste ferebant ; partim qui mobilitate et levitate animi novis imperiis studebant ; ab nonnullis etiam, quod in Gallia a potentioribus atque iis qui ad conducendos homines faeultates habebant, vulgo regna occupabantur, qui minus facile earn rem im- 10 perio nostro consequi poterant. II. His mmtiis litterisque commotus Caesar duas legiones in citeriore Gallia novas conscripsit, et inita aestate in interiorem Galliano, qui deduceret Q. Pedium legatum misit. Ipse ? cum primum pabuli copia esse 15 inciperet, ad exercitum venit. Dat negotium Senonibus reliquisque Gallis qui finitimi Belgis erant, uti ea quae apud eos gerantur cognoscant seque de his rebus certi- orem faciant. Hi constanter onines nuntiaverunt manus cogi, exercitum in unum locum conduci. Turn vero dubi- 20 tandum non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur. Ee frumeiitaria comparata castra movet dieiusque circiter quindecim ad fines Belgarum pervenit. III. Eo cum de improvise celeriusque omni opinione venisset, Eemi ? qui proximi Galliae ex Belgis sunt, ad 25 eum legates Iccium et Andocumborium, primos civitatis, miserunt, qui dicerent : ' Se suaque omnia in fidem atque in potestatem populi Eomani permittere, neque se cum Belgis reliquis consensisse neque contra populum Eo- manum coniurasse, paratosque esse et obsides dare et so imperata facere et oppidis recipere et frumento ceterisque rebus iuvare ; reliquos omnes Belgas in armis esse, Ger- manosque qui cis Ehenum incolant sese cum his con- iunxisse, tantumque esse eorum omnium furorem ut ne THE WAR WITH THE BELG/E. 175 Suessiones quidem, fratres coiisanguineosque suos, qui eodem iure et iisdem legibus utantur, unum imperium unumqiie magistratum cum ipsis habeant, deterrere potue- rint quin cum his consentirent. ? IV. Cum ab his quaereret quae civitates quantaeque 5 in armis essent et quid in bello possent, sic reperiebat : plerosque Belgas esse ortos ab Germanis Ehenumque antiquitus traductos propter loci fertilitatem ibi conse- disse Gallosque qui ea loca incolerent expulisse, solosque esse qui patrum nostrorum memoria, omni Gallia vexata, 10 Teutonos Cimbrosque intra fines suos ingredi prohibue- rint ; qua ex re fieri uti earum rerum memoria mag- nam sibi auctoritatem magnosque spiritus in re militari sumerent. De numero eorum oinnia se habere explo- rata Remi dicebant, propterea quod propinquitatibus 15 adfinitatibusque coiiiuncti, quantam quisque multitudi- nem in communi Belgarum concilio ad id belluni pol- licitus sit cognoverint. Plurimum inter eos Bellovacos et virtute et auctoritate et hominum numero valere : hos posse conficere armata milia centum, pollicitos ex eo 20 numero electa sexaginta, totiusque belli imperium sibi postulare. Suessiones suos esse fimtimos: latissimos feracissimosque agros possidere. Apud eos fuisse regem nostra etiam memoria Divitiacum, totius Galliae poten- tissimum, qui cum magnae partis harum regionum, turn 25 etiam Britanniae imperium obtinuerit: mine esse regem Galbam ; ad hunc propter iustitiam prudentiainque suam totius belli summam omnium voluntate deferri : oppida habere numero xn ; polliceri milia armata quinquaginta ; totidem Nervios, qui maxime feri inter ipsos habeantur, so l6ngissimeque absint; quindecim milia Atrebates, Am- bianos decem milia, Morinos xxv milia, Menapios vn niilia ; Caletos x milia ; Velocasses et Veromanduos toti- 176 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. dem; Aduatucos decem et novem milia; Condrusos, Eburones, Caeroesos, Paemanos, qui uno nomine German! appellantur, arbitrari ad XL milia. V. Caesar Eemos cohortatus liberaliterque oratione 5 prosecutus omnem senatum ad se convenire principum- que liberos obsides ad se adduci iussit. Quae omnia ab his diligenter ad diem facta sunt. Ipse Divitiacum Aeduum magnopere cohortatus docet quanto opere rei publicae communisque salutis intersit manus hostium 10 distineri, ne cum tanta multitudine uno tempore confli- gendum sit. Id fieri posse, si suas copias Aedui in fines Bellovacorum introduxerint et eorum agros populari coeperint. His mandatis eum ab se dimittit. Postquam omnes Belgarum copias in unum locum coactas ad se 15 venire vidit, neque iam longe abesse ab iis quos miserat exploratoribus et ab Remis cognovit, flumen Axonam, quod est in extremis Remorum finibus, exercitum tra- ducere maturavit atque ibi castra posuit. Quae res et latus unum castrorum ripis fluminis muniebat et post 20 eum quae essent tuta ab hostibus reddebat ; et commea- tus ab Eemis reliquisque civitatibus ut sine periculo ad eum portari posset efficiebat. In eo flumine pons erat. Ibi praesidium ponit et in altera parte fluminis Q. Titu- rium Sabinum legatum cum sex cohortibus relinquit ; 25 castra in altitudinem pedum xn vallo fossaque duodevi- ginti pedum munire iubet. VI. Ab his castris oppidum Eemorum nomine Bibrax aberat milia passuum octo. Id ex itinere magno impetu Belgae oppugnare coeperunt. Aegre eo die sustentatum so est. Gallorum eadem atque Belgarum oppugnatio est haec. Ubi circumiecta multitudine hominum totis" moe- nibus undique in murum lapides iaci coepti Sunt, murus- que defensoribus nudatus est, testudine facta portas sue- THE WAS, WITH THE BELG^E. 177 cedunt murumque subruunt. Quod turn facile fiebat. Nam cum tanta multitude lapides ac tela conicerent, in muro consistendi pote&jbas erat nulli. Cum finem oppug- nandi nox fecisset f Iccius Remus/ summa nobilifcate et gratia inter suos, qui turn oppido praefuerat, unus ex iis 5 qui legati de pace ad Caesarem venerant, nuntium ad eum mittit : nisi subsidium sibi submittatur, sese diutius sus- tinere non posse. VII. Eo de media nocte Caesar iisdem ducibus usus qui nuntii ab Iccio venerant, ISTumidas et Gretas sagit- 10 tarios et funditores Baleares subsidio oppidanis mittit; quorum adventu et Eemis cum spe defensionis studium propugnandi accessit, et hostibus eadem de causa spes potiundi oppidi discessit. Itaque paulisper apud oppi- dum morati agrosque Eemorum depopulati, omnibus is vicis aedificiisque quos adire poterant incensis, ad castra Cae saris omnibus copiis contenderunt et ab milibus pas- suum minus duobus castra posuerunt ; quae castra, ut fumo atque ignibus significabatur, amplius milibus pas- suum octo in latitudinem patebant. 20 VIII. Caesar primo et propter multitudinem hostium et propter eximiam opinionem virtutis proelio superse- dere statuit ; cotidie tamen equestribus proeliis quid hostis virtute posset et quid nostri auderent periclitaba- tur. Ubi nostros non esse inferiores intellexit, loco pro 25 castris ad aciem instruendam natura opportune atque idoneo, quod is collis, ubi castra posita erant 5 paululum ex planitie editus tantum adversus in latitudinem pate- bat quantum loci acies instructa occupare poterat, atque ex utraque parte lateris deiectus habebat et in frontem so leniter fastigatus paulatim ad planitiem redibat, ab utroque latere eius collis transversam fossam obduxit circiter passuum quadringentorum et ad extremas fossas 178 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. castella constituit ibique tormenta conlocavit, ne, cum aciem instruxisset, hostes, quod tantum multitudine po- terant, ab lateribus pugnantes suos circumvenire possent. Hoc facto duabus legionibus quas proxime conscripserat 5 in castris relictis, ut, si quo opus esset, subsidio duci possent, reliquas sex legiones pro castris in acie consti- tuit. Hostes item suas copias ex castris eductas instrux- erant. IX. Palus erat non magna inter nostrum atque hos- 10 tium exercitum. Hanc si nostri transirent hostes ex- spectabant; nostri autem, si ab illis initium transeundi fieret, ut impeditos adgrederentur, parati in armis erant. Interim proelio equestri inter duas acies contendebatur. Ubi neutri transeundi initium faciunt, secundiore equi- 15 turn proelio nostris Caesar suos in castra reduxit. Hostes protinus ex eo loco ad flumeri Axonam contenderunt, quod esse post nostra castra demonstratum est. Ibi vadis repertis partem suarum copiarum traducere conati sunt eo consilio, ut, si possent, castellum cui praeerat Q. 20 Titurius legatus expugnarent pontemque interscinde- rent ; si minus potuissent, agros Eemorum popularentur, qui magno nobis usui ad bellum gerendum erant, com- meatuque nostros prohiberent. X. Caesar certior factus ab Titurio omnem equitatum 25 et levis armaturae Numidas, funditores sagittariosque pontem traducit atque ad eos contendit. Acriter in eo loco pugnatum est. Hostes impeditos nostri in flumine adgressi magnum eorum numerum occiderunt : per eorum corpora reliquos audacissime transire conantes multi- 30 tudine telorum repulerunt ; primes qui transierant equitatu circumventos interfecerunt. Hostes ubi et de expugnando oppido et de flumine transeundo spem se fefellisse intellexerunt neque nostros in locum iniqui- THE WAR WITH THE BELG^E. 179 orem progredi pugnandi causa viderunt, atque ipsos res frumentaria deficere coepit, concilio convocato consti- tuerunt optimum esse do mum suam quern que reverti, et quorum in fines primum Eomani exercitum introduxis- sent, ad eos defendendos undique convenirent, ut potius 5 in suis quam in alienis finibus decertarent et domesticis copiis rei frumentariae uterentur. Ad earn sententiam cum reliquis causis haec quoque ratio eos deduxit, quod Divitiacum atque Aeduos finibus Bellovacorum adpro- pinquare cognoverant. His persuaderi ut diutius mora- 10 rentur neque suis auxilium ferrent non poterat. 180 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. CICERO AGAINST CATILINE. I. Quo usque tandem abutere, Catilina, patientia no stra ? Quam diu etiam furor iste tuus nos eludet ? Quern ad finem sese effrenata iactabit audacia ? Nihilne te nocturnum praesidium Palati, nihil urbis vigiliae, nihil 5 timor populi, nihil concursus bonorum omnium, nihil hie munitissimus habendi senatus locus, nihil horum ora voltusque moverunt? Patere tua consilia non sentis? Constrictam iam horum omnium scientia teneri coniu- rationem tuam non vides ? Quid proxima, quid superiore 10 noete egeris, ubi fueris, quos convocaveris, quid consili ceperis, quern nostrum ignorare arbitraris ? tempora ! mores ! Senatus haec intellegit, consul videt : hie tamen vivit. Vivit ? immo vero etiam in senatum venit, fit publici consili particeps, notat et de- 15 signat oculis ad caedem unum quemque nostrum. Nos autem, fortes viri, satis facere rei publicae videmur, si istius furorem ac tela vitemus. Ad mortem te, Catilina, duci iussu consulis iam pridem oportebat ; in te conferri pestem quam tu in nos iam diu machinaris. An vero 20 vir amplissimus, P. Scipio, pontifex maximus, Ti. Grac- chum mediocriter labefactantem statum rei publicae pri- vatus interfecit : Catilinam, orbem terrae caede atque incendiis vastare cupientem, nos consules perferemus? Nam ilia nimis antiqua praetereo, quod C. Servilius 25 Ahala Sp. Maelium novis rebus studentem manu sua occidit. Fuit, fuit ista quondam in hac re publica virtus, ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam acerbissimum hostem coercerent. Habemus sena- tus consultum in te, Catilina, vehemens et grave. Non CICERO AGAINST CATILINE. 181 deest rei publicae consilium, neque auctoritas huius ordi- nis : nos, nos, dico aperte, consules desumus. II. Decrevit quondam senatus, ut L. Opimius consul videret ne quid res publica detriment! caperet. Nbx nulla intercessit : interfectus est propter quasdam sedi- 5 tionum suspiciones C. Gracchus, clarissimo patre, avo, maioribus ; occisus est cum liberis M. Fulvius consularis. Simili senatus consulto C. Mario et L. Valerio consulibus est permissa res publica: num unum diem postea L. Saturninum tribunum plebis et C. Servilium praetorem 10 mors ac rei publicae poena remorata est ? At nos vicesi- mum iam diem patimur hebescere aciem horum auctori- tatis. Habemus enim huiusce modi senatus consultum, verum inclusum in tabulis, tamquam in vagina recondi- tum, quo ex senatus consulto confestim te interfectum 15 esse, Catilina, convenit. Vivis, et vivis non ad deponen- dam, sed ad confirmandam audaciam. Cupio, patres con- scripti, me esse clementem : cupio in tantis rei publicae periculis me non dissolutum videri ; sed iam me ipse inertiae nequitiaeque condemno. Castra sunt in Italia 20 contra populum Eomanum in Etruriae faucibus conlo- cata : crescit in dies singulos hostium numerus ; eorum autem castrorum imperatorem ducemque hostium intra moenia atque adeo in senatu videmus, intestinam ali- quam cotidie perniciem rei publicae molientem. Si te 25 iam, Catilina, comprehendi, si interfici iussero, credo, erit verendum mihi ne non hoc potius omnes boni serius a me, quam quisquam crudelius factum esse dicat. Ve- rum ego hoc, quod iam pridem factum esse oportuit, certa de causa nondum adducor ut faciam. Turn denique so interficiere, cum iam nemo tarn improbus, tarn perditus, tarn tui similis inveniri poterit, qui id non iure factum esse fateatur. Quam diu quisquam erit qui te defendere 182 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. audeat, vives ; et vives ita ut vivis, multis meis et firmis praesidiis oppressus, ne commovere te contra rem publi- cam possis. Multorum te etiam oculi et aures non sentientem, sicut adhuc fecerunt, speculabuntur atque 5 custodient. III. Etenim quid est, Catilina, quod iam ampliur exspectes, si neque nox tenebris obscurare coetus nefa- rios, nee privata domus parietibus continere voces con- iurationis tuae potest? si inlustrantur, si erumpunt 10 omnia ? Muta iam istam mentem : mihi crede, oblivi- scere caedis atque incendiorum. Teneris undique : luce suiit clariora nobis tua consilia omnia, quae iam mecuni licet recognoscas. Meministine me ante diem xn. Ka- lendas Novembris dicere in senatu, fore in armis certo 15 die qui dies f uturus esset ante diem vi. Kal. "No- vembris C. Manlium, audaciae satellitem atque admi- nistrum tuae ? Num. me fefellit, Catilina, non modo res tanta, tam atrox tamque incredibilis, verum id quod multo magis est admirandum dies ? Dixi ego idem 20 in senatu caedem te optimatium contulisse in ante diem v. Kalendas Novembris, turn cum multi principes civi- tatis Eoma non. tam sui conservandi quam tuorum con- siliorum reprimendorum causa profugerunt. 'Niua innti- ari potes te illo ipso die, meis praesidiis, mea diligentia 25 circumclusum, commovere te contra rem publicam non potuisse, cum tu discessu ceterorum, nostra tamen qui remansissemus caede, te contentum esse dicebas ? Quid ? cum te Praeneste Kalendis ipsis Novembribus occupa- turum nocturno impetu esse confideres, sensistine illam so coloniam meo iussu meis praesidiis, custodiis, vigiliis esse munitam ? Nihil agis, nihil moliris, nihil cogitas, quod non ego non modo audiam, sed etiam videam plane que sentiam. CICERO AGAINST CATILINE. 183 IV. E/ecognosce tandem mecum noctem illam superio- rem : lain intelleges multo ine vigilare acrius ad salutem quam te ad perniciem rei publicae. Dico te priore nocte venisse inter f alcarios non agam obscure in M. Lae- cae domum ; convenisse eodem compluris eiusdem amen- 5 tiae scelerisque socios. Num. negare audes ? quid taces ? convincam, si negas. Video enim esse hie in senatu quosdam qui tecum una fuerunt. di immortales ! ubi- nam gentium sumus ? in qua urbe vivimus ? quam rem publicam habemus ? Hie, Me sunt, in nostro numero, 10 patres conscripti, in hoc orbis terrae sanctissimo gravissi- moque consilio, qui de nostro omnium interitu, qui de huius urbis atque adeo de orbis terrarum exitio cogitent. Hos ego video consul et de re publica sententiam rogo, et quos ferro trucidari oportebat, eos nondum voce vol- 15 nero. Fuisti igitur apud Laecam ilia nocte, Catilina : distribuisti partis Italiae; statuisti quo quemque pro- ficisci placeret; delegisti quos Komae relinqueres, quos tecum educeres ; descripsisti urbis partis ad incendia : confirmasti te ipsum iam esse exiturum ; dixisti paulum 20 tibi esse etiam nunc morae, quod ego viverem. Eeperti sunt duo equites Eomani qui te ista cura liberarent, et sese ilia ipsa nocte paulo ante lucem me in meo lectulo interfecturos esse pollicerentur. Haec ego omnia ; vix- dum etiam coetu vestro dimisso, comperi : domum meam 25 maioribus praesidiis munivi atque firmavi ; exclusi eos quos tu ad me salutatum miseras, cum illi ipsi venissent, quos ego iam multis ac summis viris ad me id temporis ventures esse praedixeram. V. Quae cum ita sint, Catilina, perge quo coepisti, so Egredere aliquando ex urbe : patent portae : proficiscere. Nimium diu te imperatorem tua ilia Manliana castra desiderant. Educ tecum etiam omnis tuos; si minus, 184 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. quam plurimos : purga urbem. Magno me metu libera- bis, dum modo inter me atque te mums intersit. Nobis- cum versari iam diutius non potes : non feram, non patiar, non sinam. Magna dis immortalibus habenda 5 est, atque huic ipsi lovi Statori, antiquissimo custodi huius urbis, gratia, quod hanc tarn taetram, tarn horribi- lem, tamque infestam rei publicae pestem totiens iam effugimus. Non est saepius in uno homine summa salus periclitanda rei publicae. Quam diu mihi consuli desig- 10 nato, Catilina, insidiatus es, non publico me praesidio, sed privata diligentia defendi. Cum proximis comitiis consularibus me consulem in campo et competitores tuos interficere voluisti, compressi conatus tuos nefarios ami- corum praesidio et copiis, iiullo tumultu publice conci- 15 tato : denique, quotienscumque me petisti, per me tibi obstiti, quamquam videbam perniciem meam cum magna calamitate rei publicae esse coniunctam. Nunc iam aperte rem publicam universam petis: templa deorum immortalium, tecta urbis, vitam omnium civium, Italiam 20 denique totam ad exitium ac vastitatem vocas. Qua re, quoniam id quod est primum, et quod huius imperi disciplinaeque maiorum proprium est, facere nondum audeo, faciam id quod est ad severitatem lenius, et ad communem salutem utilius. Nam si te interfici iussero, 25 residebit in re publica reliqua coniuratorum manus. Sin tu, quod te iam dudum hortor, exieris, exhaurietur ex urbe tuorum comitum magna et perniciosa sentina rei publicae. Quid est, Catilina ? num dubitas id me imperante fa : so cere, quod iam tua sponte faciebas ? Exire ex urbe iubet consul hostem. Interrogas me, num in exsilium ? Non iubeo ; sed, si me consulis, suadeo. VI. Quid est enim, Catilina, quod te iam in hac urbe CICERO AGAINST CATILINE. 185 delectare possit ? in qua nemo est extra istam coniura- tionem perditorum homimim qui te non metuat, nemo qui non oderit. Quae nota domesticae turpitudinis non inusta vitae tuae est ? Quod privatarum rerum dedecus non liaeret in f ama ? quae libido ab oculis, quod f acinus a 5 manibus umquam tuis, quod nagitium a toto corpore afuit ? Cui tu adulescentulo, quern corruptelarum inlece- bris inretisses, non aut ad audaciam ferrum aut ad libidinem facem praetulisti ? Quid vero ? nuper cum morte superioris uxoris novisnuptiis domum vacue- n fecisses, nonne etiam alio incredibili scelere hoc scelus cumulasti ? quod ego praetermitto et facile patior sileri, ne in hac civitate tanti facinoris immanitas aut exstitisse aut non vindicata esse videatur. Praetermitto ruinas fortunarum tuarum, quas omnis impendere tibi proximis is Idibus senties. Ad ilia venio, quae non ad privatam ignominiam vitiorum tuorum, non ad domesticam tuam difficultatem ac turpitudinem, sed ad summam rem publi- cam atque ad omnium nostrum vitam salutemque per- tinent. Potestne tibi haec lux, Catilina, aiit huius caeli 20 spiritus esse iucundus, cum scias horum esse neminem qui nesciat te pridie Kalendas lanuarias Lepido et Tullo consulibus stetisse in comitio cum telo ? manum consulum et principum civitatis interficiendorum causa paravisse ? sceleri ac furori tuo non mentem aliquam aut timorem 25 tuum, sed fortunam populi Eomani obstitisse ? Ac iam ilia omitto neque enim sunt aut obscura aut non multa commissa quotiens tu me designatum, quotiens con- sulem interficere conatus es ! quot ego tuas petitiones, ita coniectas ut vitari posse non viderentur, parva quadam so declinatione et, ut aiunt, corpore effugi ! Nihil adsequeris neque tamen conari ac velle desistis. Quotiens tibi iam extorta est ista sica de manibus ! quotiens vero excidit 186 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. casu aliquo et elapsa est! quae quidem quibus abs te initiata sacris ac devota sit nescio, quod earn necesse putas esse in consulis corpore defigere. VII. Nunc vero quae tua est ista vita ? Sic enim iam 5 tecum loquar, non ut odio permotus esse videar, quo debeo, sed ut miserieordia, quae tibi nulla debetur. Ve- nisti paulo ante in senatum. Quis te ex hac tanta fre- quentia, tot ex tuis amicis ac .necessariis salutavit ? Si hoc post hominum memoriam contigit nemini, vocis ex- 10 spectas contumeliam, cum sis gravissimo iudicio tacitur- nitatis oppressus ? Quid ; quod adventu tuo ista subsellia vacuefacta sunt? quod omnes consulares, qui tibi per- saepe ad caedem constituti fuerunt, simul atque adsedisti, partem istam subselliorum nudam atque inanem relique- 15 runt, quo tandem animo tibi f erendum putas ? Servi, mehercule, mei si me isto pacto metuerent, ut te metuunt omnes cives tui, domum meam relinquendam putarem : tu tibi urbem non arbitraris ? et, si me meis civibus iniuria suspectum tarn graviter atque offensum viderern, 20 carere me aspectu civium quam infestis omnium oculis conspici mallem. Tu, cum conscientia scelerum tuorum agnoscas odium omnium iustum et iam diu tibi debitum, dubitas quorum mentis sensusque volneras, eorum aspec- tum praesentiamque vitare ? Si te parentes timerent 25 atque odissent tui, neque eos ulla ratione placare posses, tu, opinor, ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes. Nunc te patria, quae communis est parens omnium nostrum, odit ac metuit, et iam diu te nihil iudicat nisi de parricidio suo cogitare : huius tu neque auctoritatem verebere, nee so iudicium sequere, nee vim pertimesces ? Quae tecum, Catilina, sic agit, et quodam modo tacita loquitur : ( Nullum iam aliquot annis f acinus exstitit nisi per te, nullum flagitium sine te : tibi uni multorum CICERO AGAINST CATILINE. 187 civium neces, tibi vexatio direptioque sociorum impunita fuit ac libera: tu non sohim ad neglegendas leges et quaestiones, verum etiam ad evertendas perfringendasque valuisti. Superiora ilia, quamquam ferenda non fuerunt, tamen, ut potui, tuli : mine vero me totam esse in metu 5 propter unum te, quicquid increpuerit Catilinam timeri, nullum videri contra me consilium iniri posse quod a tuo scelere abhorreat, non est ferendum. Quam ob rem dis- cede, atqne hunc mihi timorem eripe : si est verus, ne oppri- mar ; sin falsus, ut tandem aliquando timere desinam.' 10 VIII. Haec si tecum, ut dixi, patria loquatur, nonne impetrare debeat, etiam si vim adhibere non possit? Quid, quod tu te ipse in custodiam dedisti? quod vitandae suspitionis causa, ad M ? . Lepidum te habitare velle dixisti ? a quo non receptus etiam ad me venire is ausus es, atque ut domi meae te adservarem rogasti. Cum a me quoque id responsum tulisses, me nullo modo posse isdem parietibus tuto esse tecum, qui magno in periculo essem quod isdem moenibus contineremur, ad Q. Metellum praetorem venisti : a quo repudiatus ad so- 20 (kilem tuum, virum optimum, M. Marcellum demigrasti ; quem tu videlicet et ad custodiendum te diligentissimum et ad suspicandum sagacissimum et ad vindicandum for- tissimum fore putasti. Sed quam longe videtur a carcere atque a vinculis abesse debere, qui se ipse iam dignum 25 custodia iudicarit ? Quae cum it a sint, Catilina, dubitas, si emori aequo animo non potes, abire in aliquas terras, et vitam istam, multis suppliciis iustis debitisque erep- tam, fugae solitudinique mandare ? ' Eef er ? inquis ( ad senatum : ' id enim postulas, et, si so hie ordo placere decreverit te ire in exsilium, obtempera- turum te esse dicis. Non referam, id quod abhorret a meis moribus ; et tamen faciam ut intellegas quid hi de 188 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. te sentiant. Egredere ex urbe, Catilina ; libera rem pu- blicam metu ; in exsilium, si hanc vocem exspectas, pro ficiscere. Quid est, Catilina ? ecquid attendis ? ecquid animadvertis horum silentium ? Patiuntur, tacent. Quid 5 exspectas auctoritatem loquentium, quorum voluntatem tacitorum perspicis ? At si hoc idem huic adulescenti optimo P. Sestio, si fortissimo viro M. Marcello dixissem, iam mihi consuli, hoc ipso in templo, senatus iure optimo vim et manus intulisset. De te autem, Catilina, cum 10 quiescunt, probant : cum patiuntur, decernunt : cum ta- cent, clamant. Neque hi solum, quorum tibi auctori- tas est videlicet cara, vita vilissima, sed etiam illi equites Komani, honestissimi atque optimi viri, ceterique fortissimi cives, qui circumstant senatum, quorum tu et 15 frequentiam videre et studia perspicere et voces paulo ante exaudire potuisti. Quorum ego vix abs te iam diu manus ac tela contineo, eosdem facile adducam, ut te haec, quae vast are iam pridem studes, relinquentem usque ad portas prosequantur. 20 IX. Quamquam quid loquor ? Te ut ulla res f rangat ? tu ut umquam te corrigas ? tu ut ullam f ugam meditere ? tu ut exsilium cogites ? Utinam tibi is tarn mentem di immortales duint ! tametsi video, si mea voce perterritus ire in exsilium animum induxeris, quanta tempestas in- 25 vidiae nobis si minus in praesens tempus, recenti me- moria scelerum tuorum, at in posteritatem impendeat : sed est tanti, dum modo ista sit privata calamitas, et a rei publicae periculis seiungatur. Sed tu ut vitiis' tuis commoveare, ut legum poenas pertimescas, ut tempori- 30 bus rei publicae cedas, non est postu]andum. Neque enim is es, Catilina, ut te aut pudor umquam a turpitu- dine aut metus a periculo aut ratio a furore revocarit. Quam ob rem, ut saepe iam dixi, proficiscere ; ac, si mihi CICERO AGAINST CATILINE. 189 inimico, ut praedicas, tuo conflare vis invidiam, recta perge in exsilium : vix feram sermones hominum si id f eceris ; vix molem istius invidiae, si in exsilium iussu consulis ieris, sustinebo. Sin autem servire meae laudi et gloriae mavis, egredere cum importuna sceleratorum 5 manu : confer te ad Manlium, concita perditos civis, se- cerne te a bonis, infer patriae bellum, exsulta impio latro- cinio, ut a me non eiectus ad alienos, sed invitatus ad tuos isse videaris. Quamquam quid ego te invitem, a quo iam sciam esse 10 praemissos qui tibi ad Forum Aureliurn praestolarentur armati? cui sciam pactam et constitutam cum Manlio diem ? a quo etiam aquilam illam argenteam quam tibi ac tuis omnibus confido perniciosam ac funestam futu- ram, cui domi tuae sacrarium scelerum tuorum constitu- is turn fuit, sciam esse praemissam? Tu ut ilia carere diutius possis, quam venerari ad caedem proficiscens solebas, a cuius altaribus saepe istam impiam dexteram ad necem civium transtulisti ? X. Ibis tandem aliquando, quo te iam pridem ista tua 20 cupiditas effrenata ac furiosa rapiebat. Neque enim tibi haec res adf ert dolorem, sed quandam incredibilem vo- luptatem. Ad hanc te amentiam natura peperit, voluntas exercuit, f ortuna servavit. Numquam tu non modo otium, sed ne bellum quidem nisi nefarium concupisti. Nanctus 25 es ex perditis atque ab omni non modo f ortuna verum etiam spe derelictis conflatam improborum manum. Hie tu qua laetitia perfruere ! quibus gaudiis exsultabis ! quanta in voluptate bacchabere, cum in tanto numero tuorum neque audies virum bonum quemquam neque so videbis ! Ad huius vitae studium meditati illi sunt qui feruntur labores tui, iacere humi non solum ad obsiden- dum stuprum, verum etiam ad facinus obeundum ; vigilare 190 PRACTICAL LATIN COMPOSITION. non solum insidiantem somno maritorum, vemm etiain bonis otiosorum. Habes ubi ostentes tuam illam praecla- ram patientiain famis, frigoris, inopiae reruin omnium, quibus te brevi tempore confection esse senties. Tan turn profeci turn, cum te a consulatu reppuli, ut exsul potius temptare quam consul vexare rem publicam posses, atque ut id quod est a te scelerate susceptum, latrocinium pp- tius quam bellum nominaretur. VOCABULAEY. ABBREVIATIONS. V. (De Viris Illustribus) The Seven Kings of Rome. N. Nepos, Miltiades. N. T. Nepos, Themistocles. C. Caesar, Book I. De Bello Gallico. C. 2 Caesar, Book II. The War with the Belgae. Cic. Cicero in Catilinam. Other abbreviations are self-explanatory. A., abbrev. of Aulus, Aulus. a, prep. w. abl., by, away from, from, against, on the side of (C. 1) ; ab initio, at the beginning, a is never used before vowels; ab is used be- fore vowels, h, and often before /, n, r, s ; abs is found before t and 7, esp. before te (Cic. 6). ab, see a. ab-do, 3, -didi, -ditum, put away, hide, conceal (V. 26) ; se in silvas, Betake one's self (for concealment) into the woods. ab-eo, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itum, go ; '/ ff> 9 away / ad deos, ascend to ike gods. ab-horreo, 2, -ui, , shrink back from, abhor ; be averse to (a thing), differ from, usu. w. a or ab (N. 3), entirely dissent ; not be connected with (Cic. 7). ab-icio, 3, -ieci, -iectum [iacio], fling, throw, cast away ; throw or hurl down. ablatus, -a, -um, part, of au- fero. ab-luo, 3, -ui, -utum, wash away, wash off, wash clean ; atone for ; ma- nus, wash one's hands (V. 23). abripio, 3, -ripui, -reptum [ab, rapid], take forcibly away, carry off (N.4). abs, see a. absens, -entis, adj. [absum],a&- sent. ab-solvo, 3, -solvi, -solutum, loosen from, discharge, acquit, let go free (V. 14) ; finish off. abs-tineo, 2, -ui, -entum [abs, teneo], hold back, keep away from, refrain from, abstain (V. 8). ab-sum, abesse, af ui (better than abfui), , be away (V. 12), absent, distant or at a distance ; be lacking ; w. a or ab and abl. ; paulum (haud procul) abest quin (impers.), there is little wanting but that ; used where we should say all but. 192 VOCABULARY. ab-utor, 3, -usus, use up, consume ; abuse (Cic. 1). ac and atque (which see), conj., and; after words signifying like- ness, as ; aeque ac, as well as ; after words signifying unlikeness, than; amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est, / have no dearer friend living than he is. See also N. T. 6. Acarnana, -ae, F., Acarnanian woman. Acca, -ae, F., Acca, a woman's name. ac-cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessum, go or come near, approach (V. 14), arrive at, go or come to or toward, advance against, be added (to) ; favor, ap- prove of(N. 3) ; ad negotia, come to business ; hue accedebat, to this was added. acceptus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [accipio], welcome, acceptable, pleas- ing ; maxime plebi acceptus erat (C. 3), was popular with the masses. accido, 3, -cidi, [ad, cado], fall upon, fall out; happen (V. 22), befall, w. dat. ; accidit, impers. (w. dat.), it happens, also absol., turns out. ac-cio, 4, call, summon. accipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptum [ad, capioj, take to, receive (V. 13), accept; treat, deal with ; hear, learn, understand; in bonam (malam) partem accipere, take in good (bad} part; morem, observe a custom (V. 17). Accius, -i, M., Accius. ac-curro, 3, -cum (rarely accu- curri), -cursum, run up, run toward, come hastily. accuse, 1 [ad, causa], accuse, blame, reproach. acer, -cris, -ere, adj., sharp, severe, bitter, cruel (Cic. 1). acerbus, -a, -um, adj., bitter, vio- lent, rigorous (Cic. 1). acies, -ei, F. [acer], edge, point, sharpness; acies oculorum, fierce expression of the eyes; battle ar- ray, army, battle, line (of army.) (V. 11) ; ante aciem, before the line. acquire, see adqulro. acriter, adv. (comp. acrius, superl. acerrime) [acer], sharply, keenly, harshly, vigorously, with spirit (V.22). a. d., ante diem, which see. ad, prep. w. ace., to, towards, near, at, by, against, for, at ; according to (V. 9) j up to, until, in point of, as regards. ad-dico, 3, -ixi, -ictum, adjudge, award, devote; assent, be favorable (V.20). ad-do, 3, -didi, -ditum, put on, add, join, annex 1 . ad-duco, 3, -uxi, -uctum, lead to, fetch to, bring; prompt, move, lead, induce (C. 3) ; cupiditate regni adductus, ambitious for sovereign power (C. 9). ad-eo, -ire, -ii, rarely -ivi, -itum, go or come to, come up to, approach (N. T. 7). ad-eo, adv., so far, so, so much, to such a degree (N. T. 1), so long; moreover, besides (V. 16) ; atque adeo, and even, yet more, or rather, I may even say (Cic. 2). ad-fero (aff-), ferre, (aff-), at- tuli (adt-), adlatum, (all-), bring to, report, bring tidings, announce (N. 3), produce, cause; afferre vim VOCABULARY. 193 alicui, offer or do violence to any one, assault (V. 26). ad-ficio (aff-) , 3, -feci, -f ectum [ad, facio], do to (a person or thing), treat, affect (C. 2). adfinitas (aff-), -atis, F. [ad- finis], relationship by marriage (C/ 2 4). adflrmo, 1, affirm, assert, corrob- orate, assure, declare (N. T. 4), pos- itively assert. ad-hibeo, 2, -ui, -itura [ad, habe5], hold toward; employ, use; join, add ; call in, admit. ad-hiic, adv., until now, heretofore, thus far, before (N. 5). ad-ipiscor, 3, adeptus [ad, apis- cor, take, seize], obtain, reach, ac- quire, get (V. 19; N. T. 9). aditus, -us, M. [adeo], going to, approach, access (N. 8). ad-iungo, 3, -iunxi, -iunctum, join to, bind to, fasten on, unite with (V. 22), annex. ad-iuvo, 1, -iuvi, -iutum, help, assist, aid (N. 2). ad-licio (all-), 3, -lexi, -lectum [ad, lacio], allure, entice, win (V. 25). ad-loquor (all-), 3, -cutus, speak to, address (V. 22). Admetus, -I/ M. Admetus. ad-minister, -tri, M., assistant, minister, helper, agent (Cic. 3). ad-ministro, 1, manage (V. 19), guide ; execute, perform ; have charge or administration of. admiratio, -dnis, F. [admiror], admiration, astonishment. ad-mlror, 1, regard with wonder- ing approval, admire (N. T. 10) . ad-moveo, 2, -movi, -motum, move up to or toivards, apply, bring toward, move on ; employ, bring in. adolescens, see adulescens. ad-olesco (adul-), 3, -levi, adul- tum, grow up, increase (V. 2) . ad-operio, 4, -ui, -turn, cover up, veil (V. 14). adopertus, -a, -um, part, of ado- perio. ad-orno, 1, furnish, Jit out, adorn. ad-proplnquo, see appropin- quo. adquiro (acqu-), 3, -quisivi, -quisitum [ad, quaero], acquire, gain (V. 23). ad-ripio (arr-), 3, -ipui, -eptum [ad, rapid], snatch, catch up (N. T. 8). ad-sclsco, see asclsco. ad-sequor (asse-), 3, -secutus, follow up, gain, obtain, accomplish (Cic. 6). ad-servo (asse-), 1, watch over, keep, guard (carefully) (Cic. 8). ad-sido (assl-), 3, -edi, , take a seat, sit down (Cic. 7). adsumo (assu-), 3, -sumpsi, -sumptum, take to (one's self), adopt (V. 22), take, receive. AduatucI (-tici), -orum, M. plur., the Aduatuci. adulescens (not adol-), -entis, M. and F. [adolesco, grow up~\, young man, youth, young person. adulescentia (not adol-), -ae, F., youth (either the time or the person). adulescentulus, -I, M. [dim. from adulescens], very young man (Cic. 6). ad-venio, 4, -veni, -ventum, go or come to (V. 19), arrive. 194 VOCABULARY. udvento, 1, , [intens. from adveni5], advance, approach, come (N. 7). adventus, -us, M. [advenio], coming, approach (N. 5). adversarius, -a, -um, adj. [ad- rarsor, resist~\, opposite, hostile (N. /-.3). adversarius, -i, M., opponent, adversary, enemy (N. 2). adversum, -i, N., opposite direc- tion or course, wrong way (N. 1). adversus and adversum, prep, w. ace., against, towards, opposite to. adversus, -a, -um, adj., in front, facing (any person or thing) (C. 2 8), over against. ad-voco, 1, summon, call upon, convene (V. 24), call to. aedes, see aedis. aedificium, -i, N. [aedifico], building, edifice ; aedificia privata, isolated dwellings (C. 5). aedifico, 1 [aedis, facio], build. aedis (es), -is, F., building, temple (V. 7) ; plur., house, abode ; aedes regiae, palace. Aeduus, -a, -um, adj., of the ^Edui; as noun M., JEduan. aeger, -gra, -grum, adj., ill, sick, diseased, suffering (N. 7). aegre, adv. [aeger] (comp. ae- grius, superl. aegerrime), with dif- ficulty, with grief, scarcely, hardly ; aegre ferre, take amiss, bear with (/rief, be indignant (V. 21), dislike. aegritudo, -inis, F. [aeger], sick- ness, sorrow, trouble, care ; aegritudo animi, chagrin, mortification, irrita- tion. Acolis, -idis, F., aequipero, 1 [aequus, par], compare, rival, equal (N. T. 6). aequitas, -atis, F. [aequus], fai r- ness, equity, justice (V. 17). aequus, -a, -um, adj., equal in itself, plain ; favorable (N. 5), fair; aequo animo (Cic. 8), with even mind, with equanimity, calmly. aestas, -atis, F., summer (C. 2 2). aestimo, 1, determine the value of a thing in money, estimate, assess (N. 7)_. aetas, -atis, F., age, time of life ; often youth; aetate, in point of time (N. T. 9). afferro, see adfero. affirmo, see adflrmo. ager, agri, M., field, ground, dis- trict, territory ; agri, -orum, plur., country (in opp. to the town), country district (C. 4) ; allotments (N. 2). aggredior (adg-), 3, -gressus [ad, gradior, walk~\, approach, fall upon, attack (N, T. 4). agito, 1 [intens. from agd], put in motion, agitate, drive, disturb; design, revolve (in the mind), pon- der, think of (V. 20). a-gnosco (adgn- or adn-), 3, -novi, -nitum [ad, (g)noscd, know~\, recognize, acknowledge. ago, 3, egi, actum , lead, drive ; do, act; deal, treat, arrange; strive, en- deavor; plan, aim at; funus, perform funeral rites, bury ; annos, be (so many) years old; diem (noctem), pass day (night) ; augurio acto, having observed the omens (V. 20) ; censum, hold census ; consulem, act (part of) consul; bene, be well; gratias, thank; id agere ut, take VOCABULARY. 195 care that ; id agitur ut, the object is that. Ahala, -ae, M., Ahala. aio (defective), say: a'is, ait, aiunt (V. 15). Alba, -ae, F., Alba, a town in Latiurn usually called Alba Longa. Albani, -orum, M. plur., the peo- ple of Alba, Albans. Albanus, -a, -um, adj., belonging to Alba, Alban; Al. Mons, Mount Alba, the hill upon which Alba stood. alien!, -orum, M. plur. [alienus], strangers (Cic. 9). alienus, -a, -um, adj. [alius], be- longing to another, foreign ; unseason- able, impertinent (N. 6), out of place, unfavorable (N. T. 4). alio, adv. [old dat. of alius], to another place, elsewhere ; hoc longe alio spectabat atque (N. T. 6), the aim of this was quite different from what, etc. aliquando, adv., at some time or other, now, at length, now at last, finally (Cic. 5). aliquantum and aliquanto, adv., some, someivhat, considerably ; aliquantum spati, some distance (V. 12). aliquis (-qui), -qua, -quid (-quod), indef. pron. [alius, quis], some one, some (V. 23). aliqujd, adv., to pome place, some- where (Cic. 7). aliquot, num. adj. indecl., some, several, not many, a number (Cic. 7). aliter, adv. [alius], in another manner, otherwise (N. T. 7). alius, -a, -ud, adj. (gen. alms, rare; dat. alii), another, other, else; alius . . . alius, one ... another; alii . . . alii, some . . . others; alii atque alii, one after another. Allobrox, -ogis, ace. -oga, M., one of the Allobroges, a warlike peo- ple of Gaul, in what is now Savoy. alo, 3, -ui, -itum, and -turn, nour- ish, support, strengthen ; sustain, keep, keep up (V. 9). Alpes, -ium, F., the Alps. altaria, -ium, N. plur. [altus ?], high altar, altar (Cic. 9). alter, -era, -erum, adj., gen. alterius, dat. alter!, the other (of two) ; alter . . . alter, the one . . . the other ; as num. adj., second (V. 12), next, another (N. T. 5). altitude, -dinis, F. [altus], height (N. 5). altus, -a, -um, adj. [alo], nour- ished, grown great ; hence high, tall ; deep; loud; alta voce, with loud voice; altum silentium, deep si- lence. alveus, -I, M. [alvus, belly"}, hol- low, bed of a river ; any hollow ves- sel, tub or trough (V. 1). Ambiam, -drum, M. plur., the Ambiani. ambo, -ae, -5, num. adj., both (together) (V. 21) ; uterque means both separately. amentia, -ae, F. [amens], won of reason, madness, senselessness, dar- ing scheme (Cic. 4). amicitia, -ae, F. [ amicus] ,yh'em 7 ship (N. T. 9). amicus, -a, -um, adj. [amo]. loving, friendly (N. 3) . amicus, -i, M. [amo], loved one, friend (N. 3). amor, -oris, M. [amo], lore. 196 VOCABULARY. am-plector, 3, -exus [am-(bi), plecto], encompass, embrace (V. 14), surround (V. 22). amplius, adj., adv., and noun, indecl., more (C. 2 7). aTiiplus, -a, -um, adj., illustrious, /-.'./We', distinguished, eminent (Cic. 1). Aiiiulins, -I, M., Amulius, son of Trocas. an, conj., or, whether; (utrum) ... an (whether} ... or/ generally used to introduce the second mem- ber of a double question (N. 4) ; often with the first member only implied, when it can usu. be ren- dered, then (Cic. 1). anceps, -cipitis, abl. ancipiti, adj. [ambi-, caput], two-headed, double (N. T. 3). anclle, -is, N., shield (esp. one said to have fallen from heaven in the reign of Numa) (V. 9). ancilla, -ae, F. [dim. from an- cus, servant], maid, maid-servant (V. 26), hand-maid. ancora, -ae, F., anchor; in an- coris, at anchor (N. T. 8). Ancus, -I, M., Ancus. Andocumborius, -i, M., Ando- cumborius. angustiae, -arum, F. plur. [an- gustus], narrow place, narrow pass, defile; straits; difficulties; slender- ness (V. 4). aiigustus, -a, -um, adj., narrow (N. T. 4). anim-adverto, 3, -ti, -sum [ani- mus, adverto], turn the mind to, observe, notice ; in, w. ace., inflict punishment on, punish. animus, -i, M., disposition, mind, feelings, state of mind, soul, spirit, courage, intention, heart ; plur., char- acter (C. 1) ; bono animo, kindly disposed (C. 6) ; est in animo, it is (one's) purpose. annulus, see anulus. annus, -I, M., year. annuus, -a, -um, adj. [annus], lasting a year, of a year's duration (N. T. 9). ante, prep. w. ace., before, in presence of; adv., before, previously , ago ; ante diem, on (a certain) day before, used with an ordinal number followed by Kalendas, Nonas, or Idus, to express a date ; thus, a. d. V. Kal. Apr. ante diem quintum Kalendas Aprilis, or the flfth day before the April calends, i.e. March 28, for the Romans counted the first day as well as the last, in reck- oning. ante-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, bear before, put or place before (N. T. 1). antiquitas, -atis, F. [antiquus], antiquity. antiquitus, adv. [antiquus], in former times, of old, in ancient times (C. 2 4). antiquus, -a, -um, adj., old, ancient. anulus, -i, M. [dim. from annus], ring, finger-ring. auxins, -a, -um, adj., anxious, uneasy. aperio, 4, -ui, -turn, open (V. 5), uncover* show, disclose, reveal, re- late. aperte, adv. [apertus], openly, plainly (Cic. 1). apertus, -a, -um, adj. [aperio], uncovered, open (N. 5). VOCABULARY. 197 Apollo, -inis, M., Apollo, one of the most famous gods. appello (adp-), 3, -pull, -pulsum, drive to, bring to (N. 4). ap-pello, 1 (adp-), call on, ad- dress, name; style, call, name. ap-propiiiquo (adp-), 1, w. dat., come near to, come near, approach (V. 6). appulsus (adp-), -a, -urn, part, of appello. Apr., abbrev. of Aprilis, -e, adj., of April, April. apte, adv. [aptus, fitted, fit], fitly, suitably, carefully (V. 19). apud, prep. w. ace., with, by, near, among, amongst, at, to, in the presence of; at the house of, on the side of (V. 11) ; at the headquarters of (V. 26) ; in the works of (N. T. 10). aqua, -ae, F., water aquae, -arum, plur., baths, hot springs. aquila, -ae, F., eagle (V. 19). Aquileia, -ae, F. [aquila] , Aqui- leia. aquilo, -onis, M., north wind; vento aquilone, with the wind in the north (N. 1). Aquitani, -6 rum, M. plur., the Afjuitani, inhabitants of Aquitania. Aquitania, -ae, F., Aquitania, a district in Southern Gaul. ara, -ae, F., altar. arbiter, -tri, M., witness (V. 10), empire, Judge. arbitror, 1 [arbiter], testify on /.(formation and belief; be of an ojiinion, consider, think (N. 5). arbor, -oris, F., tree (N. 5) . arced", 2, -ui, , shut up, enclose ; keep off (V. 2). arcesso, 3, -ivi, -itum [intens. from accedo], send for, call, invite, summon (V. 15). Ardea, -ae, F., Ardea, capital of the Rutuli, six leagues south of Rome. argenteus, -a, -um, adj. [argen- tum], of silver, silver (Cic. 9). Argos, N. (only nom. and ace. sing.), usu. plur. ; ArgI, -orum, M., Argos, capital of Argolis. anna, -orum, N. plur. [armo], arms, weapons, tools. arinatura, -ae, F. [arm5], armor, equipment (C. 2 10). armati, -orum, M. plur. [arma- tus], armed men, soldiers. armatus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [armo], armed. armilla, -ae, F. [armus, shoulder, arm'], bracelet. armo, 1 [arma], arm, equip. arripio, see ad-ripio. ars, artis, F., art, skill (V. 20). Artaphemes, -is, M., Artapher- nes. Artaxerxes, -is, M. ace. both -em and -en, Artaxerxes. Artemisium, -I, N., Artemisium. arx, arcis, F., citadel (V. 6). ascisco (adsc-), 3, -scivi, -scitum [ad, sclsco], take to one's self, ac- cept, vote in (C. 5). Asia, -ae, F., Asia. aspectus (adsp-), -us, M., seeing, sight, view (Cic. 7). assumo, see adsnmo. astu, N. indecl., city (N. T. 4). asylum, -i, N., place of refuge, asylum. at, conj., but. Athenae, -arum, F. plur., Athens 198 VOCABULARY. Atheriiensis, -e, adj., belonging to Athens, Athenian. Atheniensis, -is, M., an Athenian (N.I). atque (before vowels and con- ronants, ac before consonants only) ( onj. [ad, que], and in addition, and also, and especially, and. See ac. at-qui, conj., but (V. 20). Atrebates, -um, M. plur., the At rebates. atrox, -5eis, adj. [ater], savage, fierce, harsh, cruel, atrocious (V. 14), horrible. attendo (adt-), 3, -tendi, -ten- turn [ad, tendo], stretch toward, give attention, attend to (Cic. 8). Attica, -ae, F., Attica. attingo (adt-), 3, -tigi, [ad, tango], touch, approach, reach, bor- der on, join (C. 1). auctor, -oris, M., rarely F., pro- moter, producer; father ; authority ; Thucydidem auctor em probare (N. T. 10), follow the authority of Time. auctoritas, -atis, F. [auctor], counsel, advice, authority, influence (V. 20). audacia, -ae, F. [audax, bold~\, daring, courage ; audacity, lawless- ness (V. 18), effrontery (Cic. 1). audacter (rarely audaciter), adv., boldly, rashly (C. 2 10). audeo, 2, ausus [audax] , dare, be bold. audio, 4, hear, listen to ; dicto au- dientem esse alicui, obey one ( V. 22). au-fero, auf erre, abstull, ablatum [ab, fer5], bear off, take, carry away, remove (V. 8). auf ugio, 3, -f ugi, [ab, fugio] , flee, flee from (V. 12). augeo, 2, auxi, auctum, increase, enlarge, add to, do good (to} (Y. 10) . artgur, -uris, M. and F., one ivJio told the future by observing the flight of birds, etc.; diviner, soothsayer, augur, seer (V. 20). augurium, -I, N., observation of the flight of birds, prophecy, augury. augustus, -a, -um, adj., sacred, majestic, august. Aurelius, -a, -um, adj., of an Aurelius, Aurelian ; Forum A., a town in Etruria. auris, -is, F., ear (N. 3). auspiciuin, I, N., omen taken from watching birds, auspice; divi- nation (V. 4) ; auspicia habere, hold or take the auspices. aut, conj., or; aut . . . aut, either ... or (C. 1). autem, conj. (never the first word), but, however, moreover, now. ai ix ilium, -I, N. [augeo], help, support, aid (V. 15), assistance; plur., auxiliaries. Aventlnus, -a, -um, adj., Aven- tine. Aventinus, -I, M., Aventine Hill (or Mount). averto, 3, -ti, -sum [ab, verto], turn away (V. 21), avert. avis, -is, F., bird. avolo, 1 [ab, volo],./?y off or away (V. 26). avus, -i, M., grandfather. Axona, -ae, M., the Axona* r river of Gaul. B. bacchor, 1 [Bacchus], celebrate the festival of Bacchus; hence, revel (Cic. 10). VOCABULARY. 199 baculum, -I, N. (rarely baculus, -I, M.), stick, staff (V. 25). Baleares (Bali-), -ium, M. plur., the Baleares. Balearis (Bali-), -e, adj., of the Baleares, Balearic. barbarus, -a, -urn, adj., of strange speech, foreign, uncivilized, barbarous. barbarus, -I, M., barbarian. Belgae, -arum, M. plur., Belgians. bellicosus, -a, -um, adj. [bel- lum], /owe? of war, warlike (V. 16). bello, 1 [bellum], wage war (N. T. 5). Bello vaci, -orum, M. plur., the Bellovaci. bellum, -i, N. [bello], war, war- fare ; sumere, enter upon or under- take a war ducere, prolong a war ; conficere, bring a war to an end. bene, adv. [bonus] , comp. melius, superl. optime, well; sperare, have good hopes (N. 1). beneficium, -i, N. [beneficus, generous'], favor, service, aid (C. 9). benevolentia, -ae, r. [bene, volo], good-will (V. 25), kindness, friendship. benigne, adv. [bemgnus, kind'], kindly i generously. Bibrax, -actis, F., Bibrax, a town of the Remi in Gaul. biennium, -i, N. [bis, amms],pe- riod of two years (C. 3). bis, num. adv., twice, on two oc- casions (N. T. 7). blanditiae,-arum, F. plur. [blan- dus, of smooth tongue~\, flattery, bland- ishment (V. 25). Boil or Bol, -drum, M. plur., the Boii, a people of Gaul. bonitas, -atis, F. bonus], good- ness, excellence, virtue, integrity (N. 8). bonus, -a, -um, adj. (comp. me- lior, superl. optimus) ? good, honor- able (N. T. 7) ; plur. bona, good lyings, services (N. T. 9), property. boreas, -ae, M., north wind, north (N.2). bos, bovis (gen. plur. bovum or bourn, dat. bobus or bubus), M. and F., ox, cow (V. 23). brevis, -e, adj., short, shallow, little, brief (N. 2). Britannia, -ae, F., Britain. bulla, -ae, F., boss, knob (worn upon the neck by Roman children), amulet (V. 20). C. C., abbrev. of Gaius (not Caius, as once written), Gaius. cado, 3, cecidi, casum, fall, hap- pen ; fall in battle, perish. caedes, -is, F. [caedo], slaughter, (V. 14), bloodshed, assassination, murder ; fig. sword. caedo, 3, cecidi, caesum, cut, strike, beat, lash, slay, kill (V. 14). - caelestis (not coel-), -e, adj. [caelum], celestial, heavenly; pro- digia caelestia, augury (V. 19). Caelius (Coelius), -i, M. Coclius. Caelius, -a, -um, adj., Gcelian. caelum, -i, N., sky, heaven. caerimonia (caere-), -ae, F., religious usage ; reverence (N. T. 8) . CaeroesI, -orum, M. plur., the Cceroesi. Caesar, -aris, M., Caesar. calamitas, -atis, F., loss, injury, mischief, disaster (Cic. 5), calamity. Caleudae, see Kalendae. 200 VOCABULARY. Caletes, -urn, and Caletl, -orum, M. plur., the Caletes or Caleti. callidus, -a, -um, adj. [calleo, be skilful], shrewd (V. 23), sly, crafty, cunning. campus, -I, M., plain, field, campus, i.e. Campus Martins or Field of Mars, a plain by the Tiber outside the city of Rome. cano, 3, cecini, cantum, sing, rehearse, celebrate, play on an instru- ment, blow; tubicen cecinit, the trumpeter blew, gave the signal^ capesso, 3, , [desid. from capio], catch at eagerly, seize, take part in; fugam, take to flight (V. 12) ; capessendae rei publicae (N. T. 2), of political activity. capio, 3, cepi, captum, capture, take, seize ; form ; take up, receive ; suffer; gain, make (V.16); reach, gain (of a place) ; overcame, affect, move (N. 2), Jill. Capitolium, -I,N. [caput], Capi- tol, the citadel of Rome with its buildings and temples. capra, -ae, F., a she-goat ; Caprae Palus, as prop, noun, Marsh of the She-goat, Goat Marsh (V. 8). captivus, -a, -um, adj. [capio], captured, captive (V. 22), conquered. caput, -itis, N., head (V. 14), life, tqp, main thing, end ; devovere, devote one's self to death; capitis damnare, condemn to death ; capitis absolvere, acquit of a capital crime (N. 7) ; praecipua capita, chief points. Car, -aris, M., Carian. career, -eris, M., prison (V. 18) . careo, 2, -ui, , be without, be free from, want, lack (N. 2). carpentum, -i, N., chariot, wagon (V. 19, 24). carrus, -I, M., wagon, baggage- wagon (C. 3), cart. carus, -a, -um, adj., dear, pre- cious, esteemed (Cic. 8). casa, -ae, F., hut, cottage (V. 2). castellum, -i, N. [dim. from cas- trum], castle, fort, citadel, fortress, stronghold (N. 2), tower (on a wall) (C. 8), redoubt. Casticus, -i, M., Casticus. castrum, -I, N., fortress; plur., camp (fortified as was the manner of the Romans) ; in castris, in camp (V. 26), or in service ; castra ponere, movere, pitch, break camp ; quintis castris, after five days' journey, as the Romans encamped every night. casus, -us, M. [cado], falling; mischance, misfortune (V. 12), chance, accident, event. Catamantaloedes, -is, M., Cata- mantaloedes. Catillna, -ae, M. [catus, wise~\, Catiline. catulus, -I, M. [dim. from catus, cat], cub (V. 2), whelp, kitten, young (of a wolf) ; young dog, puppy. Caturiges, -um, M. plur., the Caturiges, a Ligurian tribe in Gaul. causa, -ae, F., cause, reason, occa- sion; cause, suit, legal process; causam reddere, give a reason ; quam ob causam, for which (what} reason; causa (abl.), w. gen. and usu. after the noun, for the sake of; mea causa, for my sake ; in causa esse, be guilty of; causam dicere or agere, plead. -ce, an enclitic particle with VOCABULARY. 201 demonstrative force, as in huiusce modi, of this kind (Cic. 2). cedo, 3, cessi, cessum, go from, give place, yield,, conform to (Cic. 9). celer, -eris, -ere, adj., swift, quick, speedy. celeriter, adv. [celer], quickly (N. 4), speedily. celo, 1, conceal (V. 22), hide. Celtae, -arum, M. plur., Celts, Celtae. ceno, 1 [cena, dinner'], dine (V. 26), sup; dine on, eat. census, -us, M. [censeo], estimate, rating (of citizens), census. Centrones, -urn, M. plur., Gen- trones. centum, num. adj., indecl., hundred. centuria, -ae, F. [centum], cen- tury, company, division of one hundred. certamen, -inis, N. [certo, strug- gle^, contest, combat. certatim, adv. [certo], with con- test, emulously. certus, -a, -um., adj. and part, [cernd], certain, sure, faithful ; ac- curate, fixed, determined, definite ; certiorem facere, make (one) more certain, inform; certior fio, I am informed. ceteri, -ae, -a, adj. plur., rest, other (V. 26) ; ceteris rebus (C. 2 3), with everything else. Chersonesus, -I, F., Chersonesus, a peninsula west of the Hellespont. cibaria, -orum, N. plur. [ciba- rius, from cibus, food~\ , food, provis- ions ; molita (C. 5), meal. Cimbrl, -drum, M. plur., the Cimbri. CImon, -onis, M., Cimon, father of Miltiades. circa, adv., and prep. w. ace., around about, round to. circiter, adv. and prep., about, not far from, near. circum, adv. and prep. [ace. of circus], around, about (C. 10). circum-cludo, 3, -si, -sum, shut in, enclose, surround, hem in (Cic. 3). circum-do, 1, -dedi, -datum, put round (V. 18), encompass, sur- round with ; murum urbi or urbem muro (abl.), put a wall, round the city (surround the city with a wall). circum-eo or circueo, -ire, -ivi or ii, circumitum or circuitum, go around, surround (N. T. 3). circumicio or -iicio, 3, -ieci, -iectum [circum, iacio], throw around, put around (C. 2 6). circumsisto, 3, -steti, , sur- round (V. 12). circum-s^o, 1, -steti, , stand around, surround (Cic. ). circum-venio, 4, -veni, -ventum, come round, beset, surround (V. 15), cheat, circumvent. circus, -i, M., circle, circus, esp. the Circus Maximus built by Tar- quinius Priscus (V. 20) . cis, prep., on this side (C. 2 3). citerior, -us, adj. comp., from citer (not used), on this side, hither ; provincia = Gallia Cisal- pina (C. 10). cito, 1, stimulate, hasten; summon, cite; citatis equis, at full gallop (V. 26). clvis, -is, M. and F., citizen (V. 10). 202 VOCABULARY. clvitas, -atis, F. [civis], body of citizens, state ; civil right, citizenship. clam, adv., secretly (N. T. 10). clamito, 1, [intens. from clamo], cry aloud frequently, set up a shout, cry out, call out. clamo, 1, call, cry out, proclaim, declare (Cie. 8). clamor, -oris, M. [clamo], shout, cry, noise (V. 21). clandestinus, -a, -um, adj. [clam], secret (V. 18), hidden, clandestine. clangor, -oris, M., noise, cry (V. 19). darns, -a, -um, adj., clear, bright, shining, illustrious (N. T. 8). classiaril, -drum, M. plur. [clas- sis], marines, mariners, seamen, na- val forces (N. 7). classis, -is, F., fleet ; class (V. 22) . claudo, 3, -si, -sum, shut, close (V. 9); surround; ewe?/ agmen, bring up the rear ; operibus, block- ade (N. 7). clausus, -a, -um, part, of claudo. Clemens, -entis, adj., mild, calm, gentle, indulgent, merciful (Cic. 2). cliens, -entis, M. [for cluens, part, of clueo, hear~], personal depend- ant, retainer (C. 4). coelestis, see caelestls. coelum, see caelum. coemo, 3, -emi, -emptum [com-, emo], purchase, buy (C. 3). coeno, 1, see ceno. (coepio), 3, coepi, (defective verb, tenses from pres. stem want- ing), began (not begin). coeptus, -a, -um, p.p. [coepio], used in same sense as active with pass, infinitives (C. 2 6). co-erceo, 2, -cui, -citum [com-, arceo], enclose on ail sides, restrain (Cic. 1). coetus, -us, M. [coeo], coming to- gether, assemblage, crowd, meeting '(Cic. 3). cogitatio, -onis, F. [cogito], thought, consideration (V. 19). cogito, 1, consider thoroughly, pon- der, plan, plot (Cic. 3). cognitus, -a, -um, part, of co- gnosco. co-gnosco, 3, -novi, -nitum [com-,(g)nosc6], learn, know, rec- ognize, see, perceive, understand ; in- vestigate; become acquainted with (N. 1), discover, find out. cogo, 3, coegi, coactum [com-, ago], drive together, collect, summon ; compel (N. 7), force, require. coh.ors, -rtis, F., court, yard; crowd ; company, cohort (tenth part of a legion) (C. 2 5). co-hortor, 1 [com-, hortor], ani- mate, encourage (C. 2 5) ; admonish, exhort, address. Collatia, -ae, F., Collatia, a city of Latium. Collatlnus, -I, M., Collatinus. collega, see conlega. collis, -is, M., hill. colloco, see conloco. colo, 3, colui, cultum, till, culti- vate ; cherish, honor, worship (V. 8) . colonia, -ae, F. [colonus], colony, colonial town (Cic. 3). colonus, -I, M. [cold], tiller of the soil, farmer; settler, colonist (N. 1). com- (col-, con-, cor-, co-), primi- tive form of cum, a prefix denoting completeness or union, found only VOCABULARY. 203 in composition; sometimes inten- sive. com-buro (conb-) , 3, -ussi, -us- tum, burn up, consume (C. 5). com-es, -itis, M. and F., compan- ion, associate, comrade (Cic. 5). comitia, -orum, N. [plur. of co- mitium], comitia, elections (Cic. 5). comitium, -I, N., place of assem- bly, comitium, voting-place (Cic. 6). commeatus (conm-), -us, M. [commeo], a going to and fro ; leave of absence; supply -train; supplies, provisions (N. 7). com-meo (conm-), 1, go and come, pass to and fro ; minime saepe commeant (C. 1), least often (i.e., very seldom} penetrate. com-migro, 1, remove (V. 19), migrate. commissum, -I, N. [committo], undertaking, crime (Cic. 6). com-mitto (conm-), 3, -misi, -mlssum, bring together; proelium, join battle, engage in battle (N. 5). commode, adv. [commodus], well, becomingly, fittingly, with pro- priety (N. T. 1$), fluently. com-moveo (conm-), 2, -movi, -motum, put in violent motion, alarm (C. 2 2) ; disturb, disquiet; move, set in motion, rouse (Cic. 2). com-munio (conm-), 4, -ivi, -limn, fortify (on all sides}, strengthen (N. 2). com-munis (conm-), -e, adj., common, general, public (N. T. 3). communitas, -atis, F. [commu- nis], community, fellowship ; affabil- ity (N. 8). communiter, adv. [communis], in common (V. 23), generally. compar (conp-), -aris, adj.,//e, equal, suitable, on equal terms. com-paro (conp-), 1, put together, match, compare (alicui and cum all- quo) ; prepare, provide, obtain, pro- cure (Y. 19), secure, get ready. com-pello, 3, -pull, -pulsum, drive together, push on, drive, force, impel, compel ; in fugam, put to flight. com-perio, 4, -peri, -pertum, 06- tain knowledge of, find out, ascertain (Cic. 4). competitor, -oris, M. [compete, be adequate^, rival, opposing candi- date, competitor (Cic. 5). complector (comp-), 3, -plexus, comprehend, encompass, clasp around, embrace (V. 19) ; amore complecti, love. compleo (conp-) , 2, -evi, -etum, flll up, complete, make full (N. 5). complexus, -a, -um, part, of complector. comploratio, -oris, F. [compld- ro, bewail together~\, complaint, lam- entation, wailing (V. 13). com-plures, -a, or -ia, gen. -him, adj. plur., many (V. 18), very many. com-pono (conp-), 3, -posui, -positum, put together, write, unite, compose, contrive, arrange, settle, con- clude, match. compositus (conp-, -postus), -a, -um, adj. and part, [compono], regular ; ex composite, by agreement (V. 21), from previous arrangement, designedly. com-prehendo (conp-), 3, -di, -sum, take hold of, seize, catch, ap- prehend, arrest (Cic. 2). com-primo (conp-), 3, -press!, -pressurn [com-, premo], press to- 204 VOCABULARY. g ether, hold, keep in, oppose, repress, suppress, hinder (Cic. 5). conata, -orum, N. plur. [conor], undertaking, attempt (C. 3). conatus, -us, M. [cdnor], attempt (C. 8), undertaking. con-cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessum, go away, retire, withdraw (N. T. 8) ; concede, allow, permit (N. T. 10). concilio, 1 [concilium], bring to- gether, win over, make friendly, recon- cile, bring about, procure; gain (for one's self or another}. concilium, -i, N., collection of people, assembly, council (C. 2 4). concio, see contio. con-cipio. 3, -cepij -centum [com-, capio], take up, seize ; perceive, un- derstand ; think of , conceive (V. 20); compose, write; conceive, bear. concito, 1 [intens. from con- ci(e)6, call together], rouse, excite, stir up (V. 15). con-clamo, 1, shout (V. 12), cry out, cry out aloud or angrily, summon, call upon, cry out together. concuplsco, 3, -cupivii (synco- pated -cupisti, etc.), -cupitum [in- cep. from com-, cupio], long for, be very desirous of, desire (Cic. 10). con-curro, 3, -curri, -cursum, rush together, run together, assemble, dash together, fight (V. 11). concursus, -us, M. [concurro], onset (V. 12), attack; concourse, assembly, thronging together (Cic. i)- con-deinno, 1 [damno], doom, condemn, convict, find guilty. con-de, 3, -didi, -ditum [com-, do], found, build, put together, store up, hide ; condi, lie concealed. Condrusi, -drum, M. plur., the Condrusi. con-duco, 3, -duxi, -ductum, draw together, collect, gather (C. 4) ; employ, hire (C. 2 l). con-fero, conferre, contuli, conla- tum (coll-), bring together, collect, set together, compare ; contribute ; be use- ful; charge upon, heap upon, ascribe; assign, refer, defer (Cic. 3) ; in ali- quem, confer upon any one; se, be- take one's self, go (over to) (V. 25) ; collatis viribus, with united force. con-festim, adv., immediately, speedily, forthwith, at once (Cic. 2). con-ficio, 3, -feci, -fectum [com-, facio], make, accomplish, carry out, complete, finish, form, work out, pro- duce, raise, digest; weaken, exhaust, consume, kill (V. 13) ; cibum, chew food ; viam, complete a journey ; bel- lum, end a war; plagis, beat vio- lently; senectute confectus, worn out with old age ; aegritudine con- fici, be consumed with grief; inedia confici, starve. confide, 3, -fisus, trust, believe, be confident (N. 1). con-firmo, 1, make firm, strength- en (N. 3), establish, determine (on) ; assert, affirm (C. 3). con-flagro, 1, blaze, burn up, burn (V. 16), be consumed ; set on fire. con-fligo, 3, -ixi, -ictum, dash against, contend, strive, combat, fight (V. 22). con-flo, 1, blow up, kindle, inflame, excite, produce, effect (Cic. 9). con-fugio, 3, -fugi, -fugitum [com-, fugio], flee, flee for refuge, have recourse to. VOCABULARY. 205 con-gero, 3, -gessi, -gestum, bring together, collect, gather (N. T. 6) . congressus, -us, M. [congredior], meeting, conference; hostile meeting, sfiock of battle; ad congressum deae, to meet the goddess (V. 10). congruo, 3, -ui, , agree, cor- respond (V. 3). con-icio, 3, -ieci, -iectum [com-, iacio], throw together, throw, hurl, cast; direct, conjecture (N. T. 1), guess. con-iungo, 3, -iunxi, -iunctum [com-, iugum, yoke], yoke together, connect, unite, join (V. 18), bring together. coniunx or coniux, -iugis, M. and F. [com-, iungo,^om], wife, hus- band, spouse. coniuratl, -drum, M. plur. [con- iuratus], conspirators (Cic. 5). coniuratio, -onis, F. [coniuro], conspiracy, union, alliance, league (C. 2). con-iuro, 1, swear together, unite by oath, conspire ; in aliquem, con- spire against any one; in aliquod, conspire for anything (V. 26). conlega or collega, -ae, M., col- league (N. 5), associate. con-loco (coll-), 1, set right, place, occupy, employ, settle (N. 2), of a camp, pitch (Cic. 2). conloquium (coll-), -I, N. [con- loquor, converse], colloquy, conversa- tion, conference, discourse (V. 10). con-loquor (coll-), 3, -cutus, talk (N. T. 9), converse, confer. connubium, see conubium. conor, 1, undertake, try (N. T. 6), attempt, endeavor, venture, seek, aim, make an effort. con-queror, 3, -questus, complain of (V. 25), bewail. con-sanguinei, -drum, M. plur., kindred, kinsmen (C. 2 3). con-sanguineus, -a, -um, adj., of the same blood. conscientia, -ae, F. [conscid], joint knowledge, consciousness, feeling, sense (Cic. 7), conscience. con-sclsco, 3, -scivi, -scitum, approve of; resolve upon ; appro- priate ; mortem sibi (C. 4), commit suicide. con-scius, -a, -um, adj. [com-, scio], knowing in common , witnessing ; tarn multis consciis, ivhen so many knew it (N. 3). con-scrlbo, 3, -ipsi, -iptum, en- roll, levy, inscribe, raise (of an army) (V. 18) ; compose, write. conscriptus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [conscribo], elect, chosen; pa- tres conscripti, i.e., patres et con- scripti, fathers and elect, conscript fathers (the title of the assembled senate). con-secro, 1 [com-, sacro], dedi- cate, consecrate, devote. con-sector, I, follow eagerly, pur- sue (N. T. 2). con-sentio, 4, -sensi, -sensum, agree, conspire, plot together, make a league (C. 2 3), unite. con-sequor, 3, -cutus, follow close upon, follow, come after, come up with (V. 12), reach, attain, result; make, gain, get, obtain (V. 19). con-sero, 3, -serui, -sertum, put together, tie, bind ; pugnam or proe- lium, join battle; manum, come to close quarters (V. 12), engage hand to hand. 206 VOCABULARY. con-servo, 1, retain, keep safe, preserve (N. T. 5), save. con-sldero, 1, observe attentively, think over. con-sido, 3, -sedi, -sessum, sit together, sit down (V. 11), encamp, settle. consilium, -i, N. [consulo, con- sul], select assembly (like our com- mittee or council ; whereas concilium means public assembly}, hence delib- eration, counsel, plan, purpose, design, advice, sagacity, judgment, discretion, wisdom, good sense, prudence, skill, cunning, craft ; eo consilio, with that intention. con-sisto, 3, -stiti, , stand still, stand (C. 2 6). conspectus, -us, M. [conspicio], look, view, sight; in conspectu, in sight ; in conspectu imperatoris, in presence of the commander. con-spicio, 3, -spexi, -spectum, observe, see (V. 14), behold, look at (attentively}, spy out, descry ; pass, cdnspici, be distinguished. constanter, adv. [con-sto],.>?rm- ly, constantly, uniformly, unanimously (C. 2 2). con sterno, 1 [com-, sterno, 3, -stravi, -stratum, bestrew, prostrate^, terrify, affright, strike with panic. con-stituo, 3, -ui, -utum [com-, statud], place or put together, form, set up, make, station, build, place, set- tle, arrange, organize, regulate (N. 2), establish, determine, resolve, appoint, designate, select (V. 8) ; navem, moor a ship, anchor. con-sto, 1, -stiti, -stitum (-sta- tum) [com-, sto], stand together, be consistent, Jit, agree, correspond; stand firm, persevere ; consist of, be composed of (N. T. 6). constrictus, part, of con- stringo. con-stringo, 3, -strinxi, -stric- tum, bind, bind fast, fetter (Cic. 1). consuetudo, -inis,F. [consuetus, accustomed'], custom, habit (N. 8). consul, -ulis, M., consul (C. 2). consularis, -e, adj. [consul], of a consul, consular; vir consularis, an ex-consul, a man of consular rank (C._2). consulatus, -us, M. [consul], office of consul, consulate, consulship (Cic. 10). consulo, 3, -ui, -ultum, meet and consider, reflect, take counsel, look out for (one's self) ; consult, inquire of (N. 1), ask for advice. consultum, -i, N. [consultus, well-considered~\, deliberation; sena- tus consultum, resolve of the senate (Cic. 1). con-tendo, 3, -di, -turn, strain, strive, strive for, hasten; contend, fight, ask for, attempt; assent (N. T. 7) ; aliquid ab aliquo, strive to gain anything from any one ; aliquo, ad or in aliquem, hasten toward any place, or any one (V. 24) ; remis, row vigorously. contentio, -onis, F. [contends] , quarrel, contention, strife, effort, strug- gle, exertion; energy, vigorous effort. contentus, -a, -urn, adj. and part, [contineo] , contented, satisfied (Cic. 3). continens, -ntis, F. [contineS], mainland (N. 7), continent. continenter, adv. [continens], continuously, constantly (C. 1). VOCABULARY. 207 con-tineo, 2, -ui, -tentum [com-, teneo], hold in, hem in, hold together, hold, contain, restrain (V. 10), com- prise, keep back; confine, bound; continentem terrain (N. T. 3), mainland; se continere, keep one's self, continue, refrain. contingo, 3, -tigi, -tactum [com-, tango], touch, reach, happen, occur (Cic. 7). coutio (less correctly concio), -onis, F., assembly (V. 8) ; discourse (to the people). contra, adv. and prep., in opposi- tion, on the other side, on the contrary, on the other hand (N. T. 4), against (C- 2 1). contumelia, -ae, F., insult, af- front, disgrace (N. T.\), invective. connbium (less correctly con- nubium), -I, N. [com-, nubo, wed~], wedlock, marriage ; intermarriage, right of marriage ( V. 5) . con-valesco, 3, -lui, , [incep. from com-, valeo], get better, get well (V. 22), grow strong, recover. con-venio, 4, -vein, -ventum, come together, assemble, flock; agree ; convenire aliquem, accost or visit any one; convenit, impers., it is agreed upon, is settled (Cic. 2). con-verto, 3, -ti, -sum, turn around, turn, change, overturn, trans- late, direct anew ; convertere in, torn toward, attract to; in usum suum convertere, apply to one's own use; convertere in fugam, put to flight ; convertere se ad preces, beseech. con-viiico, 3, -vici, -victum, over- come ; convict, expose, refute, prove incontestable, demonstrate (Cic. 4), show clearly. convlvium, -I, N. [vivo], feast (V. 26) ; in convivio, banqueting. con-voco, 1, call together, summon (C. 2 10), assemble. co-orior, 4, -ortus, rise up, arise, burst forth (V. 8). copia, -ae, r. [com-, ops], abun- dance, supply, number; plur. re- sources, multitude, means, forces (N. 2) ; cum omnibus copiis, " bag and laggnge." Corey ra, -ae, F., Corey ra, an isl- and in the Ionian Sea. Corey raeus, -a, -urn, adj., of Corey ra, Corcyraean. Corcyraeus, -i, M., a Corcyraean. corpus, -oris, N., body, bodily powers, substance ; corpse ; corpore, by dodging (lit. by the body} (Cic. 6). corrigo (conr-), 3, -rexi, -rectum [com-, rego] , make straight or right, reform, correct, improve (V. 15). corrumpo (conr-), 3, -rupi, -ruptum, [com-, rumpo], destroy, spoil by adding, corrupt (N. 6). corruptela (conr-), -ae, F. [cor- ruptus], that which corrupts, corrup- tion, seduction (Cic. G). cos, cotis, F., ichetstone (V. 20). cottidianus or cotidianus, -a, -um, adj. [cottidie], every day, daily (C. 1). cottidie or cotldie, adv. [quot , dies], daily, every day (C. 2 8). creber, -bra, -brum, adj., thick, close, frequent (N. 2), numerous. credo, 3, -didi, -ditum, lend ; com- mit, intrust (N. 3) ; trust, believe, g ire credence to; suppose (N. T. 4), sus- pect ; ironically, presume (Cic. 2). cremo, 1, burn, consume by flre (C.4). 208 VOCABULARY. creo, 1, make, create; choose, elect, appoint. Cres, -etis, M., a Cretan. cresco, 3, -crevl, -cretum, [incep. from Veer, make'], grow, increase (V. 16). crimen, -inis, N., judgment, charge (N. 8), accusation. crinis, -is, M., hair. crudeliter, adv. [crudelis, cruel], cruelly (Cic. 2). culter, -tri, M., knife (V. 20). cultus, -us, M., laboring, cultiva- tion, culture; civilization (C. 1). cum, prep. w. abl., with ; to- gether with ; magna cum offensione, to the great displeasure (N. 7) ; mag- na cum dignitate, in great esteem. cum, conj., when; since, as, though, although; while; cum pri- mum, as soon as; cum . . . turn, both . . . and ; with pluperf. subj. for perf. act. part. cumulo, 1 [cumulus, heap~\, heap, accumulate, augment 9 increase, crown (Cic. 6). cunctor, 1, tarry, delay, hesitate (V._24). cunctus, -a, -um, adj. [con- tracted for co-iunctus] all in a body, the whole, all (N. T. 9). cupiditas, -atis, F. [cupidus], longing, eagerness (N. 5), desire, am- bition. cupidus, -a, -um, adj., longing, desiring, eager; bellandi cupidi (C. 2), fond ofjighling. , cupio, 3, -ivi, -Itum, long^for, de- sire, wish, be eager (N. 5). cur, adv. [qua, re], why ? where- fore ? for what reason ? from what motive ? cura, -ae, F., trouble, care, anxiety (Cic. 4). Cures, -ium, F., Cures, an ancient town of the Sabines (V. 9). curia, -ae, F., ward, curia (V. 8) (a division among the Roman peo- ple) ; senate-house. Curiatius, -I, M., Curiatius, one of the Curiatii (V. 11). cursor, -oris, M. [curro], runner, courier (N. 4). cursus, -us, M. [curro], running, course. curulis (curr-), -e, adj., curule (a title applied to the higher mag- istrates at Rome) ; sella curulis, curule chair (on which above mag- istrates sat) (V. 9). custodia, -ae, F. [custos], guard, protection ; care, oversight (N. 3) ; by metonymy (usu. plur.), guard, watch, sentinel(Qic. 3), custody, safe-keeping. custodio, 4 [custos], watch, guard (V. 9). custos, -odis, M. and F., guard, keeper, custodian (N. 3), guardian. Cyclades, -um, F. plur., Cy- clades, the islands surrounding De- los in the ^Egean Sea. D. damnatio, -onis, F. [damno], condemnation (N. 8). damiio, 1 [damnum], inflict loss upon, adjudge guilty, condemn (N. T. 8), convict. Darius, -II, M., Darius. Datis, -idis (ace. Datim), M., Datis, a Persian general. de, prep. w. abl., down from, about, from, concerning, for, of, in viar of (N. T. 2) ; (of time), in, during VOCABULARY. 209 about ; over (V. 20) ; multa de nocte, late at night. dea, -ae, F. [deus], goddess. debeo, 2, -ui, -itum [de, habeo], hold back, owe, be bound, be under obligation ; with inf. of another verb, ought (V. 23), must, should, etc. ; deberi, belong to, be destined. debitus, -a, -urn, adj. and part, [debeo], due, owing, appropriate, fitting (Cic. 7). de-cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessum, go away, depart, withdraw (V. 24), go out of the way, cease ; die. decem, num. adj., ten; decem novem (C. 8), nineteen. decomplex, -icis, adj. [decem, plico], tenfold (N. 5). de-cerno, 3, -crevi, -cretum, sepa- rate from; decide , determine ; decree; decide by combat, fight, contend (N. 4)- de-certo, 1, go through a contest, fight it out, contend (C. 2 10). decllnatio, -onis, F. [declin5, bend aside'}, bending aside, swerving (Cic. 6). decus, -oris, N., grace, ornament (V. 2$), fflory, distinction. de-cutio, 3, -cussi, -cussum [de, quatio], strike off (V. 25), shake down, cast down. de-decus, -oris, N., disgrace, in- fttmy, shame (Cic. 6). deditio, -onis, F. [dedo], giving up, surrender, capitulation (N. 7). de-do, 3, dedidi, deditum, sur- render 9 capitulate, yield ; restore, give up (V. 17) ; devote (one's self). de-duco, 3, -duxi, -ductum, lead away, draw down t lead, lead off, withdraw, conduct, escort (V. 13) ; take away, subtract, deduct, diminish ; naves, launch. de-feiido, 3, -di, -fensum, strike off from ; defend, protect, keep off, ward off. defensio, -onis, F. [defendo], defending, defence (C. 2 7). defensor, -oris, M. [defendo], averter, defender (C. 2 6). de-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -\Situm, bring away, carry, report (N. T. 7) ; con- fer (C. 2 4). de-ficio, 3, -feci, -fectum [de, facio], withdraw, be wanting, fail (used transitively) (C. 2 K)). de-figo, 3, -fixi, -fixum, fasten, fix, plunge (Cic. 6). de-icio, 3, -ieci, -iectum [de, iacid], throw down, hurl down, dis- lodge, let fall (V. 21), bring down, dash aside, bear out of course, push down, deprive, rob of; spe, disappoint in (one's) hope (C. 8). delectus, -us, M. [deicio], throw- ing down, fall; declivity, descent (C. 2 8). dein, see deinde. deinceps, adv. [dein, capio], in succession (V. 10), successively, one after the other, in turn, farther, there- after, in regular order, continuously, without interruption. deinde, adv. [de, inde],from that place, thereafter, thereupon, afterward, then; opposed to primum, next, in the second place ; hereafter (V. 4), from this time*on (V. 16). deMabor, 3, -lapsus, slip down, glide down, fall, sink, descend (V. 9). delect!, -oruin, M., plur. [deli- go], chosen men (N. 1). delecto, 1 [intens. from de and 210 VOCABULARY. ylac-, entangle"], allure, attract, de- light, interest (Cic. 6). delectus, -a, -urn, adj. and part. [deligo],/nc&erf, choice, select, chosen. deleo, 2, -evi, -etum, blot out, ef- face, destroy (V. 18). dellberabundus, -a, -urn, adj. [delibero, consider], reflecting care- fully (V. 25). delibero, 1 [de, libro, balance'], weigh well, deliberate, ponder, consult (N. 1), think (anything*) over. de-ligo, 3, -legi, -lectum [de, lego], choose, choose out, select (V. 21), gather. Delphi, -orum, M. plur., Delphi, a city of Phocis. Demetrius, -I, M., Demetrius. demigratio, -onis, r. [demigro], emigration (N. 1). de-migro, 1, migrate, emigrate, move, depart (N. 2), withdraw. de-mitto, 3, -misi, -missum, let down, send down, thrust down ; hurl down, lower, let go; se demittere, humble himself; demittere se saltu, leap down. de-monstro, 1, point out, show, mention (C. 2 1). denique, and thenceforward, fi- nally, not until (Cic. 2). de-pello, 3, -pull, -pulsuiu, drive oat, dislodge (N. T. 5), displace. de pingo, 3, -pinxi, -pietum, de- pict, paint (N. 6). de-pono, 3, -posui, -positum, lay awai/, put aside, give up (Cic. 2). de-populor, 1, lay waste, plunder (C.*7). de-porto, 1, carry down, take away (N. T. 2). deprecator, -oris, M. [deprecor], averter ; advocate, mediator (C. 9), intercessor. de-prehendo, 3, -di, -sum, lay hold of, catch, discover, comprehend, find (V. 26). de-pugEio, 1, fight decisively, join battle, fight. (N. T. 4). depulsus, part, of depello. derelictus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [derelinquo, abandon], soli- tary, deserted (Cic. 10). de-scendo, 3, -di, -scensum [de, scando, climb'], go or come down, de- scend ; dismount, march down; in certamen, engage in battle. de-scrfbo, 3, -ipsi, -iptum, point out, represent, describe, allot, assign, divide. de-sero, 3, -ui, -turn, abandon, desert (V. 12), forsake. desidero, 1, long for, demand, feel the want of (Cic. 5). die signo, 1, mark out, designate (Cic. 1) ; consul designatus, consul elect. de-sino, 3, -sii, -situm (in place of the perf. that of de-sisto is com- monly employed), leave off, desist (N. T. 6), cease. de-sisto, 3, -stiti, -stitum, leai e. off, desist from, abandon (C. 8). de-spero, 1, be hopeless, despair o/(N.4). despondeo, 2, -spondT, -sponsum, promise, pledge, betroth (V. 13). desponsus, -a, -um, part, of de- spondeo. de-sum, -esse, -fui, , w. dat., be away, missing, be wanting, lack, be remiss (Cic. 1). Cf. deficio. de-terreo, 2, -ui, -itum, frighten VOCABULARY. 211 away, deter, prevent (V. 20), discour- age, keep from. deterritus, -a, -urn, part, of de- terreo. detrimentum, -I, M., loss, dam- age, detriment, harm (Cic. 2). deus, -i, M., god. de-vinco, 3, -vici, -victuni, con- quer completely, overcome, (N. 2) , de- feat utterly. de-voveo, 2, -vovi, -votum, vow, set apart, devote (Cic. 6). dextera or dextra, -ae, F. [dex- ter (manus)], right hand (N. T. 8). dl, nom. plur. of deus. Diana, -ae, F., Diana, a god- dess. dico, 3, dixi, dictum, say, tell, speak ; plead ; name, appoint ; cau- sam dicere, plead a cause ; ius di- cere, pronounce judgment; diem di- cere, appoint a day. dictio, -onis, F., saying, pleading (C. 4). dictum, -i, N. [dico], saying, word, word of command, order (V. 22) ; maxim, promise (N. 2). dies, -ei, M. and F., day ; in dies, from day to day ; diem ex die, day after day ; diem dicere alicui, ap- point a day for one's trial. differo, -ferre, distuli, dilatum [dis, fer5] , carry apart, separate ; vary, differ (C. 1). diflftcilis, -e, adj. (compar. diffi- cilior, superl. difficillimus) [dis, facilis], hard, difficult (N. T. 8). difficultas, -atis, F. [difficilis], difficulty (Cic. 6). dignitas, -atis, F. [dignus], worth, dignity; office, position (V. 19), grandeur (N. T. 6), esteem. dignus, -a, -um, adj., ivorthy, de- serving (Cic. 8). diligens, -entis, adj., industrious, careful, assiduous, diligent (Cic. 8). diligenter, adv. [diligens], at- tentively, actively (N. T.Y), promptly (C. 2 5), punctually. diligentia, -ae, F. [diligens], carefulness, diligence, care (Cic. 3), vigilance. dimicatio, -onis, F. [dimico], fight, engagement (V. 25). dl-mico, 1, fight, contend. dl-mitto, 3, -misi, -missum, sen d different ways, scatter ; dismiss ; let go, let slip (N. 3). dlreptio, -onis, F. [diripid, tear asunder^, plundering (Cic. 7). dirigo, 3, -rexi, -rectum [dis, rego], distribute, scatter; lay out, arrange in lines, direct (N. 1). dl-ruo, 3, -ui, -utum, demolish, overthrow, destroy (V. 15). dis, dat. and abl. of deus. dis, dite, gen. ditis, adj. (comp. ditior, superl. ditissimus), rich, wealthy (C. 2). discedo, 3, -cessi, -cessum, go apart, disperse (N. T. 4), come away (N. 7), come off, get off (N. T. 4), depart from, forsake. discessus, -us, M., going asunder ; going away, departure (Cic. 3). disciplina, -ae, F. [discipulus, learner~], instruction, discipline, ad- ministration (Cic. 5). dis-curro, 3, -cum and -cucurri, -cursum, run up and down, run to and fro, run this way and that (V. 5), run about. disicio, 3, -ieci, -iectum [dis, iacio], throw apart, disperse (N. 2). 212 VOCABULARY. dispergo or dispargo, 3, -si, -sum [dis, spargo], scatter, disperse (N. T. 4). dispersus, part, of dispergo. displiceo, 2, -ui, -itum [dis, pla- ced], displease (N. T. 3). dis-pono, 3, -posiri, -positum, place here and there, distribute, dis- pose, assign (C. 8). dis-similis, -e, adj. (compar. dissimilior, superl. dissimillimus), far from like, unlike, dissimilar. dis-simulo, 1, hide, dissemble, disguise, conceal. dissolutus, -a, -urn, adj. and part, [dissolvo], disjointed, loose; lax, remiss, negligent, careless (Cic. 2) ; arbitrary. . dis-solvo, 3, -sol vi, -solutum, take apart, disunite, destroy (N. T. 5). dis-tineo, 2, -tinui, -tentum [dis, teneoj, keep asunder, detain, divert, keep apart (C. 2 5). dis-traho, 3, -axi, -actum, sepa- rate (V. 12), draw, pull asunder, distract, perplex. dis-tribuo, 3, -ui, -utum, divide, distribute. ditissimus, see dis. diu, adv. (comp. diutius, superl. diutissime), a long time; long (V. 15), long ago ; quam diu, as long as (N. T. 9). diuturnus, -a, -urn, adj., lasting, long, chronic (V. 16). diversus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [diverts, turn aside"], different, un- like, contrary ; in di versa, in differ- ent directions, asunder (V. 15). divide, 3, -visi, -visum, divide (C. 1). divmitus, adv. [divmus, divine], from heaven, by divine interposition , by divine influence. divisus, part, of divide. Divitiacus, -i, M., Divitiacus t an JEduan, brother of Dumnorix. divitiae, -arum, F. plur. [dives], riches, wealth; divitiis ornavit (N. T. 2), enriched. do, dare, dedi, datum, give, grant, offer, resign, put ; dare finem, put an end to. doceo, -ui, -ctum, teach, show, in- form, explain, tell (N. 6). dolor, -oris, M. [doleo], pain t grief (C. 2). dolose, adv., craftily, deceitfully, treacherously. dolus, -i, M., device, fraud, deceit, deception (N. T. 4). domesticus, -a, -um, adj. [do- mus], of the house, domestic, native (C. 2 10), private. domicilium, -i, N. [domus], dwelling, abode, home, house (V. 19). dominatio, -onis, F. [dominor, be lord'], rule (N. 3), supremacy, swat/. dominus, -I, M. [domus], master, lord, owner; dominus navis, skip- per (N. T. 8). domo, 1, -ui, -itum, tame, subdue (V. 20), vanquish. domus, -us or -T, F., house, home (V. 13) ; loc. domi, at home, in the house ; in peace, opp. to militiae, (V.16). dono, 1 [donum], give, bestow, present with (V. 20) ; with ace. of person and abl. of thing ; or with dat. of person and ace. of thing. dormio, 4, sleep (V. 22). VOCABULARY. 213 dubito, 1 [dubius], waver in opinion, doubt (N. 3), hesitate. dubius, -a, -um, adj., moving two ways, doubtful (C. 3). ducenti, -ae, -a, num. adj., two hundred. duco, 3, duxi, ductum, lead, guide, draw, haul, bring ; prolong, protract, put off (N. T. 7) ; consider, think ; muruin, build a wall (V. 22) ; uxorem or in matrimonium, marry (a wife) ; genus, trace one's descent; exsequias, perform funeral rites. duim, duis, duit, etc., old subj. of do (Cic. 9). dum, adv., while, as long as ; un- til, provided that. dummodo or dum inodo, adv., if only, if so be that, provided that, as long as (Cic. 5). Dumnorix, -igis, M., Dumnorix. duo, duae, duo, num. adj., two. duo-decim, num. adj. indecl. [duo, decem], twelve. duo-de-vlgintl, num. adj., eigh- teen. duplico, 1 [duplex], double (V. 16), enlarge. dux, duels, M. and r. [duco], leader, general. E. e or ex (always ex before vow- els, and elsewhere more frequently than e), prep. w. abl., out of, from; since ; by reason of, on account of, after, according to ; w. abl. after a partitive = gen. : unus e filiis, one of his sons ; ex itinere, on the march or journey ; ex equo, on horse- back. Eburones, -um, M. plur., the Ebu- rones. ecquid, interrog. adv. [neut. of ecquis, any ?] at all ? (sometimes better not translated ; often implies a negative answer, but not in Cic. 8). e-dico, 3, -dixi, -dictum, speak out, declare, proclaim, ordain. editus, -a, -um, adj. and part. [edo], elevated, high (C. 2 8). e-do, 3, -didi, -ditum,give birth to, bear, bring forth ; give forth, declare, exhibit ; edere geminos, bring forth twins (V. 1). e-duco, 3, -duxi, -ductum, lead forth or out, march out, take away (N.6). educo, 1, bring up, train, educate. effemino, 1 [ex, femina], make feminine, weaken (C. 1). ef-fero, efferre, extuli, elatum [ex, fero], bring out, lift up, carry forth, bear out (esp. for burial), bear away ; produce, publish, announce ; efferri, be lifted up, be proud. efflcio, 3, -feel, -fectum [ex, facid], make out, bring to pass, bring about (N. 3). effrenatus, -a, -um, adj. [ex, frenatus], unbridled, without check (Cic. 1). effugio, 3, -fugi, [ex, fu- gio], v /?ee away, escape (N. T. 8). ef-fundo, 3, -fudi, -fusum, [ex, fundo], pour forth, empty, squander ; throw out; pour out, express freely, expend, vent, exhaust; beneficia ef- fundere, lavish kindness; effundi (pass.), gush forth (said of waters, rivers, etc.) (V. 1) ; effundere se, spread out. 214 VOCABULARY. effasus, -a, -urn, adj. and part, [effundo], poured out, lavish, com- mon, many in number (N. 6). Egeria, -ae, F., Egeria, the nymph who taught Numa (V. 10). ego, mei, pers. pron., /. e-gredior, 3, -gressus [ex, gra- dior, walk~\, go or come out, come forth (N. T. 8). egregius, -a, -um, adj. [ex, grex, (chosen from the herd}~\, distinguished, excellent, surpassing, noble (V. 14). eicio (pronounced but not writ- ten e-iicio), 3, -ieci, -iectum [ex, iacio], cast out t eject, expel, banish (N. T. 8). e-labor, 3, glapsus, slip away, glide off (Cic. 6). elatus, -a, -um, adj. and part. [effer5], exalted, lofty, elated (V. 16), confident (N. 7). e-licio, 3, -licuT, -licitum [ex, Iacio], elicit, lure forth, draw out, bring out; draw, draw down (V. 9). e-Hgo, 3, -legi, -Iectum [e, lego], pick out, choose, select. e-ludo, 3, -si, -sum, stop playing, elude, frustrate, baffle (Cic. 1). e-mendo, 1, free from faults, im- prove ; atone for (N. T. 1), compen- sate for, make up for, make amends for. e-mitto, 3, -misi, -missum, send forth, hurl, throw (V. 17), turn out; vocem, utter ; animum, give up the ghost, die. e-morior, 3, , die off, die (Cic. 8). eriim, conj. (never the first word), /or, indeed, truly. e-nuntio, 1, speak out, disclose (C. 4). eo, Ire, ivi, or ii, itum, go. eo, adv. [is], to that place, thither, there; for that reason, therefore, on that account ; thereon (after " to put ") ; to this (with accede) ; with the gen., to such a degree ; eo inso- lentiae, to such a height of insolence ; often with usque added, followed by ut with the subj., quo . . . eo, by how much . . . by so much, the more . . . the more. eodem, adv. [old dat. and loca- tive of idem], to the same place (C. 4). Ephesius, -a, -um, adj., Ephesian. Ephesus, -i, F., Ephesus, a city of Ionia. ephorus, -i, M., ephor, a Spartan magistrate (N. T. 7). epistula, -ae, F., written commu- nication, letter (N. T. 9). eques, -itis, M. [equus], horse- man ; an eques, one of the equestrian order ; plur. equites, cavalry ; also the knights, the equites, as an order in the state. equester, -tris, -tre, adj. [eques], equestrian (C. 2 8). equitatus, -us, M. [equito, ride}, cavalry (N. 5). equus, -i, M., horse (V. 26); ex equo, equis, on horseback. Eretria, -ae, F., Eretria, a city of Euboea. ergo, adv., then, therefore, accord- ingly. erigo, 3, -rexi, -rectum [ex 5 rego], raise up, elevate ; arouse (N. T. 1). eripio, 3, -ipui, -eptum [ex, rapid], tear out, take away; se, rescue one's self, escape (C. 4). VOCABULARY. 215 erudio, 4 [ex, rudis, rude~\, edu- cate, teach, polish ; adeo eruditus est, became so learned (N. T. 10). e-rumpo, 3, -rupi, -ruptum, break out, burst forth, be disclosed (Cic. 3). escendo, 3, -endi, -ensum [ex, scandd, clim.b~\, climb up, ascend ; in navem, embark on board a ship (N. T. 8). Esquillnus, -a, -um, adj., Esqui- line; Collis or Mons Esquilinus, Esquiline Hill, the largest of the seven hills of Rome, added to the city by Servius Tullius (V. 22). et, adv. and conj., and ; too, also (V. 6), and in fact (N. 3) ; et . . . et, both . . . and. Cf. atque, ac and -que. et-enim, conj., for, for truly, and indeed, because (Cic. 2). etiam, adv. and conj. [et, iam, and now~\ (usually modifies the fol- lowing word), also, even, and also. With comp., still; magis etiam, still more ; sed etiam, but also. Etruria, -ae, F., Etruria, a prov- ince of Italy. et-si, conj., though, although (N. 2) . Euboea, -ae, F., Euboza, a large island near Boeotia. Europa, -ae, F., Europe. Eurybiades, -is, M., Eurybiades. eventus, -us, M., occurrence, for- tune, event, result (V. 22). e-verto or e-vorto, 3, -ti, -sum, overturn, upturn, overthrow, ruin, subvert, destroy (Cic. 7). e-voco, 1, call out, summon, evoke (V. 24). ex or e, prep. w. abl., out of, from, according to. See e. ex-adversum (-vorsum) and ex-adversus (-versus), adv. and prep., over against, opposite (N. T. 3), off. ex-agito, 1 [intens. ; cf . agito] , drive out (N. T. 9), pursue. ex-audio, 4, -ivi, -itum, hear clearly, distinguish, hear (Cic. 8). ex-cello, 3, -ui, -celsum, surpass, be eminent. excelsus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [excello], high, lofty (V. 19). excido, 3, -cidi, [ex, cado], fall out, drop down, slip out, fall from (Cic. 6). ex-cipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptum [ex, capio], catch up, receive (V. 25), overtake, except, sustain, entertain, succeed. excludo, 3, -si, -sum [ex, claudo] , shut out, exclude, cut of (N. T. 5), refuse admittance. ex-cogito, 1, think out, invent, form plans (N. T. 1). excursio, -onis, F., running out, sally, attack, invasion, foray (N. 2). exemplum, -I, N., sample, exam- ple, precedent ; way, manner (C. 8). ex-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go out, go forth (N. T. 6), emigrate, migrate, depart. exerceo, 2, -cui, -citum [ex, ar- ceo, keep off"], drive, keep busy, exer- cise, occupy, employ, discipline (Cic. 10). exercitus, -us, M. [exerceo] (the thing trained), army. ex-haurio, 4, -hausi, -haustum. draw out, drain o/f (Cic. 5). exheredo, 1 [exheres, disinher- ited'], disinherit (N. T. 1). exiguus, -a, -um, adj., strict. 216 VOCABULARY. scanty, inadequate, inconsiderable (N. 4). exilium^see exsilium. eximius, -a, -um, adj., taken out, excepted, exceptional, extraordinary (C. 2 8), pre-eminent. existimo or exfstumd, 1 [ex, aestimo], value, estimate, consider, think, expect (C. 6). existo, see ex-sisto. exitium, -I, N. [exeo], destruc- tion, ruin (V. 26). exordium, -i, N., beginning. ex-orior, 4, -ortus, rise out, arise, begin (V. 11). ex-pecto, see ex-specto. expedio, 4 [ex, pes (unfettered)], extricate; prepare, release; put in order; be serviceable, be expedient (N. 3). expedltus, -a, -um, adj. [expe- dio], unfettered, unimpeded, conven- ient, practicable (C. 6). ex-pello, 3, -pull, -pulsum, drive out, expel (N. 3). experimentum, -I, N. [expe- rior] , trial, experiment ; in experi- mentum, to try (V. 20), for the pur- pose of trial. ex-perior, 4, -pertus, make trial (f) (T- 26), test, attempt, try ; ex- perience; find out, find (N. T. 9), learn, know. ex-pio, 1, expiate, atone for, purge by sacrifice, purify. expire, see exspiro. ex-plico, 1, -a vi or -ui, -atum or -itum, unfold, explain (N. T. 1), draw out, deploy (N. T. 4). explorator, -oris, M. [explord], examiner, explorer, scout (C. 2 5). exploratus, -a, -um, adj. [ex- ploro], ascertained, found out, cer- tain (C. 2 4). ex-ploro, 1, cause to flow forth, bring out; search out, inquire into (N. T. 7), investigate, explore. ex-pono, 3, -posui, -positum, ;?* or set out, expose, leave to perish; draw up, marshal; set forth, explain, expound; set on shore, disembark, land. ex-posco, 3, -poposci, , implore, entreat; demand (V. 17). expositio, -onis, r., setting forth, narration, exposure, being exposed. ex-pugno, 1, take by storm; over- come, take, capture (V. 25). ex-sequor or exequor, 3, -cutus, follow to the grave ; follow, follow up, assert, enforce (C. 4). exsilium, -i, N. [exsul], banish- ment, exile (V. 26). ex-sisto, 3, -stiti, -stitum, exist, appear, stand forth, arise, be (N. 5) . ex-specto, 1, wait, look for, await, expect. ex-splro, 1, breathe out, breathe one's last, expire (V. 12). ex-stinguo, 3, -nxi, -nctum, quench completely, extinguish; kill, destroy ; wipe out (N. T. 1) ; morbo, die of disease, die a natural death (V. 10) ; leni morte, by an easy death. ex-struo or extruo, 3, -uxi, -uc- turn, pile, heap up, build, rear, con- struct (N. T. 6). exsul or exul, -ulis, M. and r. , banished person, exile (Cic. 10). exsulto, 1 [ex-silio], leap up, exult, rejoice (V. 13). ex-timesco, 3, -ui, , be greatly afraid, dread (N. 8). VOCABULARY. 217 extinguo, sec exstinguo. ex-torqueo, 2, torsi, tortum, wrest away, tear from (Cic. 6). extra, prep. w. ace., without, out- side, outside of t beyond, out beyond, excepting,- (as adv.) on the outside, without, except. extremus, -a, -um, adj. [superl. of exter], outermost, utmost, extreme (C. 1), farthest, remotest. etruo, see ex-struo. exulto, see exsulto. ex-uro, 3, -ussi, -ustum, burn out, burn up, consume (C. 5). F. faber, -bri, M., worker, carpenter, smith, workman, artisan (V. 9). fabrico, 1 [faber], frame, make, fashion. fabula, -ae, F., tale, story, fable, apologue, play. facile, adv. [f&cilia], easily, read- ily (N. 3). facilis, -e, adj., easy (C. 6). facinus, -oris, N. [facio], the thing done, deed, crime (V. 14). facio, 3, fed, factum (for the passive fio is used), make, do, form, produce, create, appoint (V. 9) ; with adv. act or deal (so and so) ; castra, pitch a camp; w. gen. or adv. of price or degree, value ; magni, value highly; fac, take care, see to it ; quo factum est, the result was (N. 5). faciundus, instead of faciendus, see A. & G., p. 89, foot-note 2; Harkness, 239. factum, -i, N. [facio], deed, act (V. 25). facultas, -atis, F. [facilis], capa- bility, means, opportunity (C. 7). falcarius, -i, M. [falx, curved blade], scythe-maker. fallo, 3, fefelli, falsum, trip, cause to fall ; deceive (N. T. 7). falsus, -a, -um, adj. [fallo], de- ceptive, spurious, false (N. T. 7). fama, -ae, F. [fa, root of for, speak], common talk, report, saying ; reputation, fair fame, renown; fama est, they say; fama ferebat, there was a tradition (V. 23). fames, -is, F., hunger (Cic. 10). familia, -ae, F. [famulus, ser- vant], slaves in a household, house- hold (C. 4), family, clansmen. familiaris, -e, adj., of a house, belonging to a family, private; res, estate (N. T.I}. familaritas, -atis, F. [familia- ris], familiarity, friendship (V. 19). famula, -ae, F. [famulus] , maid- servant, handmaid, slave (V. 22). faiium, -I, N., temple (V. 23). fastigatus, -a, -um, adj. [fas- tigo, sharpen], pointed ; sloping (C. 2 8). fSstus, -a, -um, adj. [fa, root of for, speak], (opp. to nefastus), not forbidden ; dies fasti, days on which courts could be held and judgment given (V. 9), secular days. fateor, 2, fassus [fa, root of for, speak], confess, own, grant, acknowl- edge (Cic. 2). fauces, -ium, F. plur., upper part of the throat, jaws ; strait, entrance, defile, pass (Cic. 2). Faustulus, -I. M., Faustulus. fax, facis, F., torch, firebrand (Cic. 6). 218 VOCABULARY. felicitas, -atis, F. [felix], fruit- fulness, happiness, good fortune, luck (N. 2). femina, -ae, F., woman. ferax, -acis, adj., fruit-bearing, fertile (C. 2 4). fere , adv., closely ; quite ; almost, about (C. 1). fero, ferre, tuli, latum, bear, en- dure, bring, carry ; pass ; bring forth ; tell, relate ; raise, exalt ; fe- runt, they say ; fertur, it is said ; feruntur (Cic. 10), are talked about. ferox, -5cis, adj. [ferus], wild, haughty, passionate, headstrong, cruel, savage, fierce, impetuous, warlike (V. 11), determined (V. 21). ferrum, -i, N., iron; fig., sword (V. 11). fertilitas, -atis, F. [fertilis,/rmY- ful~\,fruitfulness, fertility (C. 2 4). ferus, -a, -urn, adj., wild, savage, cruel, fierce. fessus, -a, -urn, adj., weary (V. 13), tired, feeble, exhausted. fetialis, -e, adj., fetial; legatus, the fetial priest (V. 17), one of the fetiales, a Roman college of priests who sanctioned treaties, or de- manded satisfaction before declar- ing war ; ius fecialis is not to be translated, being a technical term defined in the Latin text. fictus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [fingo] , fictitious, false. fidelis, -e, adj. [fides], that may be trusted, faithful'^. T. 4). FIdenates, -ium, M. plur., inhabi- tants ofFidence, Fidenates. fides, gen. -e or -el (rare), F. [f ido], confidence, trust, faith, con- science, sense of honor, conscientious- ness (V. 10) ; protection, pledge (C. 3). f iducia, -ae, F., [f idus, trusty'] , assurance, boldness, confidence (V. 16). fllia, -ae, F., daughter. films, -i, M., son. fingo, 3, finxi, fictum, form, fash- ion, arrange, imagine, devise, invent, feign (V. 25). finio, 4 [finis], end, finish, limit, bound, determine (V. 11), decide. finis, -is, M. (rarely F.), boundary, limit, end; extent (Cic. 1); plur., confines, borders (of a country) (V. 17), territory. finitiml, -orurn, M. plur., neigh- bors (C. 2). flnitinius, -a, -um, adj. [finis], bordering' on, neighboring. flo, fieri, factus (supplies pass, to facio), be made, become, come to pass, be done (V. 17), go on; his rebus fiebat (C. 2), the result of this was. flrmo, 1 [firmus], make firm, strengthen, secure, fortify (Cic. 4). firmus, -a, -um, adj., strong, steadfast, resolute (C. 3). flagitium, -I, N. [flagito, entreat}, importunity, eagerness ; shameful act, outrage. flagro, 1, fiame, burn (N. 5), glow, be stirred. flamen, -inis, M. [flagro] (he who burns}, priest (V. 9). flamma, -ae, F. fiame, blaze (N. T. 4). fleo, 2, fie vi, -etum, weep (V. 13), weep for, bewail, lament. floreo, 2, -ui, [flos, blossom^, VOCABTJLAKX- 219 bloom, flower ; flourish, be eminent, be conspicuous (N. 1). flu men, -inis, N. [fluo] (that which flows}, river, stream. fluo, 3, fluxi, fluxum, flow, run (C. 6). foedus, -eris, N., treaty, league, covenant. fons, fontis, M., spring, fount, fountain. foras, adv. [ace. of a supposed fora, door~\, out of doors, forth (V. 21), on*. fore, for futurum esse. forem, for essem. forma, -ae, r., shape, form. forte, adv. [f5rs, chance'], by chance, perchance, perhaps, possibly, casually, incidentally. f ortis,-e, ad j ., strong, powerful, reso- lute (N. T. 9), brave (C. I), fearless, mighty, steadfast, energetic. fortissimo, see fortiter. fortiter, adv. [fortis], strongly, bravely. fortitude, -inis, F. [fortis], strength, bravery (V. 22), courage, endurance, fortitude. fortuna, -ae, r. [fors, chance~] y luck, chance, fortune, good fortune, issue ; plur., gifts of fortune, posses- sions. ' forum, -i, N., market-place, forum. fossa, -ae, F. [fodio, dig"], ditch (V. 22), trench, fosse. fraenum, see f re num. fragor, -oris, M. [frangd], crash, crashing, din (V. 8). frango, 3, fregi, fractum, dash in pieces, break, break down (V. 16), subdue, wear out, crush. frater, -tris, M., brother. fraudo, 1 [fraus], w. ace. and abl., cheat, beguile, deceive, defraud (V. 21). fraus, fraudis, F., deceit, fraud, wickedness (V. 24). frenum, -I, N., bit, bridle ; plur., reins (V. 24). frequenter, adv. [frequens, repeated~], often, frequently ; in full numbers, numerously (V. 16). frequentia, -ae, F. [frequens], assembling iit great numbers, numer- ous attendance, multitude, throng (Cic. 7). fretus, -a, -um, adj. w. abl., lean- ing, relying (N. 5). frlgus, -oris, N., cold (Cic. 10). frons, frontis, F., forehead, brow; front (C. 2 8). frumentarius, -a, -um, adj. [frumentum], of corn, abounding in corn, fruitful (C. 10) ; res, supplies (C. 2 2) , corn supply. frumentum, -I, N., corn, grain (C. 3). Fufetius, -i, M., Fufetius. fuga, -ae, F. [fugio,], flight (Cic. 8). fugio, 3, fugi, fugitum [fugo, put to flight~], run away, flee, take flight, avoid, shun. fulgeo, 2, fulsi, , shine, glisten. fulmen, -inis, N. [fulgeo], light- ning, thunderbolt (V. 9), lightning- stroke. Fulvius, -i, M., Fulvius. fnmus, -i, M., smoke (C. 2 7). funditor, -dris, M. [funda, sling~], one who fights with a sling, slinger (C. 7). fundo, 3, fudi, fusura, pour, pour out, shed, melt, bring forth, scatter, 220 VOCABULARY. rout (V. 18) ; pass, fundl, be poured out, flow. funest us, -a, -urn, adj. [funus, funeral'], causing death, deadly, fatal, calamitous (Cic. 9). fungor, 3, functus, busy one's self, execute, administer; bear (an office or honor), usu. w. abl. (N. T. V)- furiosus, -a, -um, adj. [furia, passion'], passionate, full of madness, furious (Cic. 10). furor, -oris, M. [furo, rage~], rag- ing, madness, fury, blind passion (C. 2 3), frenzy (Cic. 1). furto, adv. [furtum, theft], by stealth, secretly, by theft (V. 9). futurus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [sum], going to be, future (N. T. 1). G. Gabii, -orum, M. plur., Gabii, a city of Latium. Gabini, -drum, M. plur., the Gabini. Gabinius, -i, M., Gabinius. Gabinus, -a, -um, adj., belonging to Gabii, Gabine, or Gabinian. Galba, -ae, M., Galba. Galll, -orum, M. plur., Gauls. Gallia, -ae, F., Gaul. Garumna, -ae, M., Garumna or Garonne, a river of Gaul. gaudium, -i, N. [gaudeo, rejoice], joy, gladness, delight (V. 12). geminatus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [gemino], doubled, double (V. 13). gem in! , -drum, M. plur., twins. gem in us, -a, -um, adj., twin, two- fold, double, two-faced. Genava, -ae, F., Geneva. gener, -eri, M., son-in-law (Y. 22). generosus, -a, -um, adj. [genus], well-born, noble noble-minded, gener- ous (N. T. 1). Geneva, see Genava. genitus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [gigno], born (V. 22). gens, gentis, F., clan, family, race, tribe, nation, people (N. 4) ; gentium, for emphasis, in the world, on earth (Cic. 4). Genua, see Genava. genus, -eris, N., descent, race, family (N. 1) ; kind, sort, class ; manner, respect, way. German!, -orum, M. plur., Ger- mans. gero, 3, gessT, gestum, wear, bear, carry ; wage, manage, carry on ; do, transact; carry out; se gerere, be- have like, act the part of; res, do business ; in rebus gerendis, in exe- cution (N. T. 1) ; res gestae, deeds, exploits. gigno, 3, gemri, genitum, beget, bear, bring forth, produce. gladius, -i, M., sword. gloria, -ae, F., glory, fame, re- nown ; ambition, vain-glory, pride. gloriosus, -a, -um, adj., full of glory, to be gloried in, glorious, much or highly prized (N. 6) . Gracchus, -I, M., Gracchus. gradus, -us, M. [gradior, walk] t step, station, step of a leader, etc t degree; position; gradu depulsub (N. T.6), overthrown, deprived of his advantage. Graecia, -ae, F., Greece. Graecus, -a, -um, adj., of the Greeks, Greek, Grecian. Graioceli, -orum, M. plur., the Graioceli. VOCABTJLAEY. 221 Graius, -a, -um, adj., of the Greeks, Grecian. gratia, -ae, F. [gratus], favor, esteem, influence, popularity, grace, beauty ; gratitude ; plur., thanks ; gratiam reddere or referre, show gratitude, reward (N. T. 8) ; gra- tias agere, thank ; gratiam habere, be grateful; alicuius rei gratia, for the sake of anything (V. 22) ; in ali- cuius gratiam, in favor of any one. gratulor, 1 [gratus], wish joy, congratulate, with dat. ; rejoice (V. 13) ; aliquid or de aliqua re, on account of anything. gratus, -a, -um, adj., beloved, dear, pleasing, acceptable (N. T. 10) . gravis, -e, adj., heavy, weighty, burdensome, severe (V. 22), violent, grave, important, influential, eminent, venerable. graviter, adv., weightily, strongly, seriously (Cic. 7). H. habeo, 2, -ui, -itum, have, hold, occupy, possess j think, believe, look upon, regard (N. 8), consider, feel, entertain, experience. habito, 1 [intens. from habeo], dwell, live, inhabit (V. 16). haereo, 2, haesT, haesum, hang, stick, cleave, adhere, remain at- tached, be fixed (Cic. 6). hasta, -ae, F., spear ; spear stuck in ground at public auctions; ve- nire sub hasta, be sold by auction. hand, adv., not, not at all. hebesco, 3, , [incep. from hebeo], grow blunt or dull (Cic. 2). Hellespontus, -i, M., Sea of Helle, Hellespont (now the Darda- nelles). Helvetll, -orum, M. plur., Hel- vetii, Helvetians. Helvetius, -a, -um, adj., of the Helvetians. hemerodromus, -T, M., plur. -dromoe, courier who runs all day (N. 4). hiberna, -orum, N. plur., winter- quarters (C. 10). hibernus, -a, -um, adj., of win- ter, wintry, winter-. hie, haec, hoc, dem. pron., this, this of mine ; the latter, opposed to ille : abl. hoc, on this account, in this way ; as pers. pron., he, she, it. hie, adv., in this place; on this occasion; at this juncture / in this state of affairs (N. 3). hiemo, 1 [hiems, winter"], winter, pass the winter (C. 10). hinc, adv. [hie], hence, from this place, from this time, here- after ; hinc . . . hinc, on this side ... on that, on the one hand . . . on the other. His paiiia, -ae, F., Spain. Hister, -tri, M., Hister, the lower part of the Danube. Histiaeus, -I, M., Histiaeus. historia, -ae, F., narrative of past events, history (N. T. 9). homo, -inis, M. and F., human being, man, woman, or child. honestus, -a, -um, adj. [honos], regarded with honor, honorable, respectable, worthy (Cic. 8). honor, see honos. honos, -oris, M., honor (N. 6), office (N. T. 7). 222 VOCABULARY. Horatius, -I, M., Horace, Hora- tius, one of the Horatii (V. 11). horribilis, -e, adj. [horreo, shud- der at], terrible, fearful, dreadful, horrible (Cic. 5). horror, -oris, M. [horreo, shud- der at], trembling, dread, horror. hortor, 1, urge, exhort (N. 3). hortus, -I, M., garden (V. 25). hospes, -itis, M. and F., host, guest, guest-friend. hospitium, -I, N. [hospes], hos- pitable reception, relation of host and guest, guest-friendship (N. T. 8) . Hostilius, -T, M., Hostilius. hostis, -is, M. and F., enemy. hue, adv., to this place, hither. huiusce, see -ce. h m mini t:is, -atis, F. [humanus, human], humanity, kindliness (N. 8), refinement (C. 1). humerus, -I, M., shoulder. h 11 m ili s, -e, adj. [humus, eartli], low, lowly, obscure, humble (N. 8). humi, adv. [locative of humus], on the ground (Cic. 10). I. I. = anus, num. adj., one. iaceo, 2, -ui, [iacio] (be thrown}, lie, lie prostrate (V. 13), lie ill, lie dead. iacio, 3, ieci, iactum, throw, hurl (C. 2 6). iacto, 1 [intens. from iacid], throw, flourish, make prominent, display (often with pride or inso- lence) (Cic. 1). iam, adv., already, now, at last, soon, at this time, at that time, by this time, then ; moreover. iam pridem, long ago (Cic. 1) ; iam dm, this long time (Cic. 1) ; iam dudum, long since (Cic. 5), this long time. laniculum, -I, N., the Janicu- lum, a hill at Rome (V. 10). Ianuarius,-a, -um, adj., of Janus, of January (Cic. 6). lanus, -i, M. [ianua, door], Ja- nus, the god of doors a Roman god having two faces (V. 9). ibi, adv. [is], in that place, there. ibidem, adv., in the same place, just there (N. 2). Iccius, -I, M., Iccius. ico, ici, ictum, strike, hit; icere foedus, make a covenant, strike a treaty (V. 8). Id. = Idas, which see. idem, eadem, idem, determ. pron. [is], same; idem . . . qui, the same ... as ; idem et or idem atque, the same as, identical with (C. 2 6). idoneus, -a, -um, adj., Jit, proper, suitable (N. 2), sufficient, satisfac- tory, plausible (N. T. 6). Idus, Iduum, F. plur., Ides, mid- dle of the month ; the 13th of all months but March, May, July, and October, when the^ fell on the 15th. igitur, conj., then, therefore, accordingly, I say then, as I was saying (Cic. 4). Ignis, -is, M., fire; watch-fire (C.2 7). ignominia, -ae, F. [in, (g) no- men], disgrace, disgracefulness, dishonor (Cic. 6). Ignore, 1, not to know, be igno- rant (Cic. 1). VOCABULARY. 223 Ignotus, -a, -nm, adj. [in, (g)notus], unknown (N. T. 8). ille, -a, -ud, demon, pron., that, yonder ; as a pers. pron., lie, she, it; ille . . . hie, the former . . . the latter (V. 10). illustro, gee inlustro. imago, -inis, F., image, likeness, semblance, picture. imbellis (inb-), -e, adj. [in, bel- lum], unwarlike, cowardly. im-buo (inb-), 3, -ui, -utum, im- bue, soak, steep, infect (V. 10). immanitas (inm-), -atis, F. [immanis, huge'], monstrous size, enormity, heinousness (Cic. 6). iiii-iuu turns (inm-), -a, -um, adj., unripe, immature, unseasona- ble (V. 13) ; mors, untimely (V. 18), premature death ; aetas, tender age. immo, adv., in very truth; immo vero, nay rather, nay I may even say, nay more (Cic. 1). immolo (inm-), 1 [in, mola, sacrificial meal'], sprinkle with sac- rificial meal ; hence, sacrifice (V. 23), immolate. immortalis (inm-), -e, adj. [in, mortalis], undying, immortal (Cic. *) im-par (inp-), -paris, adj., w. dat, not a match for (V. 12) , un- even, unequal. impedio (inp-), 4, entangle, ob- struct, impede, be an obstacle to (N. 5). impello (iup-),3, -pull, -pulsum [in, pelloj, strike against, impel, urge on (N. 5). impendeo (inp-), 2, , [in, pended], hang over, overhang (C. 6). imperator (inp-), -oris, M. [im- pero], commander-in-chief, general, leader (N. 1). imperatum (inp-), -I, N. [im- pero], command, order (C. 2 3). imperium (inp-),-I,N. [imperS], power, dominion, empire, author- ity, command, rule, supreme con- trol, sovereignty, government, su- premacy (C. 3), sway, direction, office. impero (inp-), 1 [in, paro, make ready~], command, give orders for, levy, make a levy (w. dat.) (C. 7). impetro (inp-), 1 [in, patro, bring to pass~], gain one's end, bring to pass, effect, obtain, procure (by request or influence) (C. 9). impetus (inp-), -us, M. [impeto, rush upon], attack, onset, violent impulse, impetuosity, force, eager- ness, fury, excitement. impius (inp-) , -a, -um, adj., un- godly, impious, wicked. im-plico (inpl-), 1, -avi or -m, -atum or -itum [in, plied, fold~] , en- fold, entwine, entangle, envelop; morbo implicari, be attacked by disease ; errore implicare aliquem, lead one astray. impono, 3, -posui, -positum, put upon, in, or into, lay on, estab- lish, introduce, place ; put on board (a ship), embark; impose upon, inflict. importo (inp-), 1 [in, porto], bring in, import (C. 1). importunus (inp-), -a, -um, adj., unfit, troublesome, cruel, dangerous (Cic. 9). impositus (inp-) , -a, -um, part, of impono. 224 VOCABULARY. improbus (inpr-), -a, -um, adj. [in, probus], not good, bad, wicked, vile, shameless (Cic. 2). improvlsus (inp-), -a, -um, adj. [in, prSvisus], not foreseen, unex- pectedly ; neut. as noun in de im- provlso, unexpectedly (C. 2 3). impulsus (inp-), part, of im- pello. imp u nit us (inp-), -a, -um, adj. [in, punitus], unpunished (Cic. 7). in, prep. w. ace. (of motion), into, to, against, upon, for; w. abl. (of rest), in, on, over; in po- testatem, under (one's) power (V. 25) ; in altitudinem, in height; in longitudinem, in length; in lati- tudinem, in breadth or width. in-ambulo, 1, pace to and fro, walk up and down (V. 25) . inanis, -e, adj., empty, void, de- serted, unoccupied (Cic. 7). incendium, -I, N., burning, Jire (N. T. 4), incendiarism (Cic. 3). incendo, 3, -di, -sum, set on fire (N. 7), burn. inceptum, -I, N. [incipio], be- ginning, attempt, undertaking (N. 1). in-cido, 3, -cidi, -casum [in, cadd], fall into; happen, befall, occur, be made (V. 26) ; fall upon, attack; in mentionem incidere, mention incidentally; impers. in- cidit, w. dat., it happens. incipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptum (in, capio], take hold, begin (C. 2 2). in-cito, 1, set in rapid motion, urge, excite, spur on, arouse (V. 24), incense (C. 4). in-clamo, 1, cry out to (V. 12), call on, exclaim against, reproach. inclitus or inclutus (not incly- tus), -a, -um, adj., renowned, cele- brated, famous, glorious (V. 9). include, 3, -si, -sum [in, claudo], shut up, shut in, enclose (Cic. 2). inclutus, see inclitus. inclytus, see inclitus. incola, -ae, M. and F. [incolS] , inhabitant. in-colo, 3, -ui, , be at home, inhabit, dwell in (N. 2), live. in-credibilis, -e, adj., not to be believed, incredible, extraordinary (Cic. 3). in-crepo, 1, -ui, -itum, make a noise, rattle; resound, urge on, upbraid; transpire, be noised abroad (Cic. 7). in-cresco, 3, -crevi, , grow in, grow, increase (V. 18). incursio, -onis, F., attack, raid (V. 17), assault, incursion. inde, adv., from that place, thence; after that, then, thereupon (V. 19). index, -icis, M. [in, die, point out], pointer, informer, sign, mark, index. indicium, -I, N., notice, infor- mation, disclosure, evidence (C. 4). in-dico,. 1, point out, show, re- veal, indicate, inform, tell. in-dlco, 3, -ixi, -ictum, declare, proclaim, announce (V. 5) , appoint, give notice of, indlgne, adv. [indignus, un- worthy], unworthily, shamefully, with reluctance ; indignantly. indoles, -is, F., nature. in-duco, 3, -duxT, -ductum, lead in, lead on, induce (C. 2) ; ani- mum, make up one's mind (Cic. 9). VOCABULARY. 225 industria, -ae, F., diligence, industry (V. 19) ; de industria, purposely. in-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go into, enter, begin (N. T. 1), enter upon, engage in (Cic. 7). inertia, -ae, F. [iners, without skill], want of art, ignorance ; in- activity, idleness (Cic. 2), negli- gence. In -fans, -ntis [in, for, speak] (not [able to] speak), M. and F., infant, child. Infectus, -a, -um, adj. [in (not}, facio], not done, undone (N. 7), unfinished. Inferior, -ius, adj. lower (C. 1), inferior. In-fero, Tnferre, intuli, illatum (inl-) (bear in or against), carry into, bring in or upon, carry for- ward, set against, introduce; al- lege; cause; se inferre, rush, hasten, betake one's self, resort; bellum alicui, make war on any one; signa, bear standards against, attack; pedem, advance, attack; lay on (Cic. 8). Infesto, 1, molest, attack, trouble ; locum , infest a place. infestus, -a, -um, adj., hostile, troublesome, dangerous; infestum habere aliquem, have one as an enemy. In-firmus, -a, -um, adj., not strong, weak (N. T. 6). Infitior, 1 [infitiae, denial], not to confess, deny (Cic. 3). in-fluo, 3, -uxi, -iixum, flow in, run into (C. 8). ingenium, -I, N., natural dispo- sition, temper, character, nature (V. 24), inclination, natural capac- ity, ability, genius. ingens, -ntis, adj., vast, huge, enormous, great, mighty, remark- able (V. 9). ingenuus, -a, -um, adj., free- born (V. 20), befitting the "free- born, noble, candid, ingenuous. in-gratils or in-gratis, adv., involuntarily, against one's will (N. T. 4). in-gredior, 3, -gressus [in, gra- dior], step, enter upon, enter (V. 19), engage in, begin. in-hibeo, 2 [in, habeo], hold back, restrain, draw in (V. 24). inicio, 3, -ieci, -ectum, throw in, on, or over, thrust in, cast in, inspire, infuse into, throw across; metum alicui, inspire one with fear; moles in mare, push or build out into. iiiimicus, -a, -um, adj. [in, arnicas], unfriendly, hostile (C. 7). inimicus, -I, M., enemy (N. T. 9). iniquus, -a, -um. adj. [in, ae- quus], uneven, unfavorable (C. 2 10). initio, 1 [initium], begin, initi- ate, consecrate (Cic. 6). initium, -I, N., going in, en- trance; beginning (N. T. 1). iniuria, -ae, F. [in, ius] , injus- tice, wrong, injury (C. 7). iniuste, adv. [iniustus, unjust], without right, unjustly (N. T. 7). inlecebra (ill-), -ae, F., entice- ment, charm, allurement (Cic. 6). in-lustro, 1, light up, make clear, render famous ; pass, become fa- mous (N. T. 1). 226 VOCABULARY. in-noxius, -a, -um, adj., harm- less, blameless, innocent (N. 8). inopia, -ae, F. [inops, without resources'], want (N. 3), famine. inqiiam, -is, -it (defective), / say, thou sayest, etc. (V. 17). inretio (irr-), 4, [in, rete, net], catch in a net, ensnare (Cic. 6). in-rideo, see irrldeo. In-sequor, 3, -secutus, follow (V. 16) , pursue, press upon, harass, reproach. Insideo, 2, -sedi, -sessum [in, sedeo] , w. dat. , sit upon or in (V. 19) , be situated on, occupy. insidiae, -arum, r. plur. [Insi- deo], ambush, ambuscade, plot (V. 21), artifice, snare; per insidias, by stratagem; struere, tendere, lay plots, spread snares. Insidior, 1 {insidiae], lie in am- bush, lie in wait for, w. dat. (V. 2). insignis, -e, adj. [in, signum], marked, remarkable, extraordinary, distinguished, splendid (V. 9), emi- nent (V. 7) ; as noun, insigne, -is, N., usu. in plur. insigniae, badges (of honor), decorations, standards. installs, -antis, adj. [insto], present (N. T. 1), immediate. in-stituo, 3, -m, -utum [in, sta- tuo, place] , fix, determine, under- take, introduce, establish, institute, set up, appoint, resolve, train up, educate. institutum, -I, N. [instituo], arrangement, establishment, pur- pose, design ; in plur., institutions, laws, customs, usages. Instructus, part, of instruo. Instruo, 3, -uxi, -uctum, build in, set in order, draw up (N. 5). Insula, -ae, F., island (N. 1). in-tactus, -a, -um, adj. [in, tango], untouched, uninjured, in- tact (V. 13). integer, -gra, -grum, adj., un- touched, unwounded (V. 12), en- tire, whole, unhurt, safe; new, fresh (of soldiers) ; blameless, pure, virtuous ; ex integro, afresh. intel-lego, 3, -lexT, -lectum (not intelligo) [inter, legd], have an accurate knowledge or skill in, comprehend, understand, discern, perceive, see into, see (V. 15). intentus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [intendo], attentive, closely attend- ing (V. 21) , intent upon ; alicui rei or in aliquid, intent upon anything. inter, prep. w. ace., among, amid, in amid, between, during, in the course of, in the midst of; inter se (C. I"), from one another-, inter se dare (C. 3) , exchange. inter-cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessum, come between, intervene (C. 7). inter-cipio, 3, -cepT, -ceptum [inter, capio] , intercept, take away, steal, carry off, get (possession of) (V. 19). interdiu, adv., during the day, by day (C. 8). inter-ea, meanwhile, in the meantime; however. inter-eo, -Ire, -ii, , go among, be lost; perish (N. 3), be wasted (N. T. 2). inter-fici5, 3, -feel, -fectum [inter, facio] , finish, despatch, slay, kill, put to death. inter-icio, 3, -ieci, -iectum [inter, iacio], throw in (between) ; pass, lie between, intervene ; spatio VOCABULARY. 227 interiecto, a short time after ; pau- cis diebus interiectis, a few days after (V. 26). interim, adv., meanwhile (V. 16), in the meantime (N. T. 6). inter-imo, 3, -emi, -emptum or -emtum [inter, emo, buy] , abolish, kill, put to death (V. 25), destroy. interior, -ius, gen. -oris, adj. comp., inner, interior, middle (C. 2 2)- interitus, -us, M. [intereo], de- struction, death. inter-pono, 3, -posuT, -positum, put between, interpose; use as a pretext, allege (N. T. 7). inter-rogo, 1, ask, interrogate, question (V. 20). inter-scindo, 3, -scidi, -scissum, tear asunder, break down (C. 2 9). inter-sero, 3, , , place be- tween, interpose,' causam, allege- as a pretext (N. 4) ; hoc, give this reason. inter-sum, -esse, -fui, , be be- tween, be present ; interest, concern (C. 2 5), 3dpers. impers. inter- vallum, -I, N., space be- tween two palisades, distance, in- terval ; per intervalla, at intervals (V. 12). iutestinus, -a, -um, adj., inward, internal, intestine (Cic. 2). intra, adv. and prep. w. ace., within, inside, under, fewer than (with numerals). intro-duco, 3, -duxi, -ductum, lead in, introduce (C. 2 5). in-tueor, 2, -itus, look upon, consider, give attention to, have re- gard to (N. T. 7). in-uro, 3, -ussi, -ustum, burn \ in, burn, brand, brand upon (Cic. 6). in-iitllis, -e, adj., useless (N. T. 7). in-venio, 4, -vem, -ventum, come upon, Jind (V. 26), meet with, dis- cover, invent. in-veterasco, 3, -ravl, [incep., in, vetus, old], grow old, establish one's self, get a foot-hold in (C. 2 1). in-vicem, adv., in turn, alter- nately (V. 21). invidia, -ae, r. [invidus, envi- ous], envy, dislike, odium, hatred (N. T. 8). invidiosus, -a, -um, adj. [in- vidia], full of envy, hateful, odi- ous (V. 15), hated. invito, 1, invite, summon (Cic. 9). invltus, -a, -um, adj., against the will, unwilling (C. 8). lones, -um, M. plur., lonians. Ionia, -ae, F., Ionia, part of Asia Minor. ipse, -a, -um, intens. pron., self, very (used with all three per- sons). irascor, 3, iratus [ira, anger], be angry, be in a rage. iratus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [irascor], enraged, angry, in anger. ir-rldeo, 2, -risT, -risum [in, rideo], laugh at, ridicule, deride, scorn ; jest, mock. is, ea, id, determ. pron., this, that; as pers. pron., he, she, it; is qui, he who, such a one as = talis; in eo esse, be on the point o^ iste, -a, -ud, gen. istius, demon. 228 VOCABULARY. pron., this, that, that of yours (Cic. 1), that (often with irony and scorn). ita, adv. [is], so, thus, in this way j non ita multa post, not very long after; ita ut (uti), just s_(C. 2 1). Italia, -ae, F., Italy. ita-que, conj., so, and so, there* fore, accordingly, and thus. item, adv., likewise, also (C. 3). iter, itineris, N. [eo], way, road, march, journey, route (C. 6) ; ex itinere, on the march ; quam max- imis itineribus potest contendit (C. 7) , hastens by forced marches ; also magnis itineribus (C. 10). iterum, adv., again, a second time (N. T. 5). iubeo, 2, iussi, iussum, order, bid, command. ificundus (ioc-), -a, -urn, adj., pleasant, agreeable, delightful, pleasing (Cic. 6). iudex, -icis, M. [ius, dico], judge. iudicium, -i, N. [iudex], judg- ment, trial, suit (N. T.I}. iudico, 1 [iudex], judge (V. 26), decide, deem. iugum, -T, N. yoke (V. 14) ; ridge or peak of a mountain. lulius, -I, M., Julius; month of July (used as adj.). iumentum, -I, N., beast for haul- ing, beast of burden, pack-animal (C.3). iungo, 3, iunxi, iunctum, yoke, harness, join, unite (V. 24) ; pon- tem, build a bridge. luppiter (lupi-), lovis, M., Jupiter, the supreme deity of the Horn an s. lura, -ae, M., Jura, a chain of mountains between the Rhine and the Rhone. iure, abl. of ius, used adverbi- ally, by right, justly, by fair means (V._19). ius, iuris, N., right, law, justice ; authority / court of justice, trial (V. U) ius-iurandum, iuris-iurandi, N. [iuro, make oath~\, oath (V. 8). iussus, -us, M. [iubeo], command, order. iustitia, -ae, F., justice, upright- ness. iustus, -a, -um, adj. [ius], just, righteous, upright (N. 8). iuvenis, -is, adj. (comp. iunior ; superl. supplied by minimus natu), young. iuvenis, -is, M. and F., youth, young man or woman. iuvo, 1, iuvi, iutum, help, aid, assist (C. 2 3). K. Kalendae, -arum, F. plur., day of proclamation, Calends, Jirst day of the month (V. 9 ; C. 6). L. L., abbrev. of IJncius ; as num- eral = quinquaginta, num. adj., fifty. labefacio, 3, -feel, -factum, cause to totter, shake (Cic. 1). Labienus, -i, M., Labienus. labor, -oris, M., labor (N. T. 4), toil, hardship. Lacedaemon (-mo), -onis, F., Lacedcemon, Sparta. VOCABULARY. 229 Ljacedaemonius, -a, -um, adj., Lacedaemonian, Spartan. Lacedaemonius, -T, M., Spar- tan, Lacedaemonian. lacrima, -ae, F., tear (V. 14). lacus, -us, M., opening, hollow; lake (C. 2). Laeca, -ae, M., Laeca. laetitia, -ae, F. [laetus], joy, gladness, pleasure, delight (Cic. 10). laetus, -a, -um, adj., glad, joy- ful, fortunate, agreeable, fertile; laeta pabula, rich fodder. laeva, -ae, F., left hand (V. 6). lambo, 3, Iambi, lambitum, lick, lap (V. 1). IJampsacum. -I, N., and Lamp- sacus (-os), -i, F., Lampsacum or Lampsacus. lanificium, -I, N. [lana, wool, facio], working of wool, spinning, iveaving, etc. ; in lanificio, spinning wool (V. 26). lapideus, -a, -um, adj. [lapis], of stone, stony. lapis, -idis, M., stone (C. 2 6). laqueus, -I, M., rope having a noose in it; noose, snare, halter (V. 14) _ largitio, -onis, F. [largior, give freely~], generosity, prodigality (N. G), bribery, distribution. late, adv. [latus], widely (C.2). Tjatimis, -a, -um, adj., Latin. Latin t:s, -I, M., Latin, inhabitant ofLatium (V. 23). latitude, -inis, F. [latus], breadth, width (C. 2). Latobrigi, -drum, M., Latobrigi, or Latovici, a German tribe in the southern part of Baden. latro, -onis, M., robber (V. 2). latrocinium, -I. N. [latrocinor, rob], free-booting, robbery (Cic. 9, 10). latus, -a, -um, adj., broad, wide (C. 2) , extensive. latus, -eris, N., side (C. 2 5). laudo, 1 [laus], praise (V. 26), laud, commend. Laurentia, -ae, F., Laurentia. laus, laudis, F., praise, fame, reputation (N. 8), renown. lectulus, -I, M. [lectus, bed"}, small couch, bed (Cic. 4). legatio, -onis, F. [lego, depute], legatus, -I, M. [lego, depute], ambassador, envoy ; lieutenant, lieutenant-general. legio, -onis, F., body of soldiers, legion (containing 10 cohorts of foot-soldiers and 300 cavalry, from 4200 to 6000 men) (C. 7). lego, 3, legi, lectum, pick, choose, gather (V. 9); read, re- cite. Leinannus, -T, M., Lemannus, or the Lake of Geneva. Lemnius, -a, -um, adj., of Lem- nos, Lemnian. Jjemnius, I, M., Lemnian. Lemnos and Lemnus, -T, F., Lemnus, an island in the JEgean Sea. lenis, -e, adj., soft, smooth, gentle, mild (Cic. 5). leniter, adv. [lenis], softly, mildly, gently (C. 2 8). Leonidas, -ae, M., Leonidas. Lepidus, -i, M., Lepidus. letalis (lethalls), -e, adj. [le- tum, death], deadly, fatal (V. 22). 230 VOCABULARY. levis, -e, adj., light, not heavy (C. 2 10). levitas, -atis, F. [levis], light- ness, levity (C. 2 1). lex, legis, F., law, statute, rule, condition (V. 11), terms. liber, -era, -erum, adj., unre- stricted, free (N. 3). Hberaliter, adv. [Hberalis] , like afreedman, graciously, kindly (C. 2 6). libere, adv., (comp. liberius, superl. llberrime) [liber] , frankly (N. T. 7), freely, fast (N. T. 1). liberl, -orum, M. plur. [liber], freemen (N. T. 6) ; children. llbero, 1 [liber], set free, free, liberate (N. 6), relieve. libertiis, -fitis, F. [liber], free- dom, absence of restraint, liberty (N. 3). _ libido or lubldo, -inis, F., pleasure, passion, wantonness, lust (Cic. 6). licet, 2, -cuit and -citum est, impers., it is allowed, is permitted (C.7). lietor, -oris, M., lictor, an at- tendant on certain Roman magis- trates. Hgneus, -a, -um, adj. [lignum, wood],ofwood, wooden (N. T. 2). lineamentum, -T, N., line; plur., features, lineaments. lingua, -ae, F., tongue, speech, language. Us, litis, F., strife; suit at law, litigation; damages (N. 7). littera (better than litera), -ae, F., letter, alphabetical sign; writing, letter, epistle (N. T. 9), literature (N. T. 10). locupleto, 1 [locuples, rich'], enrich (N. 2). locus, -I, M. (plur. loci and loca), place, position, spot, post, region. longe, adv. [longus], far off, afar; far, long, widely, greatly, by far, much, very much, by much; baud longe, not far ; longe late- que, far and wide. longinquus (-Incus), adj. [lon- gus], far removed, long (N. T. 4). longitudo, -inis, F. [longus], length (C. 2). longus, -a, -um, adj., long; navis, war-ship (N. T. 2). loquor, 3, -ciitus, speak (N. 3), talk. Lucius, -T, M., Lucius. Liucretia, -ae, F., Lucretia. Incus, -I, M. [luceo, shine'], (open place in a wood), wood, thicket, grove, sacreclivood. ludibrium, -I, N. [ludo, play], sport, scoff, jest, ridicule. ludicer (nom. sing. M. not used), -era, -crum, adj., serving for sport, sportive (V. 2) . ludicrum, -I, N., public games, stage play. Indus, -I, M. [ludo, play~], game, play , pastime ; school ; ludus litte- rarius, elementary school; gladia- torius, fencing school, school of gladiators; ludi magister (or as one word), schoolmaster, teacher. lugeo, 2, luxi, luctum, mourn, lament (V. 13), mourn for. lima, -ae, F. [root of lux], moon. lupa, -ae, F. (she-}wolf. lustro, 1 [lustrum, sacrifice'], purify; review, examine, survey, traverse; light up, illumine. VOCABULARY. 231 lux, lucis, F., light (Cic. 3). luxus, -us, M., luxury, pomp, luxurious indulgence ; in convivio et luxu, feasting and enjoying (themselves') (V. 26). M. M., abbrev. of Marcus, Marcus ; as numeral = mille, num. adj., thousand. M', abbrev. of Manius, Manius. machinor, 1 [machina, contriv- ance], contrive skilfully, devise, plot (Cic. 1). Maelius, -I, M., Maelius. magis, adv. [root of magnus], more, rather. magistrates, -us, M. [magis- ter, master~\ , office of master, mag- istracy ; magistrate (N. 6). Magnesia, -ae, F., Magnesia. magnitude), -inis, F. [magnus], greatness, size, magnitude; rank, - dignity. magnopere or magno opere, adv. [abl. of magnum opus, with great labor], very much, greatly (N. 3), earnestly (C. 2 5). magnus, -a, -um, adj. (comp. maior, superl. maximus), great, large. maior, M. and F., -us, N., adj. [comp. of magnus], greater, stronger; res, matter of unusual importance (N. T. 1) ; maior natu (also without natu) , older, elder. maiores, -um, M. [plur. of ma- ior], ancestors (N. 1), forefathers, fathers, ancients, men of old; maiores natu (N. T. 2), elderly men. male, adv. (comp. peius, superl. pessime) [malus,&acT], badly, wick- edly ; with difficulty (V. 13) ; male facere, do ill; rem gerere, meet with ill success (N. 3), be unsuc- cessful, manage ill. maleficinm, -I, N. [male, facio], evil deed, mischief, harm (C. 7). maid, malle, malui, [magis, void], choose rather, prefer (N. 8). malum, -I, N. [malus] , anything bad, evil (N. T. 9). Mamurius, -I, M., Mamurius ( Veturius} , maker of the ancilia (V. 9). inanclo, 1, put in hand, commit, intrust, enjoin, command (C. 2 5). mandatum, -I, N. [mando], charge, injunction, command. maneo. 2, mansi, mansum, stay, wait, remain, tarry, last (V. 15) ; await, abide. manifest us, -a, -um, adj., clear, plain, manifest. Manlius, -a, -um, adj., of Man- lius, Manlian. Manlius, -I, M., Manlius. manus, -us, F., hand; ultimam manum imponere, put finishing touch to, end; force, band, band of soldiers, host. Marathon, -onis, F., Marathon, a town on the eastern coast of Attica. Marathonius, -a, -um, adj., of Marathon, Marathonian. Marcellus, -i, M. [dim. from Marcus], Marcellus. Marcius, -I, M., Marcius. inare, -is, N., sea (N. T. 2). maritimus, -a, -um, adj. [mare], of the sea, sea-, maritime; praedones, pirates (N. T. 2). 232 VOCABULARY. maritus, -I, M. [mas, male'], mar- ried man, husband (Cic. 10). Marius, -I, M., Marius. Mars, -tis, M., Mars, the god of war. Martius,-a, -urn, adj., of March (V. 9). Martius, -I, M. [Mars], March. mater, -tris, F., mother. matrimonium, -I, N. [mater], marriage, matrimony. Matrona, -ae, M., Matrona or Marne, a river of Gaul. mature, 1 [maturus, ripe], make ripe; make haste, hasten (C. 7). maxime,adv. [maximus], wos, especially, greatly, chiefly, in the highest degree; with certain adj. to form the sup., most. imiximus, -a, -um, adj., [superl. of magnus], greatest, most; very great, violent (N. T. 8). me, ace. of ego. me-cum (= cum me) , with me. mediocriter, adv. [mediocris, moderate'], moderately, not very, slightly, somewhat (Cic. 1). meditor, 1, reflect, consider, plan, devise (Cic. 9) ; meditati sunt labores (Cic. 10), have pre- pared you, have been practised (here used as a passive verb) . medium, -I, N. [medius], mid- dle; e medio toll ere, make away with ; put out of the way ; in me- dium, for the public benefit. medius, -a, -um, adj., middle, intervening, intermediate; in me- dium agmen, into the middle of the host; quern medium, the midst of which (V. 10) ; in media urbe, in the heart of the city (V. 15). mehercle, mehercule, or me- hercles, inter j., by Hercules, as- suredly , indeed (Cic. 7). memini, -isse, (defective verb), I remember (Cic. 3). memoria, -ae, F. [memor, mind- ful], memory (N. T. 5), recollec- tion; ad nostrum memoriam (N. T. 10), to our times; memoria teneo, remember. memoro, 1, call to mind, men tion; memorant, they say (V. 16). Menapil, -orum, M. plur., the Menapii. mens, mentis, F., mind, intel- lect, understanding ; purpose. mensis, -is, M., month. mentio, -onis, F., mention, call ing to mind. mercator, -oris, M. [mercor, trade], trader (C. 1). meritum, -T, N. [mereo, deserve], that which is earned, merit (N, T. 8) ; pro meritis, according to desert. Messalla (-ala), -ae, M., a cog- nomen in the Valerian gens. Es- pecially, Marcus (Valerius) Mes- salla, consul with M. Piso. metallum, -I, N., metal; mine (N. T. 2). Metellus, -I, M., Metellus. Mettius (Metius or Mettus), -i, M., Mettius. metuo, 3, -ui, [metus], fear, be afraid of (Cic. 6). metus, -us, M. [metu'6], fear, dread (V. 10). meus, -a, -um, poss. pron. (voc. sing, mi), my, mine. mico, 1, -ui, , flash (V. 12), gleam, glitter, vibrate, move with a quick, tremulous motion. VOCABULARY. 233 miles, -itis, M., soldier (V. 22); infantry (opp. eques). 31 He si us, -a, -um, adj., of Mile- tus, Milesian ; plur. as noun. mil hi (millia), plur. of mille. militaris, -e, adj., warlike, mili- tary ; res militaris, art of war (V. 8), military affairs (N. 8). militia, -ae, r. [miles], military service, warfare, war; gen. as adv., militiae, in war (V. 16), in the field. mille, plur. milia or millia, num. adj., thousand. Miltiades, -is, M., Miltiades, an Athenian general, son of Cimon. minime, adv. [minimus] , least ; no, by no means , far from it. minimus, -a, -um, adj., [superl. of parvus], least, smallest (C. 8). minor, M. and F., -us, N., adj. [comp. of parvus], less, smaller, inferior (N. T. 6) ; minor natu (also minor simply), younger. minus, adv. [minor], less. mirabilis, -e, adj. [miror, won- der'], admirable, wonderful (V. 22), wondrous. mirus, -a, -um, adj., wonderful, admirable, marvellous, wondrous, uncommon. misericordia, -ae, F. [miseri- cors, tender-hearted], tender-heart- edness, pity (N. T. 8), compassion, sympathy. mitigo, 1, soften, mitigate. mitis, -e, adj., mild, mellow, soft, ripe; gentle (y. 24). mitto, 3;' misi, missum, send, dispatch, cause to go; release, let go, fling; telum mittere, throw a dart ; vocem mittere, speak. mobilitas, -atis, F. [mobilis, movable'], movableness, fickleness (CM). modestia, -ae, F., moderateness, moderation, modesty (N. 1). modo, adv., by a measure, only, merely, simply. modus, -I, M., measure, bound, limit; mode, way, manner; sort, kind ; modo fluminis, like a river ; hunc in modum, after this fashion ; hoc modo, in this way (V. 17) ; nullo modo, by no means. moenia, -ium, N. plur. [munio], town walls, walls, ramparts, fortifi- cations. moles, -is, F., shapeless mass; might, strength, great quantity, heap (Cic. 9). moleste, adv. [molestus], with trouble, with vexation ; ferre, take ill, be annoyed by, be indignant that (C. 2 1). molior, 4 [moles], make exer- tion, endeavor, undertake, be busy with (Cic. 2) . molitus, part, of molo. molo, 3, -ui, -itum, grind ; molita cibaria, meal (C. 5). Molossi, -orum, M. plur., Molos- sians, a people of Epirus. moueo, 2, -ui, -itum, remind, admonish, advise (N. T. 8). monitus, -us, 'M. [moneo], ad- vice, warning (V. 10). moiis, montis, M., mountain, hill, range of mountains (C. 8). monumentum (monim-), -I, N., that which brings to mind, memo- rial, monument (N. T. 10). mora, -ae, F., delay ; mora tem- poris, lapse of time. 234 VOCABULARY. morbus, -I, M., sickness, illness, disease; morbo exstingui, die a natural death (V. 10). MorinI, -orum, M. plur., the Morini. morior, 3, mortuus (fut. part, moriturus) [mors], die (V: 10). moror, 1 [mora], delay, tarry, loiter, dawdle (N. 1), linger. mors, mortis, F. [morior], death. mortuus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [morior], dead, deceased. mos, moris, M., will, way ; habit, manner, custom, fashion ; caprice, humor (N. T. 7) ; gestus est ei mos, his request was complied with ; ex more, according to custom; plur., morals, character. moveo, 2, movi, mo turn, move, set in motion, stir up, disturb (V. 13); take away, remove; touch, influence, arouse; arma, take arms; bellum, undertake a war; risum, excite laughter. mulier, -eris, F., woman. mulio, -onis, M. [mulus, mule], mule-keeper, mule-driver (V. 24), muleteer. multitude, -inis, F. [multus], multitude, crowd, large number, people, masses (N. 3). multo, adv. [abl. N. of multus], by much, much, a great deal, far, by farCS. T. 9). multo (mulcto), 1 [multa, money, penalty, fine"], punish; pecunia, punish with money, i.e. fine (N. 7). multuin, adv. [multus], much, very often, frequently (N. 8). multus, -a, -um, adj. (comp. plus, superl. plurimus), much, great, many; multo die, late in the day: multa, as noun, many things ; as adv., much, greatly. munio, 4 [moenia, fortifica- tions'] , fortify , defend, protect, de- fend by walls; viam munire, construct a road. munitio, -5nis, F. [munio], de- fending, fortifying; fortification, rampart ; operis munitione, by the erection of fortifications (C. 8). mnnitus, -a, -um, adj. [munio], defended, secured, safe, fortified (Cic. 1). munus, -eris, N., office, function, duty, employment, service, present, gift (V. 6) ; munera, public shows, entertainments. murus, -I, M., wall. muto, 1 [moveo], alter, change (V. 20); exchange; vestem, put on mourning. 31yus, -untis, F., Myus, a city of Caria. N. iiam, conj., for, thus, indeed; often added to interrogative pro- nouns, with intensive force, as quidnam, what (or why) , pray 1 Nammeius, -I, M., Nammeius. namque, conj. (introducing an explanation or a reason) for, for truly (N. 1), and in fact; seeing that, inasmuch as. nanclscor, 3, nactus or nanctus, meet with, come upon (V. 6), find; get, procure, obtain. narro, 1, relate, narrate, tell. nascor, 3, natus, be born (V. 23), spring from, take origin from. VOCABULARY. 235 nat iira, -ae, F., birth, nature (N. 6). imtus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [nascor], with ace. of time, to de- note how old; sexaginta annos natus, sixty years old. natus, -i, M., son. natus, M. , found only in abl. ; natu, by birth; natu maior, maxi- mus, older , oldest; natu minor, minimus, younger, youngest. naufragium, -I, N. [navis and root of frangd], shipwreck (N. T. 7). nauta, -ae, M. [for navita, from navis], sailor (N. T. 8). navalis, -e, adj. [navis], of ships, naval (N. T. 2). navis, -is, F., ship (N. 1). Navius, -I, M., Navius. Naxos (-us), -I, F., Naxos, an island in the 2Egean. ne, adv. and conj., no, not, that not, lest; so that not; in prohibi- tions, w. imper. or subj., not; in conditional sentences, w. subj., that . . . not, lest; after verbs of fearing, that; ne . . . quidem, not even. -ne, interrog. adv., enclitic, appended to some word, usually the first, which is often the verb. It emphasizes the word to which it is joined, but is not to be trans- lated except in indirect questions, when it signifies whether ... or. nee, see neque. necessarius, -a, -um, adj. [ne- cesse], necessary. necessarius, -I, M. and F., kins- man, client, friend, associate, com- rade (Cic. 7). necesse, neutr. adj. (only nom. and ace. sing.), unavoidable, neces- sary (N. 7\9). necessitas, -atis, F. [necesse], necessity, need. nefarius, -a, -um, adj. [nefas, sin~], impious, abominable, nefari- ous, infamous (Cic. 3). nefastus, -a, -um, adj. [ne, for, not to speak or plead'] (opp. to fastus) ; dies nefasti, days on which neither courts nor assemblies could be held, nor judgment pro- nounced (V. 9) ; holy days, holi- neglego (not negligo), 3, -exi, -ectum [nee, lego] , disregard, neg- lect (N. T. 1). nego, 1 [ne, aid], say no, deny (V. 20), refuse, say that not. negotium, -I, N. [nee, otium], not ease, business, employment, task (C. 2 2). nemo, , dat. nemini, (the gen. and abl. sing, and the plur. are supplied by nullus) , M. and F. , no one, nobody (N. 8). neraus, -oris, N., ivoodland (with meadows in it), grove (V. 9). Neocles, -T, M., Neocles, father of Themistocles. nepos, -otis, M., grandson; sometimes, but rarely, nephew. neqne or nee, and not; nee (neque) . . . nee (neque), neither . . . nor (V. 13). nequitia or nequities, -ae, ace. -am or -em, F. [nequam, worth- less'] , bad quality, inefficiency (Cic. 2). Nervil, -orum, M. plur., tht Nervii. 236 VOCABULARY. ne-scio, 4, -ivi, , not know, be ignorant; with quis or qui, some (pers. or thing) or other (N. 7) , equivalent to aliquis. neuter, -tra, -trum, gen. -trius, adj., neither the one nor the other (C. 2 9). nex, necis, F., death, violent death, murder, slaughter (Cic. 7). nihil, N. indecl., nothing (V. 25), and adverbially, in nothing, not at all ; nihil habeo quod . . . , / have no reason that . . . ; non nihil, something. iii hil o-m in us, (nllo-) or nihilo minus, adv., none the less, no less, nevertheless (N. T. 7). nihiluni, -I, N. [ne, hilum, shred'], not a shred, nothing. nimis, adv., beyond measure, too much, too (Cic. 1). nimium, adv. [nimius], too much, too; diu, much too long (Cic. 5), or (simply) too long. ni-si, conj., if not, unless, ex- cept, save only, except that, but (V. 16); non nisi, only; nihil nisi, nothing but; nisi si, unless the condition introduced by si holds good. nitor, 3, nixus (usu. literal) and msus (usu. figurative), bear upon, lean, depend upon (N. 3) ; strive, make an effort, endeavor (N._4). no bills, -e, adj. [nosed, know"], well-known, famous, noble, re- nowned* high-born, of rank, of noble birth. nobilitas, -atis, F. [nobilis], celebrity, nobility, rank; nobles, aristocracy (C. 2). nobis-cum = cum nobis. noctu , adv. [nox] , in the night, at night, by night. nocturnus, -a, -urn, adj. [nox], nightly, nocturnal, in the night (V. 10). nolo, n511e, ndlul, [ne, void], icish . . . not, be unwitting, not to wish (N. T. 7). nomen, -inis, N. [nosco, know~] (that by which a thing is known) , name; renown; debt; nomen ha- b^te, be famous. nominatim, adv. [nomind], by name, expressly, particularly (N. i). _ nomiiio, 1 [nomen], name, nominate, denominate, call. non, adv. [ne, unum], not ; non nisi, only (generally separated by one or more words, non . . . nisi) ; non modo . . . sed etiam, not only . . . but also. non-dum, adv., not yet (C. 6). non-ne, interrog. adv., not? (expecting the answer, Yes) (Cic. 6). non-nullus or (better) non nullus, -a, -um, adj., some, several (N. 7). non-numqnam, or (better) as separate words, adv., sometimes (C. 8). Noreiia, -ae, F., Noreia, a town of Noricum, now Neumarkt. Noricus, -a, -um, adj., of Nori- cum, a country southwest of the Danube. nos, plur. of ego. noster, -stra, -strum, poss. proa. [nos], our, our own (N. T. 10), ours, of us. VOCABULARY. 237 nota, -ae, F., means of recogni- tion, mark, sign, stamp (Cic. 6) ; plur., letters (of the alphabet). noto, 1 [nota], mark, signify, denote, single out (Cic. 1). novacula, -ae, F., razor (V. 20) . novem, num. adj., nine. November, -bris, -bre, adj. [novem], of nine; of November (Cic. 3). novus, -a, -um, adj., (no comp., superl. novissimus), new, recent, fresh, young, novel, strange; novae res, revolution; de novo, afresh; novus homo, the first in a family to hold a curule office, new man, one newly ennobled; novissimum agmen, the rear; novae res, dis- turbances, revolution. nox, noctis, F., night (N. T. 8). 11 ud<>, 1 [nudus], make naked, lay bare, clear (C. 2 6). nudus, -a, -um, adj., naked, bare, vacant (Cic. 7). nullus, -a, -um, adj. [ne, ullus], gen. uullius, dat. null!, not any, no, no one, none. num, interrog. adv., expecting a negative answer ; num quid vis, do you wish anything further? (No) ; in indirect questions, whether (V. 20). Num a, -ae, M., Numa. numerus, -I, multitude, number (V. 16). Numida, -ae, M., a Numidian (so called because they were nomads). Numitor, -oris, M., Numitor, a king of Alba. numquam or mmquam, adv. [ne, umquam], at no time, never. mine, adv., noiv ; nunc . . .mine, at one time . . . at another time. nunquam, see numquam. iiuntio, 1 [nuntius], announce, report, declare. nuntius, -I, M., messenger (V. 17) ; message (N. 3), news, report, tidings, order. nuper, adv. [novus], newly, lately, recently, just (C. 6). nuptiae, -arum, F. plur. [nupta, bride~\ , marriage, wedding, nuptials (Cic. 6). minis, -us, F., daughter-in-law (V. 26). nusquam, adv. [ne, usquam], nowhere (V. 5). O. ob, prep. w. ace., toward, on ac- count of, for, with regard to. obaeratus, -a, -um, adj. [ob, aes], involved in debt; as noun, M. plur., debtors (C. 4), thralls. ob-duco, 3, -duxi, -ductum, bring forward, extend (C. 2 8). ob-eo, -ire, -ii (-ivi), -itum, go to, meet, oppose; engage in, enter upon, undertake (Cic. 10) ; negotia, attend to business ; munia, discharge duties ; die (V. 18) ; diem supre- mum obire, meet one's last day, die (N. 7). oblltus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [obliviscor] , having forgotten (V. 13) , forgetful. oblivlscor, 3, oblltus, forget, w, gen. (V._13). ob-ruo, 3, -ui, -utum, cover, bury, crush, overwhelm ; overload, oppress, overcome. 238 VOCABULARY. obscure, adv. [ obscurus], covertly, secretly (Cic. 4). obscfiro, 1 [obscurus], render dark t obscure, hide, conceal (Cic. 3). obscurus, -a, -um, adj., dark, obscure (Cic. 6). obses, -idis, M. and F., hostage /N. T. 1}, pledge. ob-sideo, 2, -sedi, -sessum [ob, sedeo], besiege (V. 26), invest, blockade, beset, block up; watch closely, look out for (Cic. 10). ob-sisto, 3, -stiti, -stitum, stand in the way, resist , oppose, thwart (Cic. 6). obsoletus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [obsolesco], old, worn out ; ordinary, mean, worthless (N. 6). obsoiiium (ops-), -i, N. , relish, sauce, condiments (N. T. 10). ob-sto, 1, -stiti, , stand before, withstand, oppose (N. 3). ob-strepo, 3, -ui, -itum, clamor against, drown with noise, become noisy or clamorous (V. 21). ob-stringo, 3, -strinxi, -stric- tum, shut in, bind, lay under obliga- tion (C. 9). ob-tempero, 1, comply, conform, submit, obey (Cic. 8). obtineo, 2, -ui, -tentum [ob, teneo], hold (against something or somebody), holdfast, hold, keep (N. 2), occupy, possess ; maintain, gain, obtain. obviam or ob viam, adv. , in the way, against (N. 4) , to meet. obvius, -a, -um, adj. [ob, via] , in the way, meeting, so as to meet (V. 13); obvium esse alicui, meet any one. occasio, -onis, F. [ob and root of cado], opportunity (N. 3.) occasus, -us, M., falling, going down, setting (of heavenly bodies) (O. 1). _ occldo, 3, -cidi, -cisum [ob, caedo, cut], cut down, kill, slay, ruin. occupo, 1 [ob and root of capio], take possession of, seize, lay hands on (V. 25), obtain, hold, occupy, invade, employ, overspread. Oceanus, -I, M., great sea, ocean (ai). Ocelum, -i, N., Ocelum. octo, num. adj. indecl., eight. oculus, -I, M., eye. odl, odisse, fut. part, osurus (de- fect, verb), hate (Cic. 6). odium, -i, N., hatred, grudge , ill- will (Cic. 7). oflRinsio, -onis, F. [offendo, strike against, offend], a striking against, displeasure. offe"nsus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [offendo, offend], offended ; offensive, odious (Cic. 7). offlcium, -I, N. [for opificium ; opus and root of facio], service, favor, duty (N. 2) , allegiance (N. 6). olim, adv., at that time, once, for- merly (N. 6). omitto, 3, -misi, -missum [ob, mitto], let go, omit, pass over, say nothing of (Cic. 6). omnino, adv. [omuls'], altogether, wholly, in all, only (C. 6). omuls, -e, adj., whole, all, every ; as a whole (C. 1) ; omnes ad unum, all to a man; as noun, M. and F. plur., all men, persons; N. plur., all things, everything. onerarius, -a, -um, adj. [onus, load'], of burden, for freight ; navis, transport (N. T. 2). * VOCABULARY. 239 opera, -ae, F. [opus], exertion, work, labor, care, attention ; dare alicui (of a person), attend to, listen to, obey one ; dare alicui rei, occupy one's self with ; devote one's self to, bestow labor upon (V. 16) ; operae pretium est, it is worth while ; mea opera, through my agency. Opimius, -i, M., Opirnius. opinio, -onis, r. [opinor], opin- ion, expectation (N. 2) ; reputation (C. 2 8) ; in opinionem venire w. dat), occur to (N. 7). opinor, 1 [opmus (in inopmus), expected], be of opinion, suppose, imagine, conjecture (Cic. 7). oportet, 2, -uit, impers. [ob, portd], it is necessary, is proper, be- hooves (implying duty). oppidanus, -a, -um, adj. [oppi- dum], of a town. oppidanus, -i, M., townsman (N. 7). oppidum, -i, N., town, fortified place (C: 2 3). oppono, 3, -posui, -positum [ob, pono], set against, oppose (N. T.I). opportunus (opor-), adj. [ob, portus], fit, suitable, advantageous (N. T. 4), favorable. oppressus, part, of opprimo. opprimo, 3, -essi, -essum [ob, premo], press against, suppress, crush, overpower, overthrow (N. 3), subdue, restrain (Cic. 2). oppugnatio, -onis, F. [oppugno], storming, attack ; method of besieging oppugnator,-6ris,M. [oppugno], assaulter, attacker, besieger (N. 7). oppugno, 1 [ob, pugno], fight against, attack, assault, besiege (N. 7). (ops), opis, opem, ope (nom. and dat. not used), power, might, strength, aid, help (V.12); plur., opes, wealth, power, forces, strength, resources. optimas, -atis, M., adherent of the nobility, aristocrat (Cic. 2, 3). optiinus, superl. of bonus. optio, -onis, F., choice; alicui optionem alicuius dare, give one a choice of anything (V. 6). opus, -eris, N., work, labor, toil, need, want, necessity (N. 4) ; fortifi- cation (N. 7) ; quae opus erant, what (things) was needful; opus facere, toil at the work; quant- (tant-, magn-) opere, how (so % very ) much ; or as separate words. oraculuin, -I, N. [oro], oracle (N. 1), prophecy. oratio, -dnis, F. [oro], speaking, negotiation (N. 7), plea, argument (C. 3). orbis, -is, M., ring, circle; orbis terrae, world (Cic. 1). orbus, -a, -um, adj., w. abl., be- reaved, fatherless, childless (V. 14). ordino, 1 [drdo], set in order, arrange, regulate, ordain (V. 22). ordior, 4, orsus, undertake, begin (V. 212- ordo, -inis, M., row, series ; order, rank, class (Cic. 1), body (i.e. sen- ate) (Cic. 8). Orgetorix, -igis, M., Orgetorix, a chief of the Helvetians. orior, 4, ortus (pres. ind. of conj. 3, ore'ris, oritur; imp. subj., orirer or orirer; fut. part., oriturus), arise, originate from, spring, descend from; take (its) rise, begin. orno, 1, fit out, furnish, equip ; divitiis, enrich (N. T. 2). 240 VOCABULARY. oro, 1 [6s], pray, beg, implore, beseech, supplicate, ask or demand earnestly. os, oris, N., mouth, face, counte- nance; speech, utter ance ; mouth (of a river). (os, ossis) (only abl. in sing.), N., bone (N. T. 10). ostendo, 3, -di, -turn [ob(s), tendo], stretch out, show; declare, say (C. 8). ostento, 1 [ostendo], hold out, show (V. 14), show off, parade. Ostia, -ae, F., Ostia, at mouth of the Tiber, a port of Rome. otiosus, -a, -um, adj. [otium], at leisure. otiosus, -i, M., private person, peaceful citizen (Cic. 10). otium, -I, N., leisure, ease, rest, re- pose, peace (opp. bellum) (Cic. 10). ovaris, -tis, adj. and part, [ovo], exulting, rejoicing (V. 13) , celebrating an ovation. ovo, 1, celebrate an ovation. P. P., abbrev. of Publius, Publius. pabulum, -I, N., food, fodder, pasturage, forage (C. 2 2). pacatus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [paco], reduced to submission ; peace- ful, calm, tranquil (V. 9). paciscor, 3, pactus, agree together, bargain, agree, agree upon (Cic. 9). paco, 1 [pax], make peaceful; pacify, subdue (C. 6). pactum, -i, N. [paciscor], agree- ment (N. 2) ; manner, means, way (Cic. 7). Paemani, -orum, M. plur., the Pcemani, Palatium, -i, N., Palatine hill (Cic. 1) ; plur., a palace. paludamentum, -I, N., cloak (V. 13), soldier's or general's cloak. pains, -udis, F., swamp, marsh (V. 8), marsh y ground. pando, 3, pandi, passum or pan- sum, spread out, extend, throw open ; passis crinibus, with dishevelled hair. panis, -is, M., bread (N. T. 10). jpapaver, -eris, N., poppy (V. 25). par, paris, adj., equal (V. 13), a match (N. T. 4), like (V. 24), indecisive, drawn (N. T. 3). paratus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [paro], prepared, ready (C. 5). parco, 3, -peperci, parsum, w. dat. , act sparingly, spare (N. T. 6) . parens, -entis, M. and F. [pario], parent (N. T. 1). paries, -etis, M., wall (Cic. 3), especially of a house (Cic. 8). Parii, -orum, M. plur., people of Paros, Parians. pario, 3, peperi, partum, bring forth, bear, give birth, produce (Cic. 10). Parius, -a, -um, adj., of or in regard to Paros, Parian. paro, 1, make ready, prepare, fur- nish, provide, get, obtain, lay (V. 21), plan. Paros (-us), -I, F., Paros, an island of the Cyclades. parricidium (pari-), -i, N. [par- ricida, murderer of a father], murder of a father, parricide (Cic. 7). pars, partis, F., part, piece, por- tion, share ; qua ex parte, in which respect, on which ground, hence (C. VOCABULARY. 241 particeps, -cipis, M. [pars and root of capio], sharer, partner (Cic. I)- partim, adv. [pars], partly; partim . . . partim, in part . . . in part (N. T. 2), some . . . others. parvulus, -a, -um, adj. [dim. from parvus], very small, little. parvulus, -I, M., child, infant, little one. parvus, -a, -um, adj. (comp. minor, superl. minimus), little, small, slight (Cic. 6). passus, -us, M., step, pace ; mille passuum, thousand paces, mile (N. 4). passus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [pando] , outspread, dishevelled, open ; (2) part, of patior. pastor, -oris, M. [root of pasco, f eed~\, feeder, keeper ; shepherd, herds- man. pateo, 2, -ui, , lie or be open (N. 8), be manifest; stretch out, ex- tend (C. 2). pater, -tris, M., father; patres con- scripti, see conscriptus; patres as opp. to plobes, patricians (V. 14). paternus, -a, -um, adj. [pater], fatherly y of or belonging to one's father, a father's (V. 21), hereditary (V. 24). patientia, -ae, F. [patiens, bear- ing'}, quality of suffering, patience (Cic. 1). patior, 3, passus, bear, suffer, permit (N. T. 3), allow. patria, -ae, F. [fern, of patrius ; sc, terra], fatherland, native land, country (V. 11). patrius, -a, -um, adj., of a father, paternal; of a native country; decs patrios (N. T. 7), gods of their country, i.e. of Attica. patro, 1, bring to pass, commit, execute (V. 21), accomplish, con- clude ; bellum, bring a war to an end. paucus, -a, -um, adj. (generally plur.),/ew, little (V. 11); pauca, a little, a few words. paulatim, adv., little by little, by degrees, gradually (V. 25). paulisper, adv. [paulum, per], for a little while, for a short time (C.2 7). paulo, adv., by a little, a little, somewhat; paulo ante (post), a lit- tle while ago (after}'; shortly before (after} (V. 14). paululum, adv. [paululus, dim. from paulus], a little, a very little, somewhat. paulum (panll-), adv. [paulus, little'], a little, somewhat (Cic. 4). pax, pacis, F. (no gen. plur.), peace. pecunia, -ae, F. [pecus, lit. wealth in cattle'], wealth, money (V. 19). pecus, -oriSj, N. Jlock, cattle, herd. pedes, -itis, M. [pes], foot-trav- eller; foot-soldier; plur., infantry (N. 4). Pedius, -I, M., Pedius. pello, 3, pepuli, pulsum, expel, push, strike, drive, rout, repulse, drive QT away, defeat (C. 7). Peloponnesus, -i, F. Peloponne- sus (island of Pelops), Southern Greece (now the Morea). Penates, -ium, M. plur., Penates, household gods (N. T. 7). penes, prep. w. ace., with, in the power of, resting with (N. T. 7). penitus, adv., within, inwardly, 242 VOCABULARY. deeply, entirely, utterly; pervenire, penetrate (V. 21). per, prep. w. ace., through, throughout, during, by, by means of, on account of, over, across. per-ago, 3, -egi, -actum, do thor- oughly, finish, accomplish, perform (V. 14), go through (V. 17). per-agro [per, ager], 1, wander through, travel over, traverse. per-cutio, 3, -cussi, -cussum [per, quatio, shake], strike through, pierce through, slay, kill (V. 20); strike, beat; securi, behead; foedus, con- clude a treaty (because a victim was then killed) ; fores, rap at the door. perditus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [perdo, destroy^, lost, hopeless, ru- ined, abandoned, corrupt (Cic. 2). per-duco, 3, -duxi, -ductum, lead, lead through, bring over, conduct, pro- long, lengthen out, draw out, extend, induce; carry along (C. 8). perennis, -e, adj., [per, annus], lasting through the year, everlasting, ever flowing, perennial (V. 10), never- failing, unfailing. per-eo, -ire, -ii, , pass away, per- ish, be ruined, die, be lost, be undone. per-facilis, -e, adj., very easy (C. 2). perfectus, -a, -um, adj. and part, [perficio], finished, complete, perfect. per-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, bear through, bear, tolerate, endure, bring, report; carry through, spread through (N. T. 2). perficio, 3, -fed, -fectum [per, facio], achieve, accomplish (C. 3), bring about. perfidia, -ae, F. [perfidus] faith- lessness, falsehood, perfidy. perfidus, -a, -um, adj. [per, (breaking) through, fides], faithless, treacherous, perfidious. perfringo, 3, -fregi, -fractum [per, frango], break through, break down, violate (Cic. 7). per-fruor, -friri, -fructus, enjoy fully, be delighted, w. abl. (Cic. 10). pergo, 3, perrexi, perrectum [per, rego] , go on, continue, proceed (V. 21), undertake. periclitor, 1 [periculum], try, prove, make trial of, put to the test (C. 2 8) ; put in peril, endanger (Cic. 5). periculum, -i, N., trial, experi- ment; risk, danger (N. 3), peril. perltus, -a, -um, adj. with gen., skilled in (V. 19), experienced, skil- ful, clever. per-mitto, 3, -misi, -missum, let pass, let go, give up, entrust (C. 2 3). per-moveo, 2, -movi, -motum, move deeply, agitate, alarm (N. 4) ; prevail on, influence (C. 3). pernicies, -ei, F., destruction, death, ruin, disaster (Cic. 2). perniciosus, -a, -urn, adj. [per- nicies], destructive, baleful, danger- ous (Cic. 1). per-pauci, -orum, adj. plur., very few (C. 6). perpetuo, adv. [perpetuus], con- stantly, perpetually, forever, without interruption (N. 2). perpetuus, -a, -um, adj., continu- ous, constant, perpetual, absolute (N. 3), unlimited. per-rumpo, 3, -rupi, -ruptum, break through, force a passage (C. 8). Persae, -arum, M. plur., Persians. VOCABULARY. 243 per-saepe, adv., very often, very frequently (Cic. 7). per-sequor, 3, -cutus or -quutus, follow perseveringly , follow up (N. 7). Perses, -ae, dat. -I, M., a Persian (often used with rex in place of rex Persarum when the king was Persian by birth). persevere, 1 [per-severus, very strict], abide, adhere strictly, perse- vere, persist (N. T. 5). Persicus, -a, -um, adj., of Perga, Persian. Persis, -idis, r., the chief prov- ince of the Persian empire, often put for Persia itself. perspicio, 3, -spexi, -spectum, look through, examine, perceive clearly, discern (Cic. 8). per-stringo, 3, -strinxi, -strictum, seize (V. 12); censure, reprove; wound slightly. per-suadeo, 2, -suasi, -suasum, bring over by talk, persuade, convince, prevail on or upon (N. T. 2). per-terreo, 2, , -itum, frighten thoroughly, terrify (N. 5; Cic. 9). per-timesco, 3, -mm, , be much frightened, fear greatly, be alarmed (at) (Cic. 7_). per-tineo, 2, -ui, [per, teneo], stretch out, extend; pertain; have a tendency, tend (C. 1); pertain to, have to do with (C. 3). per-venio, 4, -veni, -ventum, arrive at, reach, come to (N. T.I), attain to ; ad, come up with ; in Rhe- num, succeed in getting to the Rhine. pes, pedis, w.,foot (C. 8). pestilentia, -ae, F. [pestilens], plague, pest, pestilence. pestis, -is, F., infectious disease, plague, pest; destruction, ruin (Cic. 1), scourge. petltio, -onis, F., blow, thrust (Cic. G). peto, 3, -ivi or -ii, -itum, (go to), get, seek, demand ; beg, ask, entreat ; aim at (N. T. 2), attack, assail ; petere pacem, sue for peace ; bello petere, make war upon ; petere consulatum, canvass for the consul- ship. Phalereus, -ei, M., of Phalerum (surname of Demetrius, ruler of Athens, B.C. 317). Phalericus, -a, -um, adj., of Phalerum (a port of Athens). Phidippus, -I, M., Phidippus. pietas, -atis, F. [pius, devout], piety, duty to parents, filial affection, love, loyalty. pignus, -oris or -eris, N., pledge (V. 9), wager, assurance. pileus, better, pilleus, -I, M. [pilus, hair], cap, hat (V. 19). Piraeus, -I, or Plraeeus (trisyl.), -el, M., Plrceus, (the port of Athens). PIsistratus, -I, M., Pisistratus. Piso, -onis, M., a cognomen in the Calpurnian gens ; especially M. (Pu- pius) Piso (Calpurnianus), adopted into the Pupian gens, and consul with M. Messalla, B.C. 61. placeo, 2, -ui, -itum [root of pla- cidus, peaceful, quiet~],w. dat., please ; sibi, be self-satisfied; placet, impers., seems good, is thought, resolved on (V. 11), agree. placo, 1, quiet, soothe, appease, conciliate (Cic. 7). plane, adv. [planus, level], evenly, simply, plainly, clearly (Cic. 3). 244 VOCABULARY. planicies, better, planities (or plaiiitia), -ae, ace. -am or -em, F., flat surface, plain. Plataeenses, -ium, M. plur., Plqtceans. plebs, plebis, F., common people, commons, plebeians, masses (C. 3). plecto, 3, , (only with pass, meaning) , be beaten, be punished (N. 8). plerusque, -raque, -rumque, adj. [plerus, very many~\, usu. plur., a very great part, the most, many (N. 3). plures, -a, adj. plur. [comp. of multus], more, many (V. 18). plurimum, adv. [ace. N. of plu- rimus], very much; posse (C. 3 and 9), be the strongest, have great influ- ence ; valere, be foremost, avail most (C.4). plurimus, -a, -um, adj. [superl. of multus], usu. plur., a majority (N. T. 4), the most, very many. plus, adj., adv., and noun N. (gen. pluris) [comp. of multus], more (N. 5). Poecile, -es, F. (variegated ; a Greek adj. in the fern, used as a noun), the frescoed hall in the market- place of Athens (N. 6). poena, -ae, F. [punio, punish"], quit-money, fine, punishment, penalty ; poenas dare or persolvere, pay the penalty ; sumere, take satisfaction, inflict punishment. polliceor, 2, -itus, hold forth, offer, promise (N. T. 8) . Pompilius, -I, M., Pompilius. pono, 3, posui, positum, put doicn, place (N. 6) ; castra, pitch a camp. pons, pontis, M., bridge (V. 18). pontifex (pontu-), -ficis, M. [pons, and root of facio] , one who makes a way (to the gods), high- priest, pontifex (CiCo 1). populor, 1, lay waste (C. 2 5) . populus, -I, M., people, nation, mul- titude; clan (C. 3). porta, -ae, F., gate, door. por-tendo, 3, -di, -turn [a form of pro-tendo, stretch forth], point out, foretell, foreshadow, portend (V. 19), indicate; portendi, be destined (V. 19, 22). porticus, -us, F. [porta], covered walk between columns, porch (N. 6). porto, 1, carry, bring (V. 19). portus, -us, M., harbor (N. T. 6). possideo, 2, -sedi, -sessum, have and hold, be master of, possess (C. 2 4) . possido, 3, -sedi, -sessum, take possession of, seize (N. T. 6). possum, posse, potui, [potis, able, sum], be able, can; with ace. N., be able to do, avail, accomplish, effect; posse plurimum, possess very great or the greatest influence, become very powerful ; non possum quin . . ., 1 cannot but . . . post, prep. w. ace., afler, behind, since (N. T. 5) ; as adv. for postea, afterwards, after. post-ea, adv., afterwards^ here- after, thereafter. posteaquam, adv. (more cor- rectly, postea quam), after that (N. 6). posteri, -orum, M. plur. [poste- rus], posterity, descendants (V. 17). posteritas, -atis, F. [posterus], future, futurity, after-ages (Cic. 9). posterus (poster), -era, -erum, *- VOCABULARY. 245 adj. (comp. posterior, superl. pos- tremus and postumus), coming after, following (V. 15), next; in posterum,/or the future; posterior, next in order, later, latter, posterior, inferior. post-quain, conj., after that, since, when (V. 22). The parts may be separated by a clause between. postremus, -a, -um, adj. [superl. of posterus], hindmost, last ; ad pos- tremum, at the last, at last (V. 25} . postridie (and postrlduo), a uxor, -oris, F., wife; ducere uxorem, marry. V. V. = qumque, num. adj. indecl., five; sometimes it stands for quintus, -a, -urn, fifth. vacuefacio, 3, -feci, -factum [vacuus, empty, facio], make empty, clear (Cic. 6). vadum, -I, N., shallow place, ford (C. 6). vagina, -ae, F., scabbard, sheath (Cic. 2). vagltus, -us, M., crying (of young children) (V. 1). vagor, 1 [vagus, strolling'], stroll about, wander (C. 2). valeo, 2, -ui, , be strong, have power, avail, prevail (N. 3) ; quo valeret (N. T. 2), in what it was strong, i.e. what it meant; hoc eo valebat, this was strong in this, i.e. the intention of this was (N. T.4). Valerius, -T, M., Valerius. vallum, -I, N. [vallus, stake] , palisade, rampart (round a camp), wall (V. 4). vastitas, -atis, F. [vastus], empty place, waste, desert; devastation (Cic. 5). vasto, 1 [vastus], make empty, lay waste (Cic. 1). vastus, -a, -um, adj., empty, waste, huge, vast. vectus, -a, -um, part, of veho. vehemens, -entis, adj., eager, violent; vigorous, forcible, effective (Cic. 1). veho, 3, vexi, vectum, bear, carry, draw; pass, vehor = ride, sail, etc. (V. 24). Veientes, -ium, M. plur., people of Veii, Veientes. vel, conj. [old imper. of void, choose, take your choice'], or.ifyou will, or else; vel . . . vel, either ... or. velo, 1 [velum, covering], cover, cover up, wrap up, veil (V. 17). Velocasses (Velio-, Velio-), -um (-1, -orum), M. plur., the Velo- casses. vel-utandvel-utl, adv., as, even as, just as, as it were, as if, just as if- venenum, -T, N., strong potion, drug; poison (N. T. 10). veneror, 1, reverence, worship (Cic. 9). venia, -ae, F., indulgence, favor (N. T. 10). venio, 4, veni, ventum, come, go ; venire ad or in, come to, arrive at; venire in spem, conceive the hope; alicui venire in mentem, 266 VOCABULARY. occur to one ; impers., ventum est, we have or are come ; ad arma ven- tum est, arms are resorted to. veiior, 1, hunt (V. 2). ventus, -T, M., wind (N. 1). verbum, -I, N., ivord; ad ver- bum, to a word, exactly ; in plur., verba, words, expressions, conver- sation ; verba facere, speak, dis- course. vereor, 2, reverence, stand in awe, fear (N. T. 5). vergo, 3, , , bend, turn, lie vergit ad septentriones (C. 1), its general direction is towards the north. vero, adv. and conj. [verus], in truth, indeed, in fact, but in fact, certainly, surely, but, however (V. 10) ; ego vero, but as far as I am concerned. Veromandul (VIro-), -orum, M. plur., the Veromandui. versor, 1 (pass, of verso), move about, be, be situated, be em- ployed, be engaged in (N. 8), live, dwell. Verudoctius, -I, M., Verudoctius. verum, adv. and conj., but, but yet, hoivever. vierus, -a, -um, adj., true, real, correct. Vesta, -ae, F., Vesta, a goddess. vester, or voster, -tra, -trum, poss. pron. [vos] , your, yours, of you (Cic. 4). vestibuluin, -i, N., fore-court, entrance-court, vestibule (V. 21). vestis, -is, F., garment, clothing, vesture, robe. veto, 1, -ui, -itum, not to suffer,' forbid (N. T. 6). vexatio, -onis, F. [ vexo] , harry- ing, troubling, harassing (Cic. 7). vexo, 1 [intens. from veho], shake, hurry, trouble, harass (C. 2 4). VI. sex (indecl.) or sextus, -a, -um, num. adj., six or sixth. via, -ae, F., way, path, journey or march, road, route, street (V. 14) ; dare, give way, give free course,' munire, construct a road; via tridui, three days' march. vicesimus, -a, -um, num. adj. [viginti], twentieth. vicinus, -a, -um, adj. [vicus], near, neighboring. victor, gen. -oris, adj. [root of vinco], victorious. victor, -oris, M. [root of vinco] , conqueror, victor. victoria, -ae, F. [victor], vic- tory, conquest. vlctrix, -Icis, F., conqueror. vicus, -T, M., street (V. 24), Til- lage. 7: vide-licet, adv. [for videre licet], to wit, namely, of course, it is manifest; ironically, of course, forsooth (Cic. 8). video, 2, vidi, visum, see, per- ceive, observe / look at, consider; see to (it), provide, foil, by ut or ne ; pass., see videor. videor 2, visus, pass, of video, be seen, i.e. seem, appear, seeir good; impers. videtur mihi, {. seems (good) to me. vigilia, -ae, F. [vigil, awake'], watching, ivatch, watchfulness (Cic. 1), vigilance. vigilo, 1 [vigil, awake~\, watch, be watchful, be vigilant (Cic. 4). VOCABULARY. 267 vilis, -e, adj., of small price, of little value, cheap, paltry, mean, worthless, vile (Cic. 8). vlminalis, -e, adj. [vimen, twig, osier], of or belonging to osiers; Collis or Mons Viminalis, Viminal Hill, so called from a willow copse which stood there (V. 22). vinclum, see vinculum. vinco, 3, vie!, victum, conquer, defeat, overcome, vanquish, sur- pass ; get the better of; carry the day, prevail. vinculum, -I, N. [vincid, bind], bond, fetter, chain, cord; vincula, plur., fetters, chains, prison (N. 7) ; in vincula conicere, throw into prison, cast into chains ; ex vincu- lis, in chains, fettered. vindico, 1, claim, demand; de- liver, liberate ; save, secure ; avenge, requite, punish, overtake (V. 6). vmea, -ae, F. [vinum], planta- tion of vines ; arbor-like shed for shelter (N. 7). vinum, -T, N., wine (N. T. 10). violentus, -a, -urn, adj., violent, impetuous, boisterous, passionate (V. 24). vir, viri, M., man, hero; hus- band. virgo, -inis, F., maiden, virgin, girl. virtus, -utis, F., courage, brav- ery (V. 14), valor, prowess, manly quality, shining quality, worth, cirtue, manliness, value. vis, , ace. vim, abl. vT, F., plur. vires, -ium, strength, power, force, energy, influence, violence; quantity, number; vi et.armis, by force of arms; vim et manus (Cic. 8), violent hands, lit. violence and hands. vlso, 3, visi, visum, look at at- tentively, behold (V. 22), survey, go to see, visit. vlsus, -a, -urn, part, of video and videor. vlsus, -us, M. [video], sight, look, vision, appearance (V. 22), apparition. vita, -ae, F., life (Cic. 5). vitium, -I, N., guilt (N. T. 1), vice, crime. vlto, 1, shun, avoid, evade, keep clear of (Cic. 1). vivo, 3, vixi, victum, live (N. T. 1). vivus, -a, -um, adj. [root of vivo], alive, lively, fresh, during lifetime ; vivum flumen, living or running water (V. 23). vix, adv., with difficulty, hardly, scarcely, barely (C. 6). vix-dum, adv., hardly then, scarcely yet, but just (Cic. 4). vociferor, 1 [v5x, fero], shout aloud, cry out, bawl, vociferate (V. 21). voco, 1, call, summon, call upon, invoke ; name; ad coenam vocare, bid or invite to supper.' Vocontil, -orum, M. plur., the Vocontii. volgo, see vulgo. volito, 1 [intens. from void, fly~\> fly to and fro, flutter, hover (V. 19). volnero (vulu-), 1 [volnus], wound, hurt, injure (V. 12). volnus (vuln-), -eris, N., wound (V. 13), injury. volo, 1, fly, speed, hasten. 268 VOCABULARY. volo, velle, volui, , will, be willing, wish (V. 23), be disposed, desire, intend; velle aliquem all- quid, wish anything of any one; quid sibi hoc vult ? what does this voltus (vult-), -us, M., expres- sion of countenance, looks (Cic. 1), face, features, visage. voluntas, -atis, F., will, good- will (N. 2), consent. voluptas, -atis, F., satisfaction, enjoyment, pleasure, delight (Cic. 10). voveo, 2, vovi, votum, vow, dedicate, promise, wish. vox, vocis, F. [vocd, call] , voice (V. 15), sound, cry, utterance, speech, word; plur., remarks, com- mon talk. vulgo, adv. [vulgus], com- monly, generally, publicly. vultur, -uris, M., vulture. vultus, see voltus. X. X. = decem, num. adj. indecl., ten. Xerxes, -is or -I, M., Xerxes, king of Persia, defeated at Sal- amis. XII. = duodecim, num. adj. indecl., twelve; or duodecimus, -a, -um, twelfth. LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. Allen and Greenough's Latin Grammar. For Schools and Colleges. Founded on comparative grammar, revised and enlarged by JAMES BRADSTREET GREENOUGH assisted by GEORGE L. KITTREDGE, Professors in Harvard University. Copyright Edition of 1888. 12mo. Half leather, xiii + 488 pages. Mailing Price, $1.30. For introduction, $1.20. Allowance for an old book in exchange, 40 cents. rpHE object of issuing a new edition is to give the latest results of special study in this department, and to make in the gram- mar whatever improvements have been suggested by ten years' use under the most varied conditions. The aim of the editors and publishers has been to make the grammar as perfect as such a book possibly can be. No less ambition would have justified undertaking any revision of a work so popular and satisfactory. The method of the revision has kept the needs of the class-room always in view. The editors have striven to combine scientific accuracy with clearness and simplicity of statement. The language of the book has been subjected to the closest scrutiny throughout, and no pains has been spared to make the rules intelligible and quotable, without, however, conceding anything to mechanical ways of presenting grammar. The size of the book has been somewhat increased, but teach- ers will find that the matter has been simplified. Simplification has sometimes brought expansion with it. Things taken for granted or merely suggested in the old edition have frequently been expressly stated in the revision. Much new matter worthy of special attention will be found. In many particulars the new grammar will be recognized as mark- ing a substantial advance. Attention is invited, for example, to the chapter on Word-Formation; the treatment of cum and the other temporal particles ; the section on Reflexive Pronouns ; the chapter on Order of Words; the Chapter on the Verb; and the important subject of Indirect Discourse. LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 29 Quantity. The quantity of all vowels known to be long by nature has been marked throughout the book (see Preface). Examples. The examples have been greatly increased in num- ber, and their scope broadened (see List of Abbreviations at end of Index) . Cross-references. The revised edition has been furnished with very numerous cross-references, by means of which the ramifi- cations of a construction, etc., can easily be traced. In the same way references have been inserted in the grammatical analyses at the head of each chapter. Typography- The pages of the new edition are much more open than those of the old, and in many other points the typograph- ical arrangement of the present edition will, it is hoped, be found to aid the learner. Indexes. The Index of Words and Subjects has been much enlarged and carefully revised, and a separate Index of Verbs has been added. The Glossary of Terms has also received some addi- tions. The List of Authors has been divided into periods. List of rules. The list of Important Rules of Syntax has been made much more complete, and has been furnished with references to the body of the book. In its present form this list will, it is hoped, furnish the pupil with a convenient and accurate summary. Section numbers. With perhaps half a dozen exceptions at the beginning, the section numbers of the new edition correspond with those of the old, so that references to either edition are good for the other, and the two editions can be used in the same class. PARTICULAR ATTENTION* Is invited to a few letters which, reflect the general opinion of scholars and instructors. Tracy Peck, Prof, of Latin, Yale University : The steady advances in Latin scholarship during the last dec- ade, and the more practical exactions of the class-room, seem to me to be here amply recognized. At several points I notice that the essential facts of the language are stated with greater clearness, and that there is a richer suggestiveness as to the ra- tionale of constructions. The book will thus be of quicker service to younger students, and a better equip- ment and stimulus to teachers and more advanced scholars. John K. Lord, Prof, of Latin, Dart- mouth College, Hanover, N.H. : It 30 LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. is a great advance upon the former edition. Degrees of excellence are difficult to estimate, but it is safe to say the grammar is doubled in value. It has gained very much that was lacking before by way of illustration, and especially in fulness and clear- ness of statement. It represents the latest results of classical scholarship in a way that is intelligible to young students. Harold N. Fowler, Instructor in Latin, Phillips Exeter Academy : Allen & Greenough's Latin Gram- mar has always been the most sci- entific Latin grammar published in the United States. The new edi- tion has been revised in such a way as to retain the excellence of its predecessors and embody the re- sults of the latest researches. . . . The new edition is also greatly superior to the earlier ones in clearness of ex- pression and in the arrangement and appearance of the printed page. . . . In short, the book seems to me admir- ably adapted for use in schools and colleges, containing as it does all that the college youth needs, expressed in language which the school-boy can understand. John Tetlow, Head Master of Girls' High and Latin Schools, Boston : The changes, whether in the direction of simplification, correction, or addi- tion and there are numerous in- stances of each kind of change seem to me distinctly to have im- proved a book which was already excellent. William C. Collar, Head Master jf Eoxbury Latin School, Boston: Up to the present moment I have been obliged to limit my examination of the revised edition of Allen & Greenough's Latin Grammar mainly to the Syntax, but for that I have only words of the heartiest praise. So far, its superiority to other Latin grammars for school use seems to me incontestable. I am also struck with the skill with which a multitude of additions and improvements have been wrought into this edition, with- out materially affecting the unity or symmetry of the original work. Franklin A. Dakin, Teacher of Latin, St. Johnsbury Academy, Vt. : During seven years' constant use in the class-room, I have always re- garded the Allen & Greenough as the best of the school grammars. . . . The improvements make the supe- riority more marked than ever. D. W. Abercrombie, Prin. of Wor- cester (Mass.) Academy : In my opin- ion, it has no equal among books on the same subject intended for use in secondary schools. J. W. Scudder, Teacher of Latin, Albany Academy,!?. Y. : The changes will commend themselves to all good teachers. The grammar is now schol- arly and up to the times. It is by far the best grammar published in America for school work. W. B. Owen, Prof, of Latin, Lafay- ette College, Easton, Pa. : I am much pleased with the changes. They are all improvements. George W. Harper, Prin. of Wood- ward High School, Cincinnati, 0.: I thought Allen & Greenough's Latin Grammar could hardly be surpassed, but the revised edition is a decided improvement. Lucius Heritage, Prof, of Latin, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. : We have long used the old edition here : the new edition I have examined with some care in the form of the bound volume as well as in the proof-sheets. I think it the best manual grammar for our preparatory schools and colleges. 32 LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. The Beginner's Latin Booh. Complete with Grammar, Exercises, Selections for Translation, and Vocabulary. By WM. C. COLLAR, A.M., Head Master Roxbury Latin School, and M. GRANT DANIELL, A.M., Principal Chauncy-Hall School, Boston. 12mo Cloth, xii + 283 pages. Mailing Price, $1.10 , for Introduction, $1.00. Allowance for an old book in exchange, 35 cents. ? PHE aim of this book is to serve as a preparation for reading, writing, and (to a less degree) for speaking Latin, and to effect this object by grounding the learner thoroughly in the elements through abundant and varied exercises on the forms and more important constructions of the language. The idea determining and controlling the plan is the maximum of practice with the minimum of theory, on the principle that the thorough acquisition of the elements of Latin by the young learner must be more art than science, more the work of observation, comparison, and imitation, than the mechanical following of rules, or the exerpise of analysis and conscious inductive reasoning. An effort has been made, while following a rigorously scientific method in the development of the successive subjects, to impart something of attractiveness, interest, freshness, and variety to the study of the elements of Latin. Means to this end are the colloquia (simple Latin Dialogues), the choice of extracts for translation, introduced as early as possible, and the mode of treatment in every part, extending even to the choice of Latin words and to the con- struction of the exercises. This book can be completed and reviewed by the average learner in a year, and may be followed by any Latin Reader, by Viri Romae, or by Nepos or Csesar. It supplies, by means of the Colloquia and Glossarium Gram maticum, precisely the kind of help that teachers need who desire to make some practical use of Latin in oral teaching. Over two-thirds of the words used belong to the vocabulary of Caesar's Gallic War; little less than two-thirds to the vocabulary of Nepos. The book is pronounced a well-nigh perfect combination of scholarship and teachableness. Only a very few testimonials are presented here. LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 33 John Williams White, Harvard College , Author of "First Lessons in Greek," etc.: It is at once sym- metrical in arrangement, clear in statement, scholarly in execution, and sufficient in amount. F. A. Hill, Prin. of High School, Cambridge, Mass. : It is working admirably. Charles G. Dodge, Teacher of Latin and Greek, High School, Salem, Mass. : Last year The Begin- ner's Latin Book was introduced into our school. The class this year in Caesar, which, it is true, is an excel- lent one, is doing more than double the work of any class since my con- nection with the school seven years. Not only that, but it has a better understanding of constructions than any class which has studied Latin the same length of time. As the teachers are the same, the only ex- planation can be in the excellence of the class, and of the new method. M. S. Bartlett, High School, Hav- erhill, Mass. : I am using it with a large class, and find it altogether the most satisfactory book that I know of for beginners in the study of Latin. John H. Peck, Prin. New Britain High School, New Britain, Conn.: Yours of yesterday is received. I have taken one section of the class using Collar and Daniell's Latin Book myself through the year. I am free to say that I am perfectly satisfied with it ; at least, I have never used a Latine Reddenda. beginner's Latin book that I liked nearly so well. I am confident that my assistant, who has also used it, is of the same opinion. H. P. Warren, Prin. of Boys' Academy, Albany, N. Y. : It is the model book for beginners, incom- parably the best book we have tried. K. M. Jones, Head Master of Wil- liam Penn Charter School, Phila- delphia, Pa.: It seems to me the best introductory Latin book yet produced in this country. L.B. Hall, Associate Prof, of Latin, Oberlin College, 0. : I think it more satisfactory than anything else of the kind I have seen. H. S. Lehr, Pres. of Ohio Normal Univ., Ada : We like it very much indeed. It saves us a term's work. Wallace P. Dick, Vice-Prin. Cen- tral State Normal School, Lock Haven, Pa. : My class is improving rapidly. It is a superb little book. T. 0. Deaderick, Prof, of Ancient Languages, Knoxville, Tenn. : We are still using it with successful re- sults. I must say that I have found it the most practical work of the kind, and the best in every respect that I have ever seen. W. W. Lambdin, Prin. of West End Academy, Atlanta, Ga. : I am very much pleased with The Begin ner's Latin Book, which I introduced at the beginning of the term. The English-Latin Exercises from The Beginner's Latin Book. With Glossarium Grammaticum. 12mo. 41 pages. Paper. Introduc- tion and Mailing Price, 20 cents. With Glossarium Grammaticum and English-Latin Vocabulary. 12mo, Cloth. Mailing Price, 33 cents ; for introduction, 30 cents. 36 LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. Allen & Greenough's New Ccesar. Seven Books. Illustrated. With six double-page colored maps. Edited by Prof. W. F. ALLEN, of the University of Wisconsin, J. H. ALLEN, of Cambridge, and H. P. JUDSON, Professor of History, Univer- sity of Minnesota, with a special Vocabulary by Prof. J. B. GREENOUGH, of Harvard College. 12mo. xxvi + 543 pages, red edges, bound in half- morocco. Mailing Price, SI. 35; for introduction, $1.25 ; Allowance for an old book in exchange, 40 cents. A TTENTION" is invited to these features, which, with other merits, have gained this edition an extraordinary success : 1 . The judicious notes, their full grammatical references, crisp, idiomatic renderings, scholarly interpretations of difficult passages, clear treatment of indirect discourse, the helpful maps, diagrams, and pictures ; in particular, the military notes, throw- ing light on the text, and giving life and reality to the narrative. 2. The vocabulary, convenient, comprehensive, and schol- arly, combining the benefits of the full lexicon with the advantages of the special vocabulary, and every way superior to the ordinary vocabulary. 3. The mechanical features of the volume, its clear type, con- venient size and shape, superior paper, and attractive binding. 4. In general, this edition represents the combined work of several specialists in different departments, and so ought to excel an edition edited by any single scholar. The Notes on the second book have just been rewritten to adapt them for those who begin Caesar with this book. Full grammati- cal references have been given. Tracy Peck, Prof, of Latin, Yale College: With quite unusual satis- faction I have noticed the beautiful paper and type ; the carefully edited text ; the truly helpful notes, which neither tend to deaden enthusiasm with superfluous grammar, nor blink real difficulties; the very valuable illustrations and remarks on the Roman military art; and the schol- arly and stimulating vocabulary. John Tetlow, Prin. of Girls 1 High and Latin Schools, Boston : The clear type, judicious annotation, copious pictorial illustration, full explanation of terms and usages be- longing to the military art, and ex- cellent vocabulary, combine to make this edition easily first among the school editions of Caesar. G. W. Shurtleff, Prof, of Latin, Oberlin (Ohio) College: I do not hesitate to pronounce it the best edi- tion I have ever seen. J. L. Lampson, Teacher of Latin, State Normal College, Nashville, Tenn.: It is the best Caesar pub- lished. LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 37 Allen & Greenough's New Cicero. Thirteen Orations. Illustrated. Edited by Prof. W. F. ALLEN, of the University of Wisconsin, J. H. ALLEN, of Cambridge, and Prof. J. B. GREENOUGH, of Harvard Univer- sity. With a special Vocabulary by Professor Greenpugh. 12mo. Half- morocco. xix + 670 pages. Mailing Price, $1.40; for introduction, $1.25; Allowance for an old book in exchange, 40 cents. PTIHIS edition includes thirteen orations arranged chronologi- cally, and covering the entire public life of Cicero. The intro= ductions connect the orations, and, with them, supply a complete historical study of this most interesting arid eventful period. The Life of Cicero, List of his Writings, and Chronological Table will be found of great value. The orations are : Defence of Roscius, Impeachment of Verres (The Plunder of Syracuse and Crucifixion of a Roman Citizen), The Manilian Law, the four orations against Catiline, For Archias, For Sestius, For Milo, The Pardon of Mar- cellus, For Ligarius, and the Fourteenth Philippic. The notes have been thoroughly rewritten in the light of the most recent investigations and the best experience of the class- room. Topics of special importance, as, for instance, the Antiqui- ties, are given full treatment in brief essays or excursuses, printed in small type. References are given to the grammars of Allen & Greenough, Gildersleeve, and Harkness. A. E. Chase, Prin. of High School, Portland, Me. : I am full better pleased with it than with the others of the series, although I thought those the best of the kind. State yr orma i College, Nashville, (Oct. 28, 1886.) Alfred S. Koe, Prin. of High School, Worcester, Mass.: It is the finest Cicero I have ever seen, and is worthy of the very highest praise. 0. D. Robinson, Prin. of High School, Albany, N.Y. : I find it a worthy companion, in every way, of its two predecessors, the Virgil and the Caesar. I can say no more than this in its praise, for I have already spoken sincerely, in almost unquali- fied terms, of these two books. John L. Lampson, Prof, of Latin, Tenn. : The text, in appearance and authority, is the best ; the notes, ample, judicious, modern; the vocab- ulary is the best school-book vocab- ulary published. Lucius Heritage, Prof, of Latin, University of Wisconsin, Madison : It is the best English edition of Cicero's orations for the use of schools that I have seen. Allen & Greenough's Cicero. The oid Edition. Eight Orations and Notes, with Vocabulary. Mailing Price, $1.25 ; for introduction, $1.12. LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. Greenough's Virgil. Fully annotated, for School and College Use, by J. B. GREENOUGH, of Harvard University. Supplied in the following editions : Mail. Intro. Allow. Price. Price. Old Book $1.75 $ .60 $0.40 .12 .60 .12 .00 .75 Bucolics, and Six Books of Mneid, with Vocab. . . Bucolics, and Six Books of .ffineid, without Vocab. . . 1.25 Bucolics, Georgics, and the ^Eneid complete, with Notes, 1.75 Georgics, and last Six Books of ^Eneid, with Notes . . 1.25 Vocabulary to Virgil's Complete Works ....... i.io Complete Text of Virgil .............. 85 /CONTAINING Life of the Poet, Introductions, a Synopsis preceding each Book, and an Index of Plants. Also full illustrations from ancient objects of art. The text follows Bibbeck in the main, variations being noted in the margin ; and the references are to Allen & Greenough's, Gil- dersleeve's, and Harkness's Latin Grammars. Tracy Peck, Prof, of Latin, Yale College: The Vocabulary, both in plan and execution, is superior to any schoolbook vocabulary known to me. E. P. Crowell, Prof, of Latin, Amherst College: In all respects a very scholarly and excellent edition. Jno. K. Lord, Prof, of Latin, Dart- mouth College : The best school edi- tion of the works of Virgil with which I am acquainted. F. E. Lord, Prof '. of Latin, Welles- ley College : There is an admirable richness and appropriateness to the notes. Allen & Greenough's Preparatory Course of Latin Prose. Containing Four Books of Caesar's Gallic War, and Eight Orations of Cicero. With Vocabulary by R. F. PENNELL. 12mo. Half morocco. 518 pages. Mailing Price, $1.55; Introduction, $1.4:0; Allowance for old book, 40 cents. Alien & Greenough's Sal lust The Conspiracy of Catiline as related by Sallust. With Introduction and Notes, explanatory and historical. 12mo. Cloth. 96 pages. Mail- ing Price, 65 cents; Introduction, 60 cents. Allen & Greenough's De Senectutc. Cicero's Dialogue on Old Age. With Introduction (on the adoption in Rome of the Greek philosophy) and Notes. 12mo. Cloth. 67 pa^es > allin '; !V;c ' ;V> cents: Intro. 'notion, 50 cents. GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. INTBOD. PRICE. Allen: Medea of Euripides $1.00 Flagg : Hellenic Orations of Demosthenes .... 1.00 Seven against Thebes 1.00 Anacreontics 35 Goodwin : Greek Grammar 1.50 Greek Reader 1.50 Greek Moods and Tenses . . . . . .1.50 Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus . . . 1.50 Goodwin & White : Anabasis, with vocabulary .... 1.50 Harding : Greek Inflection 50 Hogue : Irregular Verbs of Attic Prose ..... 1.50 Jebb : Introduction to Homer 1.12 Kendrick : Greek at Sight ........ .15 Leighton : New Greek Lessons , . 1.20 Liddell & Scott : Abridged Greek-English Lexicon .... 1.90 Unabridged Greek-English Lexicon .... 9.40 Parsons : Cebes' Tablet 75 Seymour : Selected Odes of Pindar 1.40 Introduction to Language and Verse of Homer . .75 Homeric Vocabulary 75 School Iliad, Books I.-IIL, $1.25; Books I.-VI. . 1.60 Sidgwick : Greek Prose Composition 1.50 Tarbell: Philippics of Demosthenes 1.00 Tyler: Selections from Greek Lyric Poets . . . . 1.00 White : First Lessons in Greek 1.20 Schmidt's Rhythmic and Metric 2.50 Passages for Translation at Sight. Part IV. Greek, .80 QEdipus Tyrannus of Sophocles 1.12 Stein's Dialect of Herodotus 10 Whiton : Orations of Lysias 1.00 Beckwith: Euripides' Bacchantes. Text and Notes, Paper, .95; Cloth, $1.25; Text only, .20. D'Ooge : Sophocles' Antigone. Text and Notes, Paper, $1.10; Cloth, $1.40; Text only, .20. Dyer : Plato's Apology and Crito. Text and Notes, Paper, $1.10 ; Cloth, $1.40 ; Text only, .20. Flagg : Euripides' Iphigenia among the Taurians. Text and Notes, Paper, $1.10; Cloth, $1.40; Text only, .20 Fowler : Thucydides, Book V. Text and Notes, Paper, $1.10; Cloth, $1.40; Text only, .20. Humphreys: Aristophanes' Clouds. Text and Notes, Paper, $1.10; Cloth, $1.40; Text only, .20. Manatt : Xenophon's Hellenica, Books I.-IV. Text and Notes, Paper, $1.35 ; Cloth, $1.65 ; Text only, .20. o I O Morris : Thucydides, Book I. Text and Notes, Paper, $1.35; Cloth, $1.65; Text only, .20. Perrin : Homer's Odyssey, Books I.-IV. Text and Notes, Paper, $1.10; Cloth, $1.40; Text only, .20. Richardson: ^Eschines against Ctesiphon. Text and Notes, Paper. $1.10; Cloth, $1.40; Text only, .20. Seymour : Homer's Iliad, Books I.-IIL Text and Notes, Paper, $1.10; Cloth, $1.40; Text only, .20. Smith: Thucydides, Book VII. Text and Notes, Paper, $1.10; Cloth, $1.40; Text only, .20. Towle : Plato's Protagoras. Text and Notes, Paper, .95; Cloth, $1.25; Text only, .20= GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, Boston, Hew York, and Chicago. Latin Text-BooksC INTROD. PRICE. ALLEN & GREENOUGH : Latin Grammar $1.20 Caesar (7 books, with vocabulary; illustrated) . . . 1.25 Cicero (13 orations, with vocabulary; illustrated) . i.2c; Sallust's Catiline . .60 Cicero de Senectute . . .50 Ovid (with vocabulary) 1.40 Preparatory Course of Latin Prose 1.40 Latin Composition 1.12 ALLEN . . New Latin Method 90 Introduction to Latin Composition 90 Latin Primer 90 Latin Lexicon 90 Remnants of Early Latin , .75 Germania and Agricola of Tacitus i.oo BLACKBURN . Essentials of Latin Grammar 70 Latin Exercises 60 Latin Grammar and Exercises (in one volume) . i.oo COLLAR & DANIELL: Beginner's Latin Book i.oo Latine Reddenda (paper) 20 Latine Reddenda and Voc. (cloth) 30 COLLEGE SERIES OF LATIN AUTHORS. Greenough's Satires and Epistles of Horace (text edition) $0.20 ; (text and notes) 1.25 CROWELL . . Selections from the Latin Poets 1.40 CROWELL & RICHARDSON : Briof History of Roman Lit. (BENDER) i.oo GREENOUGH , Virgil: Bucolics and 6 Books of JEneid (with vocab.) . 1.60 Bucolics and 6 Books of -33neid (without vocab.) 1.12 Last 6 Books of JEneid, and Georgics (with notes) 1.12 Bucolics, .ZEneid, and Georgics (complete, with notes) 1.60 Text of Virgil (complete) 75 Vocabulary to the whole of Virgil i.oo GINN & Co. . Classical Atlas and Geography (cloth) .... 2.00 HALSEY. . . Etymology of Latin and Greek 1.12 KEEP . . . Essential Uses of the Moods in Greek and Latin .25 KING . . . Latin Pronunciation 25 LEIGHTON. . Latin Lessons 1.12 First Steps in Latin 1.12 MADVIG . . Latin Grammar (by THACHER) 2.25 PARKER & PREBLE : Handbook of Latin Writing .... .50 PREBLE. . . Terence's Adelphoe 25 SHUMWAY . . Latin Synonymes . .30 STICKNEY . . Cicero de Natura Deorum ........ 1.40 TETLOW . . Inductive Latin Lessons ,1.12 TOMLINSON . Manual for the Study of Latin Grammar . . .20 Latin for Sight Reading i.oo WHITE (J. W.) Schmidt's Rhythmic and Metric 2.50 WHITE (J. T.) Junior Students' Latin-English Lexicon (mor.) 1.75 English-Latin Lexicon (sheep) 1.50 Latin-English and English-Latin Lexicon (sheep) 3.00 WHITON . . Auxilia Vergiliana ; or, First Steps in Latin Prosody .15 Six Weeks' Preparation for Reading Csesar . .40 Copies sent to Teachers for Examination, with a view to Introduction, on receipt of Introduction Price. GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE STAMPED BELOW AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY OVERDUE. '041 M UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY